Home

SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual

1. 0008 294 Create StH CUO MS CHCE Ms se yea thse a a suite cat eo endeinelaies 295 Datasource Rand Oni 7 aon esson cations a serecualiers asta cadews cents etecusuedoae 297 Creatine Dari Se cai case a Sateen aaa anens ee eesarmin eee 298 lt Feit Trial Seguen Geseran inuielaaeacthartaeaatuanadeontiaenietss 299 Updatne Tralinde X rnern A nen rc eens 300 Update Trdi Merat om nenn a iaeetncarcngites 301 Wipdatin the Arib Or R Tonna dardesaadees wo mianaeeeees 301 Edits Recorde SeQUCWCGsceters hcderecteiaiiahiabinnetetavighalencasetnaet ah iebeanen 302 Seting RESPONSE Keysers E 303 Loading Resources to Image Library essessssooeeessssssseeressssssseeeressssss 304 Addin Terro Display Screen or E E 305 Referring Text to Be Shown to Data SOurce cc ceecccccccecceessseeeseeeeees 306 Editing Rec rding Seg cNCEisssirnsncenne a a 307 Accessing the Subattribute of the TriggeredData Attrbiute 000 000000 308 Loading Feedback Audio CLpS cccccccccccseeesssseeecccceseeeesseeeeseeeeenaas 309 Send Results toa Result Flearen E 310 Adding Variables to Results File cccccccccsssssssseeeeccceeeeeesseseecceeeneas 311 Accessing the Experiment Builder Preference SettingS cccceee 317 Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd xi 1 Introduction The SR Research Experiment Builder SREB is a visual experiment creation tool for use by Psychologists and Neurosci
2. i 4 Red Lape TERT RESOURCE D i D Copy Uia a SS joria i i Ea FA fees i oa peene serait 6 Select Resource E srap toc i click on the right mouse button to press Tarn lock the resource UPDATE oT TRUE Recent Pater hore 2 PREPARE EEOUENE Preteaild To image F E pr pag Lise Software Surtece START i i oe Font Soin iparert parert pact 4 7 Refer to datasource column COLOR i Fira Name Tere Flee Rag DISPLAY SCREEN premena E perna 3 Set text apperance i Fon rs 50 te out Liderine r 4 Refer to datasource column WORD fy KEYBOARD INPUT 4 ose ay BLARK E RESULTS FILE Figure 15 17 Adding Text to Display Screen 1 Click on the Insert Text Resource button A on the Screen Builder tool bar and click at any position in the work area 2 Set the reference of the Font Color to the COLOR column of the Data Source Double click on the far right end of the value field of the Font Color property This will bring up an attribute editor dialog see Figure 15 18 a Click on DataSource node under TRIAL sequence on the node selection list b Double click on the COLOR node in the node attributes window This will update the contents of Attribute editor dialog as parent parent parent TRIAL_DataSource COLOR c Click on the OK button to finish SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004
3. ____ ew Save Code Delete Renae class CustomClassTemplate sreb EBOHJect Bee Anit deeb sreb EBObJect init self self propertyl l property of Integer type This is also a read wr self property2 1 2 read only point property Note the setter missini self propertys 1 2 3 read only color property Mote the setter missing self property4 1 0 read and write property of double type alsa win Sselt propertys sreh EBPoint l00 200 read Write point property Note the writeableness self propertyo sreb EBColor 200 100 100 read write color property Nol except the writeableness self property 1 abc self propertyo read write eblist property self property hello read write string property self myInternalattribute My Internal Attribute string property howe Property propertyl i Figure 12 1 Creating a New Custom Class SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 257 There are some restrictions in the file naming 1 The file name cannot use any of the following reserved words name of a package that already exists in the python library path ctypes numarray py2exe pyasio pygame pylink pypsy pythonwin serial sreb win32 and wxPython 2 The file name cannot have spaces or non ANSI characters 3 The file name cannot contain other than for the use of extension py 12 3 Syntax of Custom Class Custom Classes are written using the Pyth
4. Experiment AE Devices E AES EVELINK a DISPLAY c AUDIO WEOE G KEYBOARD a 7 TTL 2H CEDRUS oe BUT TOMB AES Nodes E Screen 2 oa Build Deploy E GUI 2 Restore Factory Default Save Properties as Default Import From File Save Into File Number of Mice numberOfMouses This sets how many distinct mice used in the experiment This option is only available if Enable Multiple Input option is enabled Mouse One Label mouseOneLabel This supplies a label for the first mouse device detected by the experiment This option is only available if Enable Multiple Input option is enabled X Position xPosition Default X position of the mouse device or the first mouse device if multiple inputs are supported Y Position yPosition Default Y position of the mouse device or the first mouse device if multiple inputs are supported Mouse Down Input Queue size mouseDownInputQueueSize Sets the maximum number of press events that can be cached in the press event queue for the mouse device or the first mouse device if multiple inputs are supported SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 331 Mouse Up Input Queue Size mouseUpInputQueueSize Sets the maximum number of release events that can be cached in the release event queue for the mouse device or the first mouse device if multiple inputs are supported Mouse Down Event Count mou
5. CEEEET EET ELeee 0 4 Devices eight BS es EV ELINK ea San Bits Per Pixel 32 N Refresh Rate 50 Ee a a a a pe a a 751 ne Sd E T TTL ransparency Color M lems o eB Nodes in msec To Next Fetra 2 0 oS 170 ears Screen Resources Blue eat ae Sah A et oe te St 251 Movement Patterns j o5 170 255 Built In Interest Area BuildDeploy cUl C Sample Text Sample Text a Cancel Reset Restore Factory Default Save Properties as De Figure 8 9 Setting the Transparency Color for the Experiment Generally speaking anti aliasing should be applied when using text multi line text resources line ellipse and freeform screen resources The following sample experiments use the anti aliasing in the resource drawing Simple Stroop TextPage TextLine Saccade and Pursuit 8 1 4 Multiline Text Resource The above mentioned text resource allows the user to add one line of text on the screen To show a full page of text the user may use the multiline text resource by clicking on the Insert Multi Line Text Resource button 4 on the Screen Builder toolbar and clicking anywhere in the workspace Only one multiline text resource can be added to each display screen SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 207 eos MultiLine Text Resource Editor x avi JIE B Z U i sme E B a a4 dh Buck did not read the newspapers or he woul not al
6. Returns MISSING_DATA 32768 if target is missing or if running a non Remote eye tracker Target X Target targetX targetY Integer X Y position of the target in camera coordinate Y This option is for EyeLink Remote eye tracker only Returns MISSING_DATA 32768 if target is missing or if running a non Remote eye tracker Target Flags targetFlags Integer Flags used to indicate target tracking status 0 if target tracking is ok otherwise error code This option is for EyeLink Remote eye tracker only Returns MISSING_DATA 32768 if running a non Remote eye tracker Note Returns MISSING_DATA 32768 for the untracked eye The sample velocity trigger can be used when a saccade needs to be detected as quickly as possible so that a display change can be implemented Please note that how quickly the trigger will fire is influenced by the tracker heuristic filter setting and the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 170 velocity acceleration model used for calculation applicable to EyeLink 1000 only To detect a saccade instantaneous velocity and acceleration values are calculated for each sample and compared to the threshold values For cognitive experiments the velocity threshold is typically set to 30 degrees sec and the acceleration threshold is set to 8000 degrees sec to detect saccades of 0 5 degrees of visual angle or greater For psychophysical studies
7. the wide cool veranda that ran around its four sides Position is Gaze Cort Position is Mouse Co M Track BLOCK TRIAL RECORDING Figure 8 1 Sample View of the Screen Builder Interface SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 188 8 1 Resources Resources are the individual graphic drawings e g image text line etc to be displayed on the screen Currently the following list of resources can be added to a display screen images texts single line or multiple lines and simple drawings like rectangles ellipses lines triangles and polygons see Figure 8 2 APARADO A WY Figure 8 2 Resources Implemented in Screen Builder As for triggers and actions discussed in the previous chapter the layout and properties of a selected resource can be easily modified by using the Property panel In addition to the physical appearance of the resource position size style etc the user needs to keep in mind the following issues when reviewing the properties of a graphic resource e Visibility After a resource is added to a screen it can be either visible or invisible when the display is shown This property is especially useful for those experiments in which similar displays are used except that one or several items are present or absent e Position is Gaze or Mouse Contingent This is useful for those experiments in which the resource position is chan
8. 15 1 Creating a New Experiment Session Click on the Experiment Builder to start a new session When the application starts aay aperire Bradhh T TETY FA a E fes ii yazma m em ee th Fie Edt wew Experiment Help Open Cleo 3 Pannen gt Click File gt New to start Enter the session name Preci Looatian CEB Proeole P Palink Eoqerimeni i E l ance veil 3 Click hare to save the project to the intended location 4 Uncheck this box fora non EyeLink experiment Figure 15 1 Creating a New Experiment Builder Session 1 Click on File New on the application menu bar 2 In the following New Project dialog box enter Stroop in the Project Name edit box 3 Click on the button on the right end of the Project Location to browse to the directory where the experiment project should be saved If you are manually entering the Project Location field please make sure that the intended directory already exists SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 289 4 Make sure that EyeLink Experiment box is unchecked for a non EyeLink experiment 15 2 Configuring Experiment Preference Settings After a new experiment session is created the user needs to check whether the default display and screen preference settings are fine for the experiment to be created SH Researeh Experiment Baler v LAZO RE Struan jaiz Fis Edd
9. Continuing your installation of this software may impair or destabilize the correct operation of your system either immediately or in the future Microsoft strongly recommends that you stop this installation now and contact the hardware vendor for software that has passed Windows Logo testing Continue Anyway STOP Installation SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 148 Figure 7 56 Click Continue Anyway on logo testing warning 4 Open the experiment project click Edit gt Preference gt Experiment to open the Experiment preference settings and tick the Enable Multiple Input option 5 If multiple keyboards are used go to the Keyboard Device preferences set the intended number of keyboards for the experiment project and assign a distinct label for the keyboards if you need to If multiple mice are used go to the Mouse Device preferences set the intended number of mice for the experiment project and assign a distinct label for the mice if you need to 6 Now for all of the mouse triggers the possible mice to be used are listed in the Use Mouse property of the trigger 7 When you run your experiment with multiple mouse devices you will now be asked to click on the left button of the intended mice so that Experiment Builder can map the mice labelled in the Mouse Device to the physical mice The experiment shall start after the keyboards and mice are identified 7 10 7 7 Recording
10. EL_CAMERA_SETUP Trial Node Attributes Attribute Attributes O Gees START A Tegel es DRIFT_CORRECT 2 EL_BUTTON Recording amp TIMER START Experiment Components Preferences ia DISPLAY _SCRE Interest_Are Property Value Moverment_f PO ofl Al MOLUSE OPTI jaf TEXT_RESC ocation 26 00 232 00 VMidth EL_BUTTON l a _ TIMER eight b ovement Pattern rebuild To Image 5 ont Color E Click Here ok cancer ont Name imes New Roman ont Style ormal ont Size 20 wall nderline L on aa TEXT all Demoline gt gt Trial Figure 10 1 Using Attribute References 10 2 Entering in Values If you want to enter in static values in the attribute editor just type the value Do not supply any prefix to the value Any preceding or trailing white spaces are removed The following table lists some commonly used data types that can be entered in the attribute editor type properties preserved _Hello_ String Hello The under scores are representing white spaces which are trimmed True Boolean True Check Boxes Possible values are True or SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 248 alse False Boolean False Check Boxes Possible values are True or False 100 100 100 0 100 0 5 2 6 5 0
11. Figure 8 20 Error When Trying to Modified a Locked Resource When a resource is locked any attempts to change the resource from the workspace will prompt an error see Figure 8 20 If the resource appearance should be adjusted the user can make the modification from the property panel of the resource Alternatively the user can first unlock the resource do the adjustments and then re lock the resource 8 4 4 Resource Grouping Resource grouping offers a handy tool so that the same operations can be applied to individual component resources together For example after a schematic face is created on the screen with several components resources the user may want to adjust the position of the whole drawing It will be much easier if all of the components resources are grouped and moved together than the individual resource components are moved one by one To group several resources together select the resources and click the right mouse button In the popup menu select Grouping Group To ungroup resources select Grouping gt Ungroup Alternatively tool buttons on the Screen Builder toolbar see Figure 8 21 can be used a Figure 8 21 Resource Grouping Please note that after several resources are grouped together a COMPOSITE_RESOURCE object is created while the individual component resources are removed from the Structure panel see Figure 8 22 The content of the property panel is also updated
12. Simple The basic experiment template displaying a single word in the center of the screen in each trial This example is used to introduce how to create an experiment with SR Research Experiment Builder step by step Stroop The basic template for creating non EyeLink experiments This template illustrates the use of result file RT calculation and audio feedback etc Illustrates various parameter settings for showing an image on the screen in original size versus stretched centered versus not centered TextLine Experiment to show a single line of text illustrating the use of runtime interest area resource Demonstrates how to use real time gaze position to display a gaze contingent window Track Displays the user s current gaze position during recording and illustrates how to set the resource position contingent on the current gaze position Displays several almost identical screens rapidly It also illustrates the use the of the fixation trigger Saccade Illustrates the creation of a simple experiment for saccade anti saccade research Illustrates several kinds of sinusoidal movement in a pursuit task The discussion of the simple template must be read before working with any of other templates as it illustrates most of the shared operations for all experiments You may go over the Stroop example for creating non eye tracking experiments In general you should read through all of the templates before p
13. est Attribute alue List for UPRATE_ATTRIBUTE Attribute ay ARABLE valued E ARABLE valued 1 Please Set Attribute Please Set Value A B C Figure 7 69 Property Settings for Variables Variable can be conveniently used as temporary data storage For example to output some trigger data to a result file or to record it to a Trial ID message the user may first create a variable and refer it to the target triggered data Please note that a variable in Experiment Builder has no intrinsic data type As a result the user can flexibly change the type of the variable by setting an initial value to the Value field the default data type for a new variable is String For example see Figure 7 42 if the user enters 0 in the Value field the Type is automatically reset to Integer If 0 0 is entered instead the Type is set to Double When referring the variable to an attribute of a node in the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 180 graph the user should make sure that the type of the variable matches the data type of the intended attribute YariableTypes YariableTypes VariableTypes YE START LF start 3iF START 1 VARIABLE STRING YVARISBLE_ STRING 1 YARISBLE STRING 1 VARIABLE INTEGER q VARIABLE INTEGER VY ARISBLE_ INTEGER VARIABLE_POINT VARIABLE POINT MY ARIABLE_FLOAT Experiment Components Devices Propertie
14. 1 Click on the Insert Text Resource button 4 on the Screen Builder tool bar and click at any position in the work area SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 283 2 Double click on the current value of Font Name New Times Roman This will bring up a dropdown list Set the new font name as Arial 3 Double click on the current value of Font Size 20 Enter the desired text size 40 in the text editor 4 Double click on the far right end of the value field of the Text property This will bring up an attribute editor dialog see Figure 14 14 a Click on DataSource node under TRIAL sequence on the node selection list b Double click on the word node in the node attributes window This will update the contents of Attribute editor dialog as parent parent parent TRIAL_DataSource Word c Click on the OK button to finish ess Edit Attribute TEXT_RESOURCE gt text Attribute SSS SSS M parent parent parent TRIAL DataSource wordi Mode Selection Node Attributes Attribute Attributes EH Project trial His Simple JF START a BLOCK GE start b Select Word attribute EL_CAMERA_SETUP bel TRIAL BE enti YE START T PREPARE_SEQUENCE DRIFT_CORRECT io RECORDING a Click TRIAL gt Datasource nocle c Click Ok button to finish H Devices oO Cancel F
15. 8 Click the Randomization Setting button to configure randomization settings In the following dialog box set randomization seed value to Session Label so that the same trial sequence will be presented when the same recording session label is used Check the Enable Trial Randomization box set Run Length Control Column to WORD and Maximum Run Length to 2 please press ENTER key to register the value This ensures that the trial presentation order is completely randomized with a restriction that the same WORD value will not be shown on three trials in a row Press the OK button to finish SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 296 Randomization Setting E x Seed Valle Eeee gees Blocking Level 1 Column Randomization Type ione T Blocking Level 2 Colurrir r Randomization Type ione F M Enable Trial Randomization Run Length Control Column WORD haximur Run Length 2 Splitting Column OK Cancel Reset Figure 15 8 Datasource Randomization 9 Uncheck the Prompt for Dataset File box so that you will not be asked to select datasource file at the beginning of the experiment 10 Click on the Split by value field Enter a value 9 This makes sure that only 9 trials are run in each block 11 Double click on the TRIAL sequence node in the structure list Click on Start node under it to continue SR Research Experiment Builder
16. Interest Area Screen Interest Area Regions Within T within Boolea n Tracking Eye f trackingEye Integer mMinimumDuratio n Minimum Duration Integer Triggered Data triggeredData i coordinate of the region location can be further referred as regionLocation x and regionLocation y respectively Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE Width 0 by default of the boundary region in screen pixels Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE Height 0 by default of the boundary region in screen pixels Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE The display screen on which target interest area regions are located Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to INTEREST AREA Target interest areas used to define the triggering region Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to INTEREST AREA If set to True default the trigger should fire when samples are within the boundary region otherwise the trigger fires when samples are outside of the prespecified region Decides which eye s data is used for online parsing The default value is EITHER 2 It can also be LEFT 0 or RIGHT 1 Duration in mi
17. Tab of toolbox and add a Sequence node to the work space This will be our trial sequence Place the mouse cursor on top of the START node Hold down the left mouse button while moving the mouse on top of the DISPLAY_SCREEN node This makes the connection from the start node to the DISPLAY SCREEN node Similarly connect from DISPLAY_SCREEN to KEYBOARD EL_BUTTON TIMER triggers Note that a number is added to these connections indicating the evaluation order among the three trigger types 10 Make the connection from the latter three triggers to the EL CAMERA SETUP node and from EL CAMERA SETUP to the SEQUENCE node SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 275 Ibe Bee gt FSXRGAQE EB CTAB sear 42i e QAR ABEL rele lx f Expenmert BLOCK St mum hire e Spie i q i start F mip BLOCK i 1 Click on the Action tab to f l amp ane xii aioe 2 Select Trigger tab and add a display screen action E HEV BOARD add a keyboard tigger a EL BUTTON i 4 a DISPLAaY_SCREEN a ws __ KEYBOARD ed a oe r Properties ail _ ff a en SETON Nyame ms 3 Adda EyeLink Qa i EAN ffa button rigger A L l P i ll i a wen Add a Timer Trigger Ey_CAMERA_ SETUP uration 20000 5 Set the Timer duration to 20000 ms Q g a 6 Add an EL_Camera_Setup Action neninect
18. Version 1 6 1 This release runs fully on 32 bit versions of Windows 2000 XP Vista and Windows 7 Known limitations on 64 bit of Windows 7 o TTL driver is not supported o Cedrus Input Trigger is not supported o ASIO audio driver is not supported o Cannot install xvid driver Split Avi tool will not be able to convert the files to xvd file format Updated the ASIO Sound Card Installation section of this document Existing users of the following sound cards should re check the installation steps to select the Audio Creation Mode and enable Bit Matched Playback option even if you have already had the sound card working with the software o Creative Labs Soundblaster X Fi XtremeGamer o Creative Labs Soundblaster X Fi XtremeMusic SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 344 o Creative Labs Soundblaster X Fi Titanium PCI Express e Bug fix for resource drawing when the offset value is not 0 0 e Added more options for line spacing in multiline text resource e Bug fix for displaying non ASCII Chinese Hebrew Thai etc characters in English versions of Windows e Splitavi converter now supports multiple input files e Added Clear Target At Exit option for drift correction action e Touch screens are now supported as a variant of the mouse trigger in 32 bit Windows 2000 XP Vista and Windows 7 Version 1 5 201 e For MEG MRI applications adds supports for camera setup calibra
19. e datasets This is the directory where the data source file is located e library This is the folder where the image audio interest area set and video files are contained e runtime This folder contains all of the runtime image and Data Viewer integration files image drawing list and interest area set files e myfiles This directory and all files and subdirectories within it will not be deleted or cleaned by the build process and therefore can be used as a place to SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 17 store your own files randomized data sets test EDF files etc Files in this directory will be included in the packed project and copied to the deployed folder Please avoid using non ASCII characters in the project name or directory path as this may cause runtime problems Note If you are running Experiment Builder from a non Administrative account of Windows XP or 2000 you should create the new projects to the user account directory 1 e the project location should be Windows Drive Documents and Settings User Account My Documents In Windows Vista a new project should be created at a directory with user read write permission e g at C Users User Name Similarly you should deploy your experiments to the user account directory Note The above files and folders are created and maintained by the Experiment Builder The user should not attempt to modify these files and
20. fields 8 1 1 1 Image Displaying Modes The image resource is flexible enough to accommodate various modes of displaying e g original image size vs stretched top left aligned or centered The following discusses the option of displaying images in original size or stretching it to a specific dimension 1 To display the image in original size after the image is added to the display the user should have Use Original Size field of the image checked Please note that enabling that field will also make several attributes read only Width Height Clipping Location Clipping Width Clipping Height and Clipping Area is Gaze Contingent 2 To stretch all images to a fixed width and height 1024 x 768 for example after the image is added to the display the user should first make sure that the Use Original Size field is unchecked Check the values of Width and Height fields of sample image added and adjust them if necessary In addition the user may need to check the values of Clipping Location Clipping Width and Clipping Height attributes which are used to control the part of the image to be shown By default the clipping width and height are the same as the image width and height Please note that the clipping location is always top left based and the location is relative to the top left corner of the image 3 If images are stretched to different dimensions
21. the duration may report as displayedFRameCount 1 self frameRate 8 1 2 1 Reading Frame Time Experiment Builder can record the time of each frame in the EDF file For example 1f the user adds the following message to the message field of the display screen Display str self VIDEO_RESOURCE lastFrameNumber CRT str self VIDEO RESOURCE currentFrameNumber The EDF will contain output like MSG 8046616 8 Display 30 CRT 31 This shows that at the message time 8046616 the visible frame should be 30 last frame number Frame 31 appears at 8046616 8 8046624 this flip event also updates frame count and index number and associated frame time After that flip Experiment Builder processes frame number 32 and next frame to be flipped is frame 32 with the last flipped frame now set to 31 8 1 2 2 Video Frame Timing Experiment Builder decodes each frame of the video and attempts to present the frame at a desired time The desired display time for a frame is calculated as desired frame time video _start_ time frameNumber 1000 0 frameRate where video_ start_time is the millisecond time that the first frame of the video was presented frameNumber is the number of the frame to be presented and frameRate is the number of frames to display per second For example assume the first frame of a video was presented at time T and the frame rate of the video is 30 frames per second The desired display
22. 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 50 efficiently In an EyeLink experiment the Record attribute of one of the sequences must be checked so that eye tracking data can be collected Reference Label label Label of the Sequence node The default label ee The type of Experiment Builder objects Sequence the current node belongs to experiment graph sequence is executed Record T record Boolea Whether EyeLink recording should be done n within the sequence Recording starts at the beginning of each iteration of the sequence and ends at the end of each iteration of the sequence The default setting is False box unchecked This attribute is only available in an EyeLink experiment EyeLink eyeLinkRecordS String This supplies the title at the bottom of the eye Record Status tatusMessage tracker display This property is only available Message for a recording sequence This attribute is only available in an EyeLink experiment with the Record setting of the current sequence enabled Recording Pause recordingPauseT Integer Time in milliseconds to wait to execute the Time ime sequence after the recording starts typically set as 20 This attribute is only available in an EyeLink experiment with the Record attribute of the current sequence enabled Trial Result trialResult Integer A value used to encode the result of current recording trial e g MSG 1067284 TRIAL_RESULT 12 in the EDF file
23. Figure 7 59 Figure 7 60 Figure 7 61 Figure 7 62 Figure 7 63 Figure 7 64 Figure 7 65 Figure 7 66 Figure 7 67 Figure 7 68 Figure 7 69 Figure 7 70 Figure 7 71 Figure 7 72 Figure 7 73 Using a ResponsePixx LED Control Action c ccccccecccccessseeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 107 Triggers Implemented in Experiment Builder cc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 107 Usmo Timer Ve Ger sna nsces eee user teeuls tad acon ceies es anacnt aust ances 110 Using an Invisible_boundary trigger ceeecceccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 114 Using invisible_boundary trigger with top left and center location types 116 Using Conditional Treger aieri 118 Displaying different instruction screens at the beginning of each block 120 Use EycLink Dutton hl Soe neri E tucsirecaleteactdatuntic lowe 122 Collecting EyeLink button response data cc ceeseeeeeecceeeceeseeeeseeeeeees 123 Checking EyeLink button response accuracy cccccceceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 123 Using EyeLink button trigger without ending a trial ce cceeeeeeees 124 Using Cedrus Button 18 ei n aa niat 127 Collecting Cedrus button response data cccccccsesseeccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 128 Checking Cedrus button response accuracy sssseeeesssssssseerersssssseeeerees 129 Using Cedrus button trigger without ending a trial eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 130 Wsime Key OO ard Ti SCR aiviced eden ctreias ie a a 133 Collecting keyboard response datan senescere n
24. SAMPLE_ VELOCITY triggeredData leftAcceleration J n n The following is one sample output from the LogFile txt file when the sample velocity trigger fires Trigger 632012 LOC 500 299937793 403399993090 VEL 196 741027908 ACLOOO 9837 0 592 7 3 2425 7 9 8 Updating Attribute The UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE action oer modifies the value of a variable or an attribute of an experiment component For example in a change detection experiment see section 7 11 1 Variable the user may want to display two slightly different images for a SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 78 certain number of cycles and then stop the presentation after that To do that the user may create a new variable to keep track of the current iteration status behaving as a counter and use the UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE action to update the counters value on each cycle of the graph Reference Label of the UPDATE ATTRIBUTE action The default value is UPDATE ATTRIBUTE Type NR The type of Experiment Builder objects C UpdateAttribute the current node belongs to experiment graph Message message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the action is executed Time time Float Display PC Time when the UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE action is done Display PC Time when the action started C
25. Variable the current node belongs to experiment graph Data Type NR The data type of the variable could be String me Integer Float Point Color and al List Value value _ The value of the variable Image one experiment in which the display screen alternates between displays A and B and the trial ends after a certain number of alternations The user may want to create a counter to keep track of the number of loops The user may first add a Variable object to the graph see Figure 7 40 and set its initial value to 0 see Panel A of Figure 7 41 Following this an update attribute action can be added in the loop to increase the value of the variable by 1 for each loop set the Attribute property of the action as VARIABLE value and set its value field as VARIABLE value 1 see Panel B of Figure 7 41 Finally a conditional trigger should be added so that the loop can be ended after 5 repetitions see Panel C of Figure 7 41 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 178 VARIABLE i CONDITIONAL a L x DISPLAY _END Figure 7 68 Using a Variable SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 179 Using ariable F START Jif START VARIABLE i VARIABLE _ DISPLAY_A TIMER_ 2 z E TIMER_A x UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE X Y UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE DISPLAY _B POATE ATTRIBUTE POATE ATTRIBUTE
26. al x Fils View Experiment Help Feage E M a TAOS sheer E O28 4B Be ws BLOCH nem ay cope TRAL TRIAL DataSource l foo mia a 4 4101s 0 9 19f Other int ETART TRA INEZ EE TRPRESS FESFONEE RT Moo Y uPpaTe_aTreiwte 1 2 3 4 Click on the Other tab of the Strmbure eS TRAL z am repr hs mE 3 5 i J HAR stam 5 Set initial values xv component toolbox to add variables edit their eee of the variables for labels and set initial values j i HevPRESs each trial RESPONSE y _ PREPARE_SEQUENCE i FT j j i OT UPDATE ATTRIBUTE e mit 6 Add a prepare sequence action T Add a sequence i iem inpud Gumus losd Screen Resm tes Load Junio antisite Trager Pemndisice Actors Freenfiaicze w Riep FRAD lauaga haat Figure 15 10 Editing Trial Sequence 1 Click on the Other Tab of the component toolbox select the Variable node hold down the left mouse button and drag the action into the work space Click on the VARIABLE node set its label as TRIAL INDEX and set the initial value as 0 This variable is used to keep track of the current trial index Please note that the data type is automatically changed to Integer 2 Add another variable in the graph Set its label as KEYPRESS and initial value as This variable is used to keep a record of key pr
27. i THER Bocigr und Coia 3 Pi py CAMERA SETUP Per F TER fF ELBUTTON ad ts a o Generate Syrc h E i gt 3 E PREPARE SEQUENCE ner L ae k r C orFT_coRnRecT an z k J f RECORDING alr 3 res f GF START is ec i f DISPLAY _BLANI pager fled Cay S Maea sores z B TRPA Estimated Prepare Time Greeti el al ormie i gy EL BUTTON TT iadi H say Blank a Lipoiste Screen Send EyeLrw Dv Mess FF 3 These two fields should be checked For Hon Display Ef teegaa Sel Nene z i ar Espar mare Camparents Devore single bo are gt gt _ mm ma recon Figure 14 12 Modifying the Properties of DISPLAY_SCREEN Action SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 282 1 Click on the DISPLAY_SCREEN node In the property window of the action double click on the value field of Message property Type in SYNCTIME and then press ENTER key to register the change 2 Make sure that the Send EyeLink DV Messages and Use for Host Display properties are checked 3 Select the DISPLAY BLANK action Double click on the value field of Message property Type in blank_screen and then press ENTER key to register the change 4 Make sure that both Send EyeLink DV Messages and Use for Host Display checkboxes for the DISPLAY BLANK action is unchecked 14 1 10 Creating Display Screen We will add a text resource to the display screen and
28. ms 99 of the time In the worst case it may still about 10 ms but rarely higher than 2 ms The default setting is False This setting has no effect on EyeLink I Log Time T logTime Boolea If enabled logs the command and its delay in n execution to the EDF file and link if message events are enabled The default setting is False The message time is when the command completed execution The message SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 73 syntax is pf ICMD lt execution delay gt lt text of command gt This setting has no effect on EyeLink I T n from the tracker Result Time Out resultTimeOut Integer Sets the maximum amount of time to wait for a response from the tracker If no result is returned then the error code NO_REPLY is returned Exit On Fail T exitOnFail Boolen Whether the experiment should be terminated if a there is an error in the command Important please leave this field unchecked unless it is absolutely necessary that you should terminate the experiment if the EyeLink send command action fails Result result Integer Result code for the command 0 Command successfully sent 1 Unknown command 1 Unexpected end of line 2 Syntax error 1000 No reply from the tracker Result Message resultMessage String Returns text associated with last command response may have error message see above Figure 7 13 illustrates how to dra
29. o You are reading the input from the status register the base port address 1 7 10 9 Fixation Trigger The fixation trigger E fires when a fixation occurs at a specific region of the display for a certain amount of time Depending on the settings in the event type property this trigger can fire when the fixation starts STARTFIXATION or ends ENDFIXATION or after a pre specified amount of time into a fixation UPDATEFIXATION This trigger is only available in an EyeLink experiment Please note that when reading real time data through the link the start of the fixation event data will be delayed by about 35 milliseconds from the corresponding sample This is caused by the velocity detector and event validation processing in the EyeLink tracker The timestamps you got from the event data however reflect the true sample time for the start or end of the event Reference is FIXATION Oe UT The type of Experiment Builder objects Fixation the current node belongs to experiment graph experiment when the fixation trigger fires Time time Float Display PC Time when the trigger fires Note To check the start and end time of the triggering fixation you should use triggeredData startTime and triggeredData endTime e the startTime and endTime sub attributes of the triggeredData attribute SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 154 Last Check Time lastCheckT
30. 14 V APLAYSTART 0 1 library audio innertrialbeep wav MSG 10401021 PLAY BEEP MSG 10401903 14 V APLAYSTOP 19755 1 library audio innertrialbeep wav If you need to synchronize the playing of the sound to the presentation of a screen you may use the DISPLAY_SCREEN to show the visual stimuli and then enable the Synchronize Audio check box This will allow you to attach an audio clip to that PLAY_SOUND action for sake of synchronization If you want the audio clip to be SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 90 presented at the same time as the onset of the display you may set the Offset value to 0 If a positive offset value is used the audio is played later whereas a negative offset value means the audio clip plays earlier This option is only available if you use the ASIO driver You may check out one example in the CHM version of this document section Installation gt System Requirements gt ASIO Sound Card Installation gt Related gt Using ASIO Driver The following figure illustrates the use of the PLAY_SOUND action to provide feedback to participant s performance 1f the participant presses the correct button one sound is played 1f the participant presses the wrong button another sound is played For each PLAY_SOUND action the user needs to specify the desired sound clip to be played from the sound library BUTTON INCORRECT SOUND INCORRECT SR Research Experiment Buil
31. 2 Click anywhere on the screen SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 277 halt ine Tee APETIT ce Pe oe Ps E Fe o vero arte 4 4 Select the Desired Text Appearance 5 Click Here to Finish e are going to perform camera setup and calibration When vou see the following blank screen 1 Enter the Instruction Text i 3 Click Margins 2 Select Text by Pressing CTRL 4 Button to Set Text Top Mar gir oo EEEE i Margin Press ENTER ke ansfer cam an io tetman fioo button box to continue Figure 14 8 Create Instruction Screen In the following Multiline Text Resource Editor 1 2 3 4 5 Enter the instruction text Press CTRL A to select all text entered Click the Margins button box to set the text margins Enter 100 in all fields Click the OK button on the dialog box Make sure that the text is still selected Now click the buttons on the toolbar to set the desired text appearance font name font size font style alignment style line spacing and text color Click on the Close button at the top right corner of the dialog to finish Please note that instead of using multi line text resource the user can also create the instruction screen by using an image resource see Section 8 1 1 14 1 6 Editing Trial Sequence Data Source Next we will work on the sequence which will contain all necessary trig
32. 2 0 6 0 Buttons keys Split by List 15 223 58 15 223 58 Please note that all of the non string data entries are automatically translated into the appropriate data types unless the type of the field is already specified as a string 10 3 Entering in References The easiest way to enter in a reference is by traversing down the object tree and selecting the node and then double clicking on the target node attribute or sub attribute see Figure 10 1 However the user may always enter in the reference manually without using the object tree The path of the entered reference is always relative References have the following constraints 1 The referred value should match the assigning field s value type Suppose you have an object X with attribute p and object Y with attribute g If the type of attribute X p is number and if the value of Y q is string 5 X p cannot be directly referred to Y g or vice versa An Invalid Value error dialog box will be displayed if wrong type of data is entered in the attribute editor 2 One attribute cannot refer to itself In the above example Y g cannot have reference to Y g A Recursive Invalid reference error message will be reported during build time 3 Type conversion is only partially supported Integer can be assigned to a number floats or non floats and vise versa However assigning numbers directly to a string 1s not supported and vice versa 10 4 Entering in Eq
33. Also uncheck the Send EyeLink DV Message box 7 Make a connection from the START node to DISPLAY_SCREEN from DISPLAY_SCREEN to TIMER from DISPLAY_SCREEN to EL BUTTON from TIMER to DISPLAY BLANK and from EL_BUTTON to DISPLAY_BLANK 8 Click at any blank area in the work space then click the right mouse button and select Layout in the popup menu Click ok in the following dialog box This will re arrange the nodes in an orderly fashion 9 Click on H button in the properties window to make it a free floating window 14 1 9 Modifying Properties of Display Screen We will first need to check the property settings of the display screen actions see Figure 14 12 For better Data Viewer integration and for reaction time calculation a message should be written to the EDF file to indicate the time when the stimulus was visible to the participants In addition we may need to draw simple graphics onto the host screen so that the participants gaze accuracy during recording can be evaluated SF Besteri Gaperticent Badiber y LALA RE Simpe SSS olf x Fis Edt View Experiment Help oeaee oi De Oe Blt a Ere Shr al v QGgagaa F F eia xp m I vINCTIME 2 Enter SYNCTIME j pence i in the message field i BLOCK F i ia stam Seo input Queues F Select the Display screen p DePLAY _ScREEN a g gD KEY BOARD iy EL BUTTON i lt
34. Comparator J comparitor Dropdown list used to select possible Comparator 2 comparitor2 comparison between the variable and value q Possible values EQUALS default value GREATER THAN LESS THAN OR EQUALS CONTAINS NOT EQUALS LESS THAN or GREATER THAN OR EQUAL Value value The value used to evaluate one attribute The Value 2 value2 data type of this field depends on the attribute used SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 117 And Or Select andOrSelect String Connection between multiple conditional q evaluations Possible values are AND OR AND NOT or OR NOT In the previous example section 7 5 2 the user may want to further check whether the velocity and acceleration of the triggering sample in the invisible boundary trigger exceeds a Set of target values The following figure illustrates the use of conditional trigger to check out these parsing criteria The Attribute field of the trigger is set as INVISIBLE_BOUNDARY triggeredData leftVelocity and the Attribute 2 field of the trigger is set as INVISIBLE_BOUNDARY triggeredData leftAcceleration Conditional Es START ia SEQUENCE D INVISIBLE_BOUNDARY CONDITIONAL DISPLAY _FALSE DISPLAY _TRUE A TIMER Experiment Components Dewices D abel ONDITIONAL a E y DISPLAY TRUE Times 0o o r a Poe eee
35. Event Type may be configured as UPDATEFIXATION SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 157 fo RECORDING iF START DISPLAY _SCREEN Interest_Areas Movement_Patterns C RECTANGLE RESOURCE BLANK_SCREEN Experi ment Components Dewices e Property Value Type imation Mode Path ECORDING FIXATION Bssage MATION Tire Last Checked Time Confidence Interval a lear Input Queue Region Location Top Lett DISFLAY_ SCREEN RECTANGLE_RESOU ike anni AA E raat Region Height DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE RESO hin mi racking Eye DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE_RESOURCE height anos Event Type PDATEFIMATION riqgered Data Figure 7 59 Using fixation trigger If the fixation trigger should fire regardless where the participant is fixating at the user may set the trigger region as the whole screen 1 e Region Location as 0 0 Region Width as 1024 and Region Height as 768 for a 1024 x 768 screen resolution Alternatively the user may keep the default region settings and uncheck the Within button Since the fixation trigger keeps monitoring the online eye data it must be placed within a recording sequence 1 e the Record property of the sequence is checked If you see a This node type cannot be added to this sequence error message please check whether the sequence to which the trigger belongs is a recording sequence The fo
36. EyeLink Writes a text message to the EyeLink eye tracker The text Message is msec time stamped and is inserted into the EyeLink EDF file B Add to Log File Allows the user to add text to a log file for experiment SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 36 Poof debugging S Prepare Sequence Performs preparatory works for a sequence e g preloading image or audio files drawing feedback graphics on the Host PC and re initializing trigger settings to ensure real time performance and better recording feedback y Add to Adds a number to an Accumulator object Accumulator ip Add to Result File Used to output data to a tab delimited data to a Result File x y Update Attribute Updates the value of a Variable or an attribute of an experiment component Th can Send TTL Signal Sends a TTL Sead EL signal vie the paceilel peat ce oles ata ports via the ae port or other data pon D Rese fap DM piek a nod in Be apartmen amaresa data Ce eeeeiainsiaaeameaeal Experiment data source line again at a later time O Play Sound Plays a WAV audio file a WAV audio file I Pay Sound Control Stop pause or unpause a specified playsound aeon sound card Stop pause unpause or abort the current ASIO sound being Control recorded class E Coto Buonton ee Control Button box 6 4 Triggers A Trigger is some condition that must be met for the sequence to continue past that point
37. Figure 15 3 Creating Experiment Block Sequence 1 Click on the Experiment Tab in the Project Explorer Window to start 2 Click on the Action Tab of component toolbox 3 Select the Sequence node hold down the left mouse button and drag it into the work area 4 Place the mouse cursor on top of the START node hold down the left mouse button while moving the mouse cursor on top of the SEQUENCE node This makes the connection from the START node to SEQUENCE node Note don t make a single or double click on the START node as this will select the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 291 node instead If you have done so place the mouse cursor on a blank area in the work space and make a single click there Redo the current step again 5 Click on the Other Tab of the component toolbox and add a RESULT_FILE node to the graph 6 Click at any blank area in the work window Click the right mouse button and select Arrange Layout in the popup menu This will re arrange the nodes in a hierarchical fashion 7 Click on the SEQUENCE node in the structure list 15 4 Editing Block Sequence Next we will need to edit the properties of the Block Sequence This involves changing the Label of the sequence to make it more meaningful and changing the iteration count to the actual number of blocks to be tested see Figure 15 4 Please note here w
38. Float Gaze position of the triggering sample along the GazeX average x axis for the left eye right eye and an average averagePupilSize the EyeLink device settings 1 leftVelocity Float Left eye right eye or average sample velocity rightVelocity in degrees second average Velocity 1 leftAcceleration Float Left eye right eye or average sample rightAcceleratio acceleration in degrees second 2 n averageAccelerat ion angle Float The angle of the eye movements when the trigger fires only Returns MISSING_DATA 32768 if target is missing or if running a non Remote eye tracker targetX Integer X Y position of the target in camera targetY coordinate This option is for EyeLink Remote eye tracker only Returns targetDistance Integer Distance between the target and camera 10 times the measurement in millimeters This option is for EyeLink Remote eye tracker MISSING _ DATA 32768 if target is SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 324 missing or if running a non Remote eye tracker Target S S Integer Flags used to indicate target tracking status 0 if target tracking is ok otherwise error code This option is for EyeLink Remote eye tracker only Returns MISSING DATA 32768 if running a non Remote eye tracker Note Returns MISSING_DATA 32768 for the untracked eye 17 1 2 Display oo Preferences Ef Preferenc
39. KEYBOARD INPUT Keys ls CTRL Pressed E DISPLAY BLANK Es Apriona E ALT Pressed M UPDATE_ATTRIBLUTE CONDITIONAL YY INCORRECT_RESPONSE X Y CORRECT_RESPONSE F INCORRECT _SOUND lt b CORRECT_SOUND E TIMER_SOUND E ADD_TO_RESULTS_FILE KEY_RESPONSE_TIME DISPLAY _ON_TIME RESULTS_FILE Devices ae OK Cancel Figure 15 20 Accessing the Subattribute of the TriggeredData Attrbiute 4 Add a conditional trigger to determine whether a correct response has been made by checking whether the key pressed is the desired keyboard response Select the conditional trigger set a attribute to parent parent KEYPRESS value b comparator to EQUALS c value to parent parent TRIAL_DataSource EXPECTED The conditional trigger yields true result when the key pressed is the same as the expected key response set in the Data source The user needs to set value for the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 308 RESPONSE variable and provide audio feedback for each branch of the conditional trigger separately 5 Before working on each branch of the conditional trigger the user should load feedback audio clips into the resource library Click Edit gt Library Manager from the Experiment Builder menu bar In the library manager dialog box see Figure 15 21 e lt Library Manager i x incorrect war a Click on the Sound tab Delete i b
40. Mae 0 oO A B CONDITIONAL Figure 7 33 Using Conditional Trigger When performing a conditional evaluation the user must make sure that the data type of the value field must match that of the attribute field ditto for Value 2 and Attribute 2 The data types supported in current implementation of conditional triggers are string integer double and Boolean e When comparing strings please make sure that the strings are case sensitive without quotes see the Saccade template for the implementation of conditional evaluations with strings SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 118 e Incase of evaluating a Boolean comparison for example checking whether the Force Full Redraw field of a DISPLAY SCREEN action is checked or not the user needs to set the Attribute field of the conditional trigger by referring to the target attribute e g DISPLAY_A forceFullRedraw choose either EQUALS or NOT EQUALS as the comparator and type in true or false lower case without quotes in the value field of the conditional trigger e Sometimes the user may attempt to evaluate attributes against missing values For example the user may want to check whether a trigger has fired or whether a valid data has been retrieved from one attribute e g the start time of an action If the target attribute is a string type set the value fie
41. Oy cr yicw secie ondere iea EOE E AEE E 269 14 Creating EyeLink Experiments The First Example c cccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 270 PAT Cr Ate Ce Ex ye US ID asc cae acerca rts chested aires eane ccmcia ed eaaeaeenitaatal 270 14 1 1 Creating a New Experiment SeSSI00N cccccccsssseeeeeceeceeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaas 270 14 1 2 Configuring Experiment Preference Settings cccccecccececeeeeeeeeeeeeees 271 14 1 3 Creating Experiment Block Sequence cc eeceeeeeeeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneas 273 Tae Editing Block Sequen saneranoigr a a aa 274 14 1 5 Creating Instruction Screen sseeeeeessessssoeerrsssssssserrrsssssserrresssssseeerees 276 14 1 6 Editing Trial Sequence Data SOUnCE serres evict cell 278 14 1 7 Editing Trial Sequence Preparing Sequence and Drift Correction 279 14 1 5 Edi e KR eCOndine SCQUCIICE srsrosedsnera ea N 281 14 1 9 Modifying Properties of Display Screen ccecccccceceessseeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 282 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd v IA MO Creatine Display Sree tacts smut atae aha ceruean a 283 el Wits TaD ED Te tile ecnseennern e A 285 14 1 12 Showing Experiment Progress Message on Tracker Screen 285 l2 B kime the Experimente pe mn earner vane mn ene winL TRIE enseny ore Teen nner eA er et 286 o gt Deployime tne Experiments 287 144 R nning the Experiment ersinnen a 287 14 4 1 Error in Initializin
42. Region Type Region Direction Region Location Top Left Region Width Region Height confidencelInterv Float al regionT ype regionDirection List of String regionLocation region Width regionHeight Time difference between the trigger time and last check time of the trigger This indicates a window of uncertainty as the true trigger time could be between the last check time lastCheckTime and the reported the trigger time time The type of triggering Region used RECTANGLE 0 ELLIPSE 1 or INTEREST AREA 2 Note that the INTEREST AREA option is only available when interest areas are defined in one of the display screens in the same recording sequence A range of eye angles from a multiple selection list 0 45 45 90 90 135 135 180 180 135 135 90 90 45 45 0 used to restrict the direction in which the sample velocity trigger fires For each angle range the first value is inclusive and the second value is not inclusive Se 90 45 135 90 Ca Pixel coordinate of the top left corner of the boundary region in x y tuple The default value is 0 00 0 00 Note that the x y coordinate of the region location can be further referred as regionLocation x and regionLocation y respectively Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE Width 0 by default of
43. This trigger will fire much quicker than the Saccade trigger so the Sample Velocity Trigger should be used for saccade contingent paradigms Occasionally there will be misses and false alarms in saccade detection compared to the slower saccade trigger The sample velocity trigger is location based and fires only when the eyes are within or outside of a specified region To make the trigger fire regardless of current eye position the user can keep the default location settings but uncheck the within check box Alternatively the user may set the triggering region as the whole display area As all other eye based trigger types a sample velocity trigger must be used in a recording sequence Reference Label of the sample velocity trigger The default label is SAMPLE_VELOCITY The type of Experiment Builder objects SampleVelocity the current node belongs to experiment graph Message message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink nn en experiment when the sample velocity trigger fires Time time Float Display PC Time when the trigger fires Note To check the time when the triggering sample occurs you should use triggeredData time instead Last Check lastCheckTime This property can be used to retrieve the Time Display PC Time when the trigger was checked for the last time SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 167 Confidence Interval
44. To do that first choose the right node group by clicking on the Trigger or Action or Other Tab of the Components Toolbox Place the mouse cursor on the icon of the desired component press the left mouse button hold it down as you move the mouse to drag the selected item to the desired location in the work space and then release the left mouse button To find out the meaning of a component simply place the mouse cursor over the icon 6 2 2 Linking Experiment Components The flow of an experiment sequence moves from the default START node to one or several triggers or actions and then to other triggers or actions and so on This requires the designer to connect two experiment components with arrowed line to establish a directional or dependency relationship between a Source component and a Target component DISPLAY _SCREENM Source TIMER Target Figure 6 3 Connecting between Source and Target Components To make a connection from a Source component to a Target component place the mouse cursor on the Source component hold down the left mouse button without releasing the button as this constitutes a mouse click and will select the item instead move the cursor to the Target component and then release the left mouse button To cancel a connecting operation in progress press the ESC key To remove a connection between two experiment components click on the connecting line until it is highlighted in yellow and th
45. Trial without quotation marks in the Column Name editor box and set Column type as Number Click OK button to finish Click on the Add Column button again Set the Column Name as Word and Column type as String Click OK button to finish 5 Click on the Add Row button Enter 12 in the Number of Rows edit box to generate 12 rows of empty cells 6 Click on the empty cells of the table just generated Set the values of the Trial column as 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 and 12 For the word column enter the following strings One Two Three Four and Twelve 7 Click on the Split by value field Enter a value 4 This makes sure that only 4 trials are run in each block 8 Double click on the TRIAL sequence node in the structure list Click on Start node under it to continue 14 1 7 Editing Trial Sequence Preparing Sequence and Drift Correction Each recording trial should begin with a prepare sequence action followed by a drift correction action and then by the actual trial recording see Figure 14 10 The prepare SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 279 sequence action allows the user to preload the image files or audio clips for real time image drawing or sound playing to draw feedback graphics on the Host PC to evaluate participants performance and to reinitialize trigger settings The user should typical
46. for end of trial clearing Epi by i pats Source Cours D Pows O _svoop mon p ma pb TRIAL EVENT Frese Disniey Uni Fir fF Figure 15 14 Editing Recording Sequence SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 302 1 Select the newly added Sequence node Rename the label as TRIAL EVENT Make sure that the Is Real Time box is not checked as this will make the keyboard dysfunctional 2 Click on the Action Tab of the component toolbox select the display screen action hold down the left mouse button and drag the action into the work area Select the action and rename it as FIXATION SCREEN We will add a fixation cross in this screen see Section 15 8 1 3 Click on the Triggers Tab of toolbox select the TIMER node hold down the left mouse button and drag the trigger into the work space Click on the Timer object Enter 1000 in the duration field 4 Add another display screen action This will be the screen showing the Stroop word see Section 15 8 2 5 Adda Keyboard Trigger Select the trigger and edit the label as KEYBOARD_INPUT Double click on the left part of the value field for the Keys attribute This will bring up a keyboard for choosing the possible response keys Press the CTRL key while selecting multiple desired keys In this experiment choose the following keys b for blue color r for red color and g fo
47. identical and therefore the user may use the internal randomizer to perform randomization unless counterbalancing or Latin square designs are needed Please note that configuration of the internal randomization settings should be done before deploying the experiment project whereas the external randomization can be done after deploying the experiment project see Chapter 9 Data source 2 5 Data Collection Data can now be collected from the deployed version of the experiment Double click on the executable file in the deployed experiment directory or type in the exe file name from the command line prompt If the experiment uses a data source a dialog will be displayed allowing the user to choose the appropriate data source file In an EyeLink Experiment the user will also be asked to enter the experiment session name At the End of experiment an EDF file will be generated for EyeLink recording session and saved in the experiment directory Optional result file s will be created if the user has specified them in EyeLink and non EyeLink experiments 2 6 Data Analysis EyeLink recording file can be conveniently analyzed with EyeLink Data Viewer as the experiments created with Experiment Builder are fully integrated with this analysis tool Experiment Builder sends messages to the data file so that images or simple drawing can be added as overlay background The user can also specify trial variables create interest areas an
48. record UW ay fec cording Pause Time Bo Evel nh Record Salua gt 2 Enable both settings EF frai Resni D ail l DISPLAY ALANI bs Beni Time F T 6 Add a display screen for end of trial display clearing heratior Couri 1 tpi bry i penas pras ure Comms O Rowe Fi iaga Combes Unh Fa F Figure 14 11 Editing Recording Sequence 1 Select the newly added Sequence node Rename the label as RECORDING 2 Make sure that the Record and Is Real time checkboxes are checked Double click on the RECORDING node in the structure list until seeing a START node under it As we double click on the START node the content of the work area window is also updated 3 Click on the Action Tab of the component toolbox select the display screen action hold down the left mouse button and drag the action into the work area 4 Click on the Triggers Tab of toolbox select the TIMER node hold down the left mouse button and drag the trigger into the work space Double click on the Timer object Enter Time out without quote in the Message value field and 10000 in the duration field SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 281 5 Add an EyeLink Button trigger 6 Add another display screen action Double click on the action and modify its label as DISPLAY_BLANK
49. the user should add two columns in the experiment data source to specify the desired image width and height After the sample image is added to the display the user should refer the width height clip width and clip height of the image to the two columns created in the data source See the PICTURE template for an example SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 192 The user can also flexibly specify the alignment style of images The read only Screen Location Type attribute of the image resource indicates the current location coordinate type 1 The easiest way of displaying an image in the center of the screen is to first set the Location Type of Screen preferences to Center Position After the image is added to the display the user can then click on horizontal center alignment and vertical center alignment h buttons on the Screen Editor toolbar If the image is center aligned to a different position enter the desired coordinate value in the Location field of the image 2 Ifthe top left corner of all images is aligned to a specific location x y the user should first set the screen location type preference to TopLeft Position After the image is added to the screen the user can then set the desired value in the Location field of the image Please note that the user should determine the screen type before working on any resources as changing the Location Type prefere
50. x The following list tems have been removed because they refer to experiment nodes outside the component being exported RECORDING EyeLink Record Status Message Trial str BlOCk TRIAL TRIAL DataSource trial 6 stri BLOCK TRISL TRIAL DataSource typem strog iBlOock TRIAL TRIAL DataSource foreground BACKGROUND IMAGE Source File Name miparent parent parent BLOCK TRIAL TRIAL DataSource background FOREGROUND IMAGE Source File Mame eiparent parent parent BLOCK TRIAL TRIAL DataSource foreground OK Save Figure 7 3 Reference Maintanence e A dialog box will be displayed asking you whether you want to export all necessary library files Press Yes to export all necessary library files If No is pressed Experiment Builder will not export library files it is the user s responsibility to maintain the files herself himself If the Cancel button is pressed the node exporting operation will be cancelled eos Export Library Files E l I x 2 Would you like to export all necessary library resource files Mote Exporting a large number of or large sized library resources can be time consuming and result in 4 large exported ebo file Mo Cancel Figure 7 4 Export Library Files 7 3 2 Importing 1 Click anywhere in the blank area of the workspace in the intended sequence level please make sure that no node sequence is selected 2 Click the right mouse button to bring up a popu
51. xev camper Value 2 Figure 7 37 Checking EyeLink button response accuracy 7 10 4 2 Collecting inputs from the EyeLink button box without ending the trial Sometimes the subject s button response should be recorded without ending the trial e g pressing a button whenever the subject detects a specific event in the video clip This can SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 123 be done by adding a NULL_ACTION node after the DISPLAY_SCREEN and having the EyeLink Button trigger branch looping back to the NULL_ACTION use an UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE action following the button trigger to collect response data All other triggers initially attached to the DISPLAY_SCREEN action should be connected from the NULL_ACTION as well If a TIMER trigger is used to end the trial the start time should be reset to the time of the DISPLAY SCREEN so that the start time of the TIMER trigger is not reset whenever a button is pressed DISPLAY _TASRGET Properties E Property oe NULL_ACTION Type imer Rode Path BLOCK TRIAL RECORDING TIMER essage timeout ime ast Checked Time Fontidence Interval Duration Type msecs Start Time DISPLAY TARGET time o DISPLAY BLANK Duration O00 Mo A Elapsed Time Figure 7 38 Using EyeLink button trigger without ending a trial 7 10 4 3 Knowing the ID of a specific button on the EyeLink button box The supported EyeLink
52. 0 8 80001 keane RECTANGLE pesos kesoren pee Within I Stroke Width al x MouseTest fF START DISPLAY _SCREEM Movement_Patterns BELLIPSE_RESOURCE TIMER P MOUSE Experiment Components Devices Properties H x abel LLIPSE_RESOURCE Property Tyee FinseRe source a all Position is Mouse Contingent oie C 0 Prebuild To Image Use Sofware Surface Color filed ill Color Figure 7 50 Setting the mouse triggering region 7 10 7 2 Center location type vs top left location type Please note that the location type of all trigger types invisible boundary trigger mouse trigger fixation trigger saccade trigger and sample velocity trigger is top left based whereas the screen resources can be either top left based or center based the screen resource interest area location type can be set by the Screen Preferences This means that references should be created differently depending on whether the region location of a trigger refers to a center based resource or a top left based screen resource Imagine that a mouse trigger should fire when the cursor is within a rectangle resource RECTANGLE_RESOURCE The top panel of the figure below illustrates creating the Region Location reference when the RECTANGLE_RESOURCE is top left based DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE_RESOURCE location The bottom panel of the figure illustrates creating a location equation when the location type is center based
53. 251 Anti aliasing may be enabled in experiments using Text or primitive drawings shown on a uniform background 5 If any of the above settings have been changed and if you want to keep the new settings as defaults for all of your future experiments click on the button save properties as default EyeLink I and 1000 users The default tracker version is set to EyeLink II EyeLink I and 1000 users should also make sure that the Tracker Version setting in the Preferences gt Experiment gt Devices gt EyeLink preferences is set to EyeLink I or EyeLink 1000 x E Experiment Tracker Address 400444 Fa Devices racker Version Eveline sd m ELINK P Dummy Mode Eyelink i f i DISPLAY AUDIO O O l Eye H fj MOUSE Pacing interval Eyelink 1000 fi KEYBOARD Randomize Order Ti my TTL Repeat First Point m CEDRUS orce Manual Accept L Nodes Lock Eye After Calibration 7 ni eta Select Eye After validation Build Deploy mil Link Fiter Level NORMAL File Fitter Level HIGH ye Event Data GA FE Baccade Sensitivity NORMAL Restore Factory Def Save Properties as Import From File Save Into File SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 272 Figure 14 3 Setting the Tracker Version for the Experiment In addition the user needs to check whether the intended experiment contains any non ASCII characters If this is the case the Enc
54. 6 Rectangle Resource Rectangle resource creates a filled or framed rectangle on the screen Click on the Draw Rectangle Resource button L on the toolbar to select the resource type Place the mouse cursor on the location intended for the top left corner of the rectangle then click down the left mouse button and drag the mouse to the desired location for the bottom right corner of the rectangle resource and then release the mouse button The precise location of the resource can be edited in the property panel the Location Width and Height attributes The appearance frame color frame line width interior color of the rectangle resource can also be adjusted If Filled property is set to true the interior of the rectangle will be filled with the filling color otherwise only the frames of the rectangle will be drawn and the setting of filling color will be ignored Reference RECTANGLE_RESOURCE Type NR The type of screen resource C RectangleResource the current item belongs to n default setting is True n Position is Gaze positionAtGazeC Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Contingent T ontingent contingent on the gaze position The default setting is False This setting can only be modified when the display screen is contained in a recording sequence Position is _positionAtMouse Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Mouse Contingent n contingent on the
55. 7 10 6 Keyboard Trigger 17 1 15 Mouse See section 7 10 7 Mouse Trigger 17 1 16 TTL Trigger See section 7 10 8 TTL Trigger 17 1 17 Fixation See section 7 10 9 Fixation Trigger 17 1 18 Saccade See section 7 10 10 Saccade Trigger 17 1 19 Sample Velocity See section 7 10 11 Sample Velocity Trigger 17 1 20 Voice Key See section 7 10 12 ASIO Voicekey Trigger 17 1 21 Display Screen See section 7 9 1 Display Screen 17 1 22 Drift Correct See section 7 9 2 Performing Drift Correction 17 1 23 Camera Setup See section 7 9 3 Performing Camera Setup and Calibration 17 1 24 Send EyeLink Message See section 7 9 4 Sending EyeLink Message 17 1 25 Send Command See section 7 9 5 Sending EyeLink Command SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 334 17 1 26 Set TTL See section 7 9 6 Sending TTL Signal 17 1 27 Add to Experiment Log See section 7 9 7 Adding to Experiment Log 17 1 28 Update Attribute See section 7 9 8 Update Attribute 17 1 29 Add to Accumulator See section 7 9 9 Adding to Accumulator 17 1 30 Add to Result File See section 7 9 10 Add to Result File 17 1 31 Prepare Sequence See section 7 9 11 Preparing Sequence 17 1 32 Sequence See section 7 7 Sequence Subgraph 17 1 33 Reset Node See section 7 9 12 Reset Bode 17 1 34 Play Sou
56. 8 Audio Control Panel l ioj x Select Device Select Device as 5B X Fi BCEO aa SB Fi BCEO SPDIF I Bit Matched Headphone Detection Restore Defaults Device Information Mode Speakers E Effects Device Information Mode Speakers EA Effects Fi Crystalizer SPDIF Ifo Bit Matched Headphone Detection Restore Defaults Entertainment Mode Select this mode For the highest quality music and movie playback experiente C Game Mode Select this mode for the most powerful game audio processing solution Audio Creation Mode Select this mode if your primary activities will be recording mixing and composing It is recommended that you quit all audio applications and games before switching modes M Enable Bit Matched Recording SPDIF input signal monitoring Digital In Unknown or invalid signal I Enable Bit Matched Playback Mote This disables EQ Fi Crystalizer and SVM Playback volume Will increase to maximum level m CRENTIVE Figure 3 1 ASIO Control Panel Settings SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 9 When you test run a project using the ASIO driver a Creative ASIO Control Panel dialog box will show up This latency sets the minimum output latency of the ASIO driver delay from buffer switch to first sample output and the interval in milliseconds between ASIO buffer swaps 1 e how often new sounds can be output For b
57. Action Tab of component toolbox 3 Select the Sequence node hold down the left mouse button and drag it into the work area 4 Place the mouse cursor on top of the START node hold down the left mouse button while moving the mouse cursor on top of the SEQUENCE node This makes the connection from the START node to SEQUENCE node Note don t make a single or double click on the START node as this will select the node instead If you have done so place the mouse cursor on a blank area in the work space and make a single click there Redo the current step again 5 Click on any blank area in the work window Click the right mouse button and select Arrange Layout in the popup menu This will re arrange the nodes in a hierarchical fashion 6 Click on the SEQUENCE node in the structure list to continue 14 1 4 Editing Block Sequence Next we will need to edit the properties of the Block Sequence This involves changing the Label of the sequence to make it more meaningful and changing the iteration count to the actual number of blocks to be tested see Figure 14 5 Please note here we do not edit the Split by field SE Pepearch Expenimen Ber A020 A Semple Fis Edt view Experiment Help DEASG PKRGAQQEP BA TADS coer Aal Qh QBAB St mig hu xj HSE crp START oa 1 Edit label penuenor press Enter key to finish a Real Tim
58. Base Input Queue Size T nE EYELINK ITTL Status Input Queue Size 0 Ea DISPLAY AUDIO P MOUSE A KEYBOARD bs Ti s i CEDRUS ae BUTTONBOX 2 H E Nodes Screen z Build Deploy El GUI Restore Factory Default Save Properties as Default Import From File Save Into File Base Address baseAddress The address of data port or data register for outputting data on the parallel port s data lines LPTI is normally assigned base address 0x378 while LPT2 is assigned 0x278 Note this field expects a hexadecimal number so the user should put in 0x378 instead of 378 TTL Control Input Queue Size 0 TTL Base Input Queue Size TTLBaseInputQueueSize Sets the maximum number of TTL input events at the base register that can be cached in the event queue TTL Status Input Queue Size TTLStatusInputQueueSize Sets the maximum number of TTL input events at the status register that can be cached in the event queue TTL Control Input Queue Size TTLControlInputQueueSize Sets the maximum number of TTL input events at the control register that can be cached in the event queue TTL Base Event Count TTLBaseEventCount Total number of TTL input events at the base register cached in the event queue TTL Status Event Count TTLStatusEventCount Total number of TTL input events at the status register cached in the event queue TTL Control Event Count TTLControlEventCount Total number of TTL inpu
59. Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 343 18 Revision History Version 1 6 121 This release supports using multiple display keyboards and mice in the same experiment responses on the different input devices can be handled differently Supports the keyboard trigger to detect a release event Adds options for different types of EyeLink button boxes Microsoft Side Winder Plug amp Play Gamepad as well as button boxes plugged to the parallel port Adds RESPONSEPixx_LED_ CONTROL action to allow set the LED lighting on a ResponsePixx button box Allows to cancel the Clean Build Test and Deploy processes before they start This release provides an I O port driver for both 32 bit and 64 bit Windows You will need to manually install the I O driver if you are running Windows 2000 Cedrus input trigger now works on 32 bit Windows XP Vista Windows 7 and 64 bit versions of Windows Vista and Windows 7 SplitAvi and Xvid codec runs fine with both 32 bit and 64 bit versions of Windows Bug fix for the custom movement pattern when the first resource point doesn t start from time 0 Bug fix for the mouse movement range in screen resolutions higher than 1024 x 768 Bug fix for uncleared EyeLink Button trigger used in the non recording sequence Bug fix for gaze contingent moving window manipulations with a variable size across trials Bug fix for size error when the location of a triangle resource 1s modified by a reference
60. Builder application and create a new experiment session Please read Chapter 4 Working with Files for details on experiment creation and file folder management 3 Adding Experiment Building Blocks to the Graph To schedule an array of events in an experiment the user needs to add individual building blocks triggers actions Sequences and other components to the workspace in the Graph Editor Window Connecting components by arrowed lines which represent sequence and dependency relationships forms the experiment flow Please read Chapter 6 on flow diagram and Chapter 7 on the components of the Experiment Builder 4 Modifying Properties of Experiment Components The user will need to change the default settings for the actions triggers and sequences so that the experiment can be run in the intended way For example if a timer trigger is used the user may change the maximum duration set in the trigger If an invisible boundary trigger is used the desired triggering location needs to be specified Similarly the user needs to supply data for all actions For example if a display screen action 1s used the user needs to add different resources into the screen builder and adjust the layout of the resource in the screen To change the default settings for triggers actions and subsequences and make the new values available for future uses the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 4 user may make
61. Contingent n contingent on the mouse position This is False Contingent T by default SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 214 Offset offset Point Adjustment of the resource position relative to the position of the current gaze or mouse position The default offset is 0 00 0 00 Color The color of the box drawn on the host screen to show the position and dimension of the current Host Outline Color hostOutlineColor resource This property is available only if the Use for Host Display option of the containing display screen action is enabled Screen Location NR Whether the location specified below refers to Type the top left corner or center of the resource This setting can be changed at Screen Preferences the resource Width Width of the resource in pixels Height Height of the resource in pixels Movement NR Movement pattern sinusoidal or custom of the Pattern resource Prebuild to _prebuildToImage Boolea Whether the resource should be built into an Image n image when the experiment is built instead of having it created during the actual execution of the trial This field is always true when the screen 1s contained in a recording sequence IMPORTANT If this attribute is False the run time drawing may not look exactly as it does in the screen editor useSoftwareSurf Boolea If false unchecked memory on the video card ace n is
62. EBPoint def getProperty2 self return self property2 def getProperty3 self return self property3 Callable method using Execute action Note the default arguments and the doc string to let eb know what is the expected return type def myMethod self parm1 parm2 100 1 1 1 param3 100 100 50 param4 50 75 param5 hi RETURN 1000 2000 3000 The first line of the doc of method is used to get the return type of the method return 1000 2000 3000 internal method def _myInternalMethod self pass Property property4 A read and write float type property def setProperty4 self c 5 7 self property4 c def getProperty4 self return self property4 Property property5 A read and write EBPoint type property def setProperty5 self c self property5 c def getProperty5 self return self property5 Property property6 A read and write EBColor type property def setProperty6 self c self property6 c def getProperty6 self return self property6 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 259 Line 071 Line 072 Line 073 Line 074 Line 075 Line 076 Line 077 Line 078 Line 079 Line 080 Line 081 Line 082 Line 083 Line 084 Line 085 Line 086 Line 087 Property property A read and write list type property def setProperty7 self c self property 7 c def getProperty7 self return self property7 Property property8 A read and write string type prope
63. Experiment Components Dewices ode Path ECORDING SACCADE j pes eO O onfidence Interval lear Input Queue Pe Region Direction 0 45 45 90 90 135 135 150 gt Region Type RECTANGLE si Region Location Top Lett 212 334 Region Height ou hin racking Eye ITHER rigqgered Data Figure 7 61 Using the saccade trigger If the saccade trigger should fire regardless where the saccade is directed to the user may set the triggering region as the whole screen 1 e Region Location as 0 0 the Region Width as 1024 and Region Height as 768 for a 1024 x 768 screen resolution Alternatively the user may keep the default region settings and uncheck the Within button The following discusses some of the common applications of the saccade trigger 7 10 10 1 Top left vs center triggering location type SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 164 Please note that the location type of all trigger types invisible boundary trigger mouse trigger fixation trigger saccade trigger and sample velocity trigger is top left based whereas the screen resources can be either top left based or center based the screen resource interest area location type can be set by the Screen Preferences This means that references should be created differently depending on whether the region location of a trigger refers to a center based resource or a top left based screen resource Imagine that a
64. Float Display PC Time when the mouse trigger returns Note To check the time when the mouse button is pressed released or the mouse position falls within the triggering region you should use triggeredData time 1 e the time sub attribute of the triggeredData attribute instead Last Check lastCheckTime This property can be used to retrieve the Time Display PC Time when the trigger was checked for the last time SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 138 Confidence confidenceInterv Time difference between the trigger time and Interval al last check time of the trigger This indicates a window of uncertainty as the true trigger time could be between the last check time lastCheckTime and the reported the trigger time time Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea Mouse trigger maintains event queues so that Queue n multiple mouse press release events can be accessed over time The current option checks whether the mouse event s cached in the event queue should be cleared when the trigger fires NO no event clearing Event removes the current triggering event from the mouse press release event queue LIST all mouse events from event queue will be removed Buttons buttons List of List of Integers 1 2 3 by default indicating Integer the buttons may be pressed for trigger firing Use Mouse useMouse String Specifies the Mouse Any MOUSE_1 MOUSE_2 used for r
65. Float Display PC time for the start of the retrace that the screen was actually drawn redrawn Important This is the field you should use to check for the time when the display is actually shown Start Time StartTime Float Display PC Time when the display_screen action is entered so that the screen can be prepared and shown Note the display screen is not shown yet by this time Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues f S n when the action 1s started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Actual time in msec used to prepare for the display screen action The width of the display screen in pixels 1024 by default by default Color r default color is white 0 0 0 Bits Per Pixel bitsPerPixel Integer The number of bits 32 by default used to represent the luminance and chroma information contained in each pixel Auto Generate autoGenerateSyn Boolea Whether or not to a send a default message Sync Messages T cMessages n SYNCTIME when the display changes This message will not be ge
66. Ltd 329 Keyboard One Label keyboardOneLabel This supplies a label for the first keyboard device detected by the experiment This option is only available if Enable Multiple Input option is enabled Key Down Input Queue Size keyDownInputQueueSize Sets the maximum number of press events that can be cached in the press event queue for the keyboard device or the first keyboard device if multiple inputs are supported Key Up Input Queue Size keyUpInputQueueSize Sets the maximum number of release events that can be cached in the release event queue for the keyboard device or the first keyboard device if multiple inputs are supported Key Down Event Count keyDownEventCount Total number of press events cached in the press event queue for the keyboard device or the first keyboard device if multiple inputs are supported Key Up Event Count keyUpEventCount Total number of release events cached in the release event queue for the keyboard device or the first keyboard device if multiple inputs are supported Enable Key Repeat NR If this is enabled supports repeated key inputs when you hold down a key This option is only available if Enable Multiple Input option is NOT enabled Repeat Delay repeatDelay Adjust the amount of time that elapses before characters repeat when you hold down a key Repeat Interval repeatInterval Adjust how quickly characters repeat when you hold down a key Keyboard Two Labe
67. SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 143 EBPoint DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE_RESOURCE location x DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE_RESOURCE width 2 DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE_RESOURCE location y DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE_RESOURCE height 2 Properties Hx Property i Message OUSE ast Checked Time Buttons Press Events Release Events Position Triggered onfidence Interval lear Inpuk Queue Region Direction O 45 45 90 90 135 135 180 180 135 135 Region Type RECTANGLE Region Location Top Left I DDISFPLAY SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE location Region Width DISPLAY SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE WANE e PSS Properties 4al x Property e horan LOCK TRIALRECORONG MOUSE a pame f SSCS FBPointi DISPLAY SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE location xi DISPLAY _SCREEN RECTANGLE_RESOLIRCE width 2 lear Input z DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE_RESOUIRCCE location y Region Direction DISPLAY SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE height j z Regon Location Top Leh EEBPor EDISPLAY SCREEN RECTANGIE RESOURCE Recon With DISPLAY SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE WANE Regon teitt DISPLAY SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE Pete e Properties H e CRECTANGLE ES I Position is Gaze Contingent offset o Booo o rs rs ee jecaton BO mn o ew w a Property Value Ype RecktangleResaurce e Position is Gaze Contingent Position is Mouse Conting ost Outline Color a
68. SR Research Ltd 169 makes the current sample velocity trigger fire PPD X PPD Y PPDX PPDY Float Angular resolution at current gaze position in i ne screen pixels per visual degree along the x or y axis Left Gaze X leftGazeX right Float Gaze position of the triggering sample along the Right Gaze X GazeX average x axis for the left eye right eye and the average Average Gaze X Gazex between the two Left Gaze X leftGazeY right Float Gaze position of the triggering sample along the Right Gaze X GazeY average y axis for the left eye right eye and the average Average Gaze Y GazeY between the two Left Pupil Size leftPupilSize ri Float Left eye right eye or average pupil size in Right Pupil Size ghtPupilSize arbitrary units area or diameter Average Pupil averagePupilSize Size l Left Velocity leftVelocity Float Left eye right eye or average velocity in Right Velocity rightVelocity degrees second Average Velocity average Velocity 1 Left leftAcceleration Float Left eye right eye or average acceleration in Acceleration rightAcceleratio degrees second Right n Acceleration averageAccelerat Average ion Acceleration Angle angle Float The angle of the eye movements when the trigger fires Target Distance targetDistance Integer Distance between the target and camera 10 times the measurement in millimeters This option is for EyeLink Remote eye tracker only
69. TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 80 false the input queues are not cleared when the action 1s performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Accumulator NR accumulator the current action is referring Add Value addV alue specifies the value 0 0 by default to be added to the accumulator 7 9 10 Adding to Result File The ADD_RESULT action Bh is used to send data to a result file so that the user will get a columnar output for some variables The user should first add a RESULT_FILE object see Section 7 11 2 Result File for example into the experiment graph and add columns of the data source file and or newly created variables to the result file Reference Label of the ADD_TO RESULT_FILE action The default value is ADD_TO_RESULTS_FILE Type The type of Experiment Builder objects AddToResultsFile the current node belongs to Path String The absolute path of the node in the experiment graph Display PC Time when the action is done Display PC Time when the action starts Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues S n when the action 1s started This includ
70. The absolute path of the node in the experiment graph Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment when the invisible boundary trigger fires Display PC Time when the trigger fires Note To check the time when the triggering sample occurs you should use triggeredData time instead This property can be used to retrieve the Display PC Time when the trigger was checked for the last time Time difference between the trigger time and last check time of the trigger This indicates a window of uncertainty as the trigger could actually occur between the last checked time and the actual firing time The type of triggering Region used RECTANGLE 0 ELLIPSE 1 or INTEREST AREA 2 Note that the INTEREST AREA option is only available when interest areas are defined in one of the display screens in the same recording sequence A range of eye angles from a multiple selection list 0 45 45 90 90 135 135 180 180 135 135 90 90 45 45 0 used to restrict the direction in which the invisible boundary trigger fires For each angle range the first value is inclusive and the second value is not inclusive w 90 45 ks E Pixel coordinate of the top left corner of the boundary region in x y tuple The default value is 0 00 0 00 Note that the x y 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 111 Region Width regionWidth regionHeight a O Region Height
71. Type CUSTOM CLASS INSTANCE myMethodda cNlode Attributes 1r Attribute Thy Method 3 Select a class Method 4 Pass parameters to the method Figure 12 4 Data Exchange through Execute Action SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 266 In addition a value can be returned from the custom class to the Experiment GUI through the return value of a class method Please note that the return type of a method 1s string by default unless a doc string is used to specify the data type of the return value 12 6 Using Custom Class Editor To edit the content of a custom class users may use the simple text editor in the custom class tab of the library manager Alternatively users can edit the custom class code directly by double clicking on a custom class instance and opening a custom class editor tab The custom class editor provides much more functionality than the simple text editor in the library manager The following table summarizes the tools available for code editing using the built in custom class editor Experiment TestClass py RECORDING BLOCK Ala exBa haa 0 h jimport sreb 2 class CustoullassTenplate areb EB0bject Gee init WserEk sreb EB bject init sel self propertyl 1 property of Integer type This 13 also a read wri aell property jl read only point property Note the setter missing self property3 l 2 3
72. User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 297 i A Research Paperia Baher v LALA RE Streep jajaj A E E E E aaaf EF kes aml e Enter values press Enter key to register the values 11 Click here to start 7 0 ST T man RESIL TS FILE 5 z 11 Click here to continue ato i ee ce eT eer a 2 Set the label as TRIAL 5 Click here to add rows si 4 SAT meea to add colunins 7 a aa splitby to 9 Row ionos Rarccnzatin 4 Click here to start F Enable Run Time Rarekrsizalion 8 Click here for m v y aaa adomization configuration s Freeze 0 Disniay Lint Fir i f Promet tor Daet Fie I T Check this box to perform runtime randomization lt j Uncheck this box Figure 15 9 Creating Data Set 15 7Editing Trial Sequence Setting Initial Values and Preparing Sequence Each trial should begin with a prepare sequence action followed by the actual trial recording see Figure 15 10 The prepare sequence action allows the user to preload the image files or audio clips for real time image drawing or sound playing to draw feedback graphics on the Host PC to evaluate participants performance and to reinitialize trigger settings In addition we will add a couple of variables to store data such as RT key press trial response accuracy for each trial SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 298 SE he nh Esperiment faery LADS RC Sire
73. a docked panel of the project Explorer window or a free floating 1 window In addition each of the panels can be hidden or made visible from the View menu SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 25 eof EyeLink Experiment Builder File Edit view Experiment Help pen Overview Properties Fy w Show Properties Panel Connections w Attributes ae Figure 5 2 The View Menu w Overview w Structure w Mote The Overview panel on the top shows the graph layout of all components in the current level of experiment and highlights the currently selected components The part of the graph within a gray background is currently visible in the workspace of the Graph Editor Window The designer can choose to work on a different part of the graph by placing the mouse cursor on top of the gray area holding down the left mouse button and move the gray background to cover the intended region Project Explorer Window C i x Make the Panel Free Floating Overview Panel Make the Window Docked Structure Structure Panel EL_CAMERA_SETUP Eafe TRIAL lfi START T PREPARE_SEQUENCE O DRIFT_CORRECT Properties Panel Devices Tab Connected Frorn START Components Tab Connections Panel Connects To Experiment Tab TIMER EL_BUTTON KEYBOARD SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 26 Figure 5 3 Components
74. actual parameters for each trial the linkage between the two can be achieved by attribute referencing Sequence Sub A controller for experiment flow Used to chain together graph different Actions and Triggers and execute them in a loop or to simply modularize a set of experiment components EL CAMERA SETUP Block Trial Recording SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 39 Figure 6 4 Nested Sequences in an Experiment 6 7 References and Equations The Experiment Builder uses references to link or bind an attribute of one experiment component to be equal to the value of another component attribute References see Chapter 10 are a critical part of the Experiment Builder providing much of the flexibility to the application As an example assume a sequence has two components X and Y and component X has attribute Ax and component Y has attribute Ay If attribute Ax was set to reference Ay then the value of Ax would always be equal to the value of Ay In this example it is said that Ax is the referencing attribute and Ay is the referenced attribute Even if Ay changes value during the experiment Ax will always reflect the current value of Ay A reference is represented by a string that starts and ends with a symbol in the attribute editor for an experiment component For example X Ax is a reference to the Ax attribute of component X Y Ay is a reference to the Ay attribute of com
75. adjusted with alignment buttons on the Screen Builder toolbar see Figure 8 18 The user needs to select the target resource or interest area and then click on one of the alignment tool buttons Horizontal alignment buttons determine the relative position of a resource or interest area on the horizontal dimension left aligned right aligned or centered For example if a resource is left aligned the x coordinate of the left edge will be set as 0 The vertical alignment buttons can be used to adjust the resource or interest area position relative to the top and bottom margins top aligned bottom aligned or centered The resource and interest area SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 229 alignment can also be done from the popup menu invoked by a click on the right mouse button S S 8 ah lel Figure 8 18 Resource Alignment Left and Toggling Grid Visibility A special type of alignment styles is called Snap to Grid and is only available to resources see Figure 8 19 When creating the screen grids can be visible for alignment reference To enable grid visibility click on Toggle Grid Visibility button see Figure 8 18 This will create a set of grids partitioning the whole workspace into small areas the actual number of grids to be created is specified by the Grid Columns and Grid Rows attributes in the Display Screen preference settings Select the resource to be ali
76. and set space as the replacement character Delimiter Replacement Character One single character that is used to replace the delimiter character Segmentation Direction Direction Left to Right Top to Bottom Left to Right Bottom to Top Right to Left Top to Bottom and Right to Left Bottom to Top in which the text is segmented Interest areas are numbered consecutively based on the order they are created 17 3 Build Deploy This section lists preference settings that are related to the building and deploying processes oo Preferences Property Value O ncode Files as UTFS Disable Disable Warnings For Default Value Disable Equatic Equation Check External Libraries Ic Mest Run Command Line Arguments l nclude Packed Project In Deploy sn Nerbose f El if Preferences Be Experiment i 4 9 Devices Nodes Screen 2 H E Resources es 4 9 Movement Patterns 2 EA O ite In Interest 4rea Preference GRAPH_LAYOLIT m CUSTOMCLASS EDITOR Restore Factory Default Save Properties as Default Import From File Save Into File Encode Files as UTF 8 If enabled the generated experiment code and dataset files are written using UTF 8 encoded http en wikipedia org wiki UTF 8 files This is a must if the user is using a character that does not fit in the ASCII encoding range 1 127 In simple terms this should be enabled if anyone is using characters tha
77. and the Experiment Builder usage discussion forum If you have feature requests or bug reports please send an e mail to support sr research com If you have questions on using the software please check out the Frequently Asked Questions section of the user manual html version the Experiment Builder usage discussion forum or send us an e mail SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 2 To use the Experiment Builder software effectively it might help if you can follow the Chapter 14 Creating EyeLink Experiments The First Example to re create the SIMPLE example by yourself and get a sense of the life cycle of experiment generation and data collection with Experiment Builder software This section can be used as a Getting Started guide You should also read the following sections of the document very carefully as they discuss the basic concepts of Experiment Builder software Chapter 2 Experiment Builder Life Cycle Chapter 6 Designing an Experiment in Experiment Builder Chapter 9 Data Source and Chapter 10 References Following this you can then take a look at other examples we provided see the html version of this document for detailed explanations on the examples and start reading other sections Chapter 16 Experiment Builder Project Checklist may be used to make sure that common problems can be avoided when creating your experiments SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004
78. be a small avi SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 67 file that contains both video and audio streams The user should preload the intended video clip into the library manager Animation animationTarge String The name of the video clip used as the Target t calibration target Animation animationPlay Play Count Count Integer Total number of times the video clip will be played before the calibration target is accepted If 1 the clip will be played continuously looping Boolea If checked calibration will use the custom target supplied a small image file with the feature interesting part appearing in the center of the image Custom Target customTarget String The name of the image file that is used for drawing the calibration target The image files should be preloaded into the library manager Note that this property is only available if Use Custom Target is checked Background kground n background image supplied Custom customBackgro String The name of the image file that is used for Background und drawing the calibration background The image file should ideally be a full screen Target Outer outerSize Integer Size image and be preloaded into the library Target Inner innerSize Integer Size S SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 68 Use Custom useCustomTarg Target et manager Note t
79. be extremely time consuming and error prone if there are several hundreds of trials involved unfortunately this is the typical case for a perception or cognition experiment The Experiment Builder handles this issue by allowing the user to create prototypical trials for the experiment and to supply the actual parameters for individual trials from a data source see Figure 9 1 A data source can be created within the Experiment Builder or by loading a text file The column headings in that file could be variable names and each row contains values for the variables in each trial During the execution of a script file lines in the data source can be read supplying the actual parameters for each trial the linkage between the two is achieved by attribute reference which is discussed in next Chapter G EyeLink Experiment Builder 0 5 239 Beta Picture File Edit Experiment Help l BeBbal xbheatl gt roeee QRQAAHE Experiment BLOCK TRIAL_DataSource Trial Image Width Height x y Number String Number Number Number Number Th town jpg 1024 768 0 0 Picture tovvn_blur jpq 1024 768 0 0 town jpg 800 600 112 64 toven_blur jpg 600 600 112 64 town jpg 600 600 0 0 town blur jpg 800 600 0 0 YF START H BLOCK fi START EHE DISPLAY _SCREEN TIMER EL_BUTTON KEYBOARD EL_CAMERA_SETUP Bear fif START W PREPARE_SEQUENCE HEC DRIFT_CORRE
80. button box should be used on the host computer It can be the one attached to a USB port Microsoft SiderWinder Plug and Play Gamepad or the one attached to the parallel port on the motherboard or to the designated PCI express parallel port adapter card on the host computer SR Research Gamepad or ResponsePixx button box The use of the parallel port based button box on the designated PCI express adapter card LF811 requires running version 2 30 or later of EyeLink IJ host software or 4 50 or later of the EyeLink 1000 host software You will also need to go to EyeLink Button Box Device to specify the particular button box used for your study so that Experiment Builder can automatically configure the button mappings for you e Microsoft SideWinder Plug and Play gamepad Y gt 1 X gt 2 B gt 3 A gt 4 Big D pad on the left gt 5 left back trigger gt 6 right back trigger gt 7 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 124 e SR Research Gamepad blue gt 1 green gt 2 yellow gt 3 red gt 4 big purple gt 5 The other two side trigger buttons are non functional e ResponsePixx Button Box 5 button handheld and 5 button desktop models Yellow gt 1 red 2 blue gt 3 green gt 4 white gt 5 7 10 5 Cedrus Button Trigger The Cedrus input trigger E fires when one of the pre specified buttons on a Cedrus RB Series response pad http www cedrus com responsepads
81. calibration can be performed by using the Display PC keyboard Using the Display PC monitor and peripherals Camera Setup and Calibration can also be performed through an external control device for environments in which the Host PC is located far away from the display e g MEG MRI environments See the CHM version of this document for details on using external control devices Reference Label of the Camera setup action The default value is EL_CAMERA_ SETUP Type NR The type of Experiment Builder objects per C EyeLinkCameraSetup the current node belongs to experiment graph Message message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when camera setup action is done Time time Float Display PC Time when the camera setup action is done started Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues S n when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Calibra
82. can also be used to clear the data stored in an accumulator Field Attribute Type Content Reference Label Label of the RESET_NODE action Type NR The type of Experiment Builder objects ResetNode the current node belongs to Node Path absPath String The absolute path of the node in the experiment graph Message message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the RESET NODE action is done Time Display PC Time when this action is done Start Time Display PC Time when the action starts Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues f S n when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Reset Node 4 NR fs The node whose data will be reset 7 9 13 Playing Sound SR Research Experiment Builder supports loading of WAV audio files and playing the clips with the PLAY_SOUND action Ph Before using the PLAY_SOUND action make sure that tar
83. carried over to the current trial Don t forget to add the variables to the EyeLink DV Variable list or to the RESULT_FILE SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 122 RESET_OATA K Y DISPLAY_TAR GET oon Attribute Yalue List for GET RESPONSE Attribute ee ee EL BUTTON TBUTTON PRESSED valued MEL BUTTON triggeredData button TBUTTON PRESS TIME value EL BUTTON triggeredData time TOISPLAY ON TIME valued MOTSPLAY TARGET time TRESPONSE TIME valued Sinti BUTTON PRESS TIME value DISPLAY_ON_TIM GET_RESPONSE Please Set Attribute Please Set Value O 4 X k Figure 7 36 Collecting EyeLink button response data To evaluate the accuracy of the button press you will need to know what s the expected button press for the trial This can be encoded in the datasource with a number column Use a CONDITIONAL trigger to check whether the pressed button matches the expected button and then use an UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE action at each branch of the trigger to update the accuracy variable accordingly check out the HTML version of this document for the complete example project EL_BUTTON HELE RESPONSE Type Conditional NodePath BLOCK TRIAL RECORDING CHECK_RESPONSE pesse GET_RESFONMSE C ie ooo ast Checked Te CHECK_RESFONSE e Attribute parent parent TRIGL DataSource expected button aas Wale DBUTTON PRESSED valued SET_INCORRECT And Or Select SET_CORRECT pbu
84. changed For text resources you may apply Word Segment option from the popup menu This will create segments for individual words However the interest areas created will be Static in the sense that the same segments will be carried over to following trials even if the text materials have changed To create dynamic interest areas for text and multi line text resources you should check Use Runtime Word Segment Interest Area option from the resource property table see the figure below Note Interest areas created in this method will not be listed under the Interest_Areas folder of the Display Screen action nor will be displayed in the Screen Editor By default the automatic word segmentation is based on the space between words The users may choose other delimiter options For example to see whether the subject detects semantic anomaly in the sentence The authorities were trying to decide where to bury the survivors you may group bury the survivors into one interest area instead of creating three separate interest areas To do that you may set the original sentence as The authorities were trying to decide where to bury the survivors replace space with a In the Word Segmentation preference settings see the figure below check the Enable Interest Area Delimiter option Set the Delimiter Character as Check the Enable Interest Area Delimiter Replacement option and set the Delimiter Replacement Character as a singl
85. clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues S when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Target Play NR The intended play sound action to be controlled Sound Action stop pause or play Operation operation String Action used to control the current audio recording STOP PAUSE or PLAY continue playing a paused audio Please note that PAUSE and PLAY controls are only valid with DirectX driver The following graph illustrates playing a sound clip PLAY_SOUND_DIRECTX for 1 second TIMER_PLAYING pausing PAUSE_AUDIO for 1 second TIMER_PAUSING and then resume playing UNPAUSE AUDIO with Direct X driver Property Value abel PLAY_SOUND_DIRECTX YHE Play Sound Message PLAY SOUND DIRECTX im start Time lear Input Queues mi rudin Device SoundFile parent parent TRIAL alure O Plavirig SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 93 START DISPLAY SCREEH E a Type Flay sound Control Message PAUSE AUDI Tim
86. clicking at the right end of the value field allowing for the use of numbers and strings in the message text This action is not available in non EyeLink experiments When using the SEND_EL_MESSAGE action the user should avoid end of line characters n in the message text and avoid making reference to strings with quotes Message text should be no more than 128 characters in length the tracker will truncate text messages longer than 128 characters Also be careful not to send messages too quickly the eye tracker can handle about 2 messages a millisecond Above this rate some messages may be lost and not written to the EDF file Reference Label of the SEND_EL_MSG action The default value is SEND_EL_ MSG Type The type of Experiment Builder objects C SendEyeLinkMessage the current node belongs to Path String The absolute path of the node in the experiment graph Display PC Time when the message is sent Display PC Time when this action starts Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues f S n when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meanin
87. creation sessions with newly added importing exporting features You may select the nodes to be shared export it to a file In the target experiment builder session you can then import the graph at the intended location This topic explains in detail how to share data between Experiment Builder sessions by exporting and importing 7 3 1 Exporting 1 Select the node sequence to be exported Please make sure that only one node or sequence is selected 2 Click the right mouse button to bring up a popup menu see Figure 7 2 Select Export Node If the Export Node option is grayed out please make sure that you have one and only one node sequence selected START PE Cut FBS Copy Faste t Paste Multiple Delete C Zoom Selected RH oun Ln Q zoom Gut ee Fit Content Layout a Import Wade Figure 7 2 Exporting Node SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 44 3 In the following Export dialog box go to the directory where the node should be exported set the intended export file name and then click on the OK button e If the node to be exported contains references to other nodes data source that are not part of the selection a Reference Maintenance dialog see the figure below will be displayed to enumerate all of the stripped references You may click on the Save button to save the information to a text file before pressing the OK button oof Reference Maintanence
88. cursor along the intended shape until the shape is closed To move a freeform resource on the screen as described in the previous sections the user should simply select the resource and drag it to a desired location To adjust the position of individual vertices select the resource and place the mouse cursor on top of the intended vertex until the shape of the mouse cursor changes to one of the resizing cursors e g i Then hold down the left mouse button and drag the vertex until it is placed at the desired location The appearance frame color interior color of the freeform resource can also be adjusted If the Filled attribute is set to true the interior of the freeform resource will be filled with the filling color otherwise only the frames of the resource will be drawn while the filling color will be ignored Reference FREEFORM RESOURCE Type NR The type of screen resource FreehandResource the current item belongs to Whether the resource should be visible It is n True by default n Position is Gaze positionAtGazeC Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Contingent T ontingent contingent on the gaze position The default setting is False This setting can only be modified when the display screen is contained in a recording sequence Position is _positionAtMouse Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Mouse Contingent n contingent on the mouse position The default Continge
89. earlier by the TERMINATE_EXPERIMENT action SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 99 ERROR _COUNT START DISPLAY_SCREEN A DISPLAY _SCREEN EA TIMER at EL_BUTTON DISPLAY _BLANK ERROR_COUNT TIMER X Y UPDATE_ERROR_COUNT P CONDITIONAL SEND_EL_MSG TERMINATE EXPERIMENT fis CONDITIONAL POMEL ERMINATE_EXPERIM Object Type erminateExperiment yelink Message ime Slat Tme A B Figure 7 25 Using Terminate_Experiment Action 7 9 18 Recycle Data Line Recycle Data Line action 2 instructs the experiment sequencer to perform the current data source line at a later time Note If Recycle_DataLine action is used such that neither the containing sequence nor the parent s of the sequence has data source a build time error will be raised Reference Label of the Recycle DataLine action The default value is RECY1000E_DATALINE Type NR The type of Experiment Builder objects C RecycleDataLine the current node belongs to experiment graph Message message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink nn en experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 100 the Experiment node checked when the action is done Float Display PC Time when the action is done Float Display PC Time when this action starts Clear Input clearInputQueue Boole
90. enter the desired positions in tuples 1 e two float numbers separated by a comma The appearance color and width of the line resource can also be modified Reference String Label of the resource LINE_RESOURCE by default The type of screen resource LineResource the current item belongs to Visible T visible Boolean Whether the resource should be visible The default setting is True Position is Gaze positionAtGaz Contingent T eContingent Boolean Whether the position of the resource is contingent on the gaze position The default setting 1s False This setting can only be modified when the display screen is contained in a recording sequence Whether the position of the resource is contingent on the mouse position The default setting 1s False Adjustment of the resource position relative to the position of the current gaze or mouse position The default value is 0 00 0 00 for a perfect alignment of the resource position with the current gaze or mouse position The color of the box drawn on the host screen to show the position and dimension of the current resource This property is available only if the Use for Host Display option of the containing display screen action is enabled Whether the location specified below refers to the top left corner or center of the resource This Screen Location NR Type setting can be changed at Screen Preferences Position 1s positionAtMou Boolean M
91. etc in the results session name directory Enable Custom Class If this box is checked additional features Custom class instance Execute method Custom class library Callback attribute for Sequences etc will be available for programming an experiment using custom class Please note that custom class related features belong to adavanced Experiment Builder functionality that requires knowledge of the Python programming language If you wish to use this feature please contact SR Research eb sr research com for support Enable Multiple Inputs If checked multiple display keyboards and mice can be used in the same experiment responses on the different input devices can be handled differently The number of distinct keyboards and mice can be set in the keyboard and mouse device If unchecked responses from all of the keyboards and mice attached to the computer are treated the same as if the response is made to a single keyboard or mouse SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 318 17 1 1 EyeLink af Preferences i i UX E gf Preferences Property Experiment Tracker Address 100 1 1 1 a 2 BO Devices Tracker version velink II E DISPLAY soit AUDIO 5 OLEE Link Filter Level ORMAL es fy KEYBOARD ile Filter Level IGH 5 T TTL ye Event Data AZE 2H CEDRUS E accade Sensitivity NORMAL ae BUTTONBOX i HES Nodes ye Tracking Mode UPIL ONLY BI Screen ve Track
92. example 1 50 52 100 99 50 50 50 would start to play frames 1 50 skip frame 51 play frames 52 100 then play frames 99 50 1 e backwards then hold frame 50 for 2 more frames Note that the performance of presenting non sequential frames or presenting frames in SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 197 reverse order will be strongly influenced by the video codec used and the specifications of the Display PC Performance will generally be worse than when playing the video in the standard first to last frame order Changes from version 1 1 The End Frame property have been removed and replaced with the Frame List property The name of the video resource file Note that the video resource must be first loaded into the resource library Intended number of frames default 1s 30 0 to be displayed each second typically set to 30 frames per second for NTSC or 25 frames per second for PAL formatted video The actual frame rate of the original video clip is displayed in the property fields of the video clip in the library manager see the figure above Please note that a frame rate higher than the screen refresh rate is not possible If checked transparency manipulation will be applied to the video resource similar to that is done on the image resources 1 e pixels with the same color value as the transparency color will not be displayed We recommend keeping the default setting unchecke
93. eye area or diameter in arbitrary unit Fixation Update Interval fixationUpdateInterval During fixation send updates every m msec integrated over n msec max m min 4 msec These can be used for gaze controlled software or for pursuit tracking Intervals of 50 or 100 msec are suggested Interval of O disables Fixation Update Accumulate fixationUpdateAccumulate During fixation send updates every m msec integrated over n msec max m min 4 msec Normally set to 0 to disable fixation update events Set to 50 or 100 msec to produce updates for gaze controlled interface applications Set to 4 to collect single sample rather than average position Auto Calibration Message autoCalibrationMessage Should the calibration messages be printed in the EDF file Velocity Acceleration Model velocityAccelerationModel EyeLink 1000 only This allows to choose the model 5 sample 9 sample and 17 sample used to calculate velocity and acceleration data Current Time currentTime Returns the current tracker time in milliseconds The tracker clock starts with O when the EyeLink host program was started Sample Rate sampleRate Returns the actual sampling rate running in the experiment This may differ from the value set at the Eye tracking Sampling Rate property CR Mode CRMode Returns the actual mode PUPIL_CR or PUPIL_ONLY string running on the Host PC This may differ from the value set at the abo
94. folders or store important files in the experiment project folder except within myfiles directory The Experiment Builder will overwrite any manual changes made to the experiment project directory except myfiles e63 EyeLink Message i x i Please Note Do not manually add or remove Files in the experiment directory The Experiment Builder application will overwrite such changes Figure 4 3 Warning Messages after Experiment Creation 4 2 Saving a Session An experiment session can be saved by choosing from the application menu bar File Save Tip The experiment creation session can also be saved by clicking on the Save button on the application tool bar or by pressing the shortcut keys CTRL S If there is any change to the experiment session the previous experiment graph is saved as graph ebd bak in the experiment directory 4 3 Saving an Existing Session to a Different Directory To save an experiment session with a different session name and or in a different directory 1 From the application menu bar choose File Save AS SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 18 2 In the Save As dialog box click on the button to the right of Project Location to browse to the directory where the session should be saved 3 Enter the new session name in the Project Name edit box 4 Click OK button Tip The session can also be saved by clicking the Save As
95. ie Size 9 630 bytes Duration 00 00 00 Channels 1 Cron Audio Sample Rate 22 kHz Figure 7 19 Adding Sound Clips to the Library The user can play the sound clips with DirectX driver or with ASIO audio driver chosen from the Devices Audio settings see Figure 7 18 The ASIO driver supports predictable and low latency audio playback and recording and therefore is ideal for experiments that require high audio playing precision e g audio visual synchronization or with audio stimulus onset asynchrony manipulation If the user chooses to use the ASIO driver please make sure that a Creative Audigy sound card that supports the ASIO 2 0 specification is installed on the Development PC and the Deployment PC as well if it is used In the device setting for ASIO driver Figure 7 18 Panel A ASIO Audio driver indicates the name of the ASIO driver Output Interval returns the interval in milliseconds between ASIO buffer swaps which determines how often new sounds can be output Minimum Output Latency indicates the minimum output latency of the ASIO driver delay from buffer switch to first sample output SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 86 Fy Devices FH Devices EYELINE EYELINK DISPLAY DSFPLAY AUDIO AUDIO TIL TIL CEDRUS CEDRUS Experiment Components Dewices Experi ment Components Dewjicez Property Property Sudio Driver ASIC Su
96. image resource is at the desired location The resource position can also be set from the value field of the Location property in the property panel Tip The x y coordinate of the current mouse cursor position will be displayed below the cursor if the mouse is left static for a couple of seconds in the Screen Builder workspace Reference IMAGE RESOURCE Type NR The type of screen resource ImageResource the current item belongs to Visible T visible Boolea Whether the resource should be visible The n default setting is True box checked SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 190 Index of the resource in screen resource list O n Position is Gaze positionAtGazeC Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Contingent T ontingent n contingent on the gaze position The default setting 1s False This setting can only be modified when the display screen is contained in a recording sequence Position is _positionAtMouse Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Mouse Contingent n contingent on the mouse position The default setting 1s False Contingent T Offset offset Point Adjustment of the resource position relative to the intended resource location or the position of the current gaze or mouse movement pattern The default value is 0 00 0 00 for a perfect alignment of the resource position with the current gaze or mouse position For exam
97. in the work space Set the initial values of both variables to 0 0 3 Add an Update Attribute action to get the time for target display onset and time and response key from the keyboard Click on the action and modify the following attributes see Figure 15 20 KEY RESPONSE _TIME value Please note that the actual time when the Stroop display is presented is the DISPLAY SCREEN time but not DISPLAY SCREEN startTime The former is the time when the display is actually shown whereas the latter is time SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 307 when the DISPLAY_SCREEN action starts 1 e screen is prepared before it can be flipped The time when the keyboard response is made should be the KEYBOARD_INPUT triggeredData time instead of KEYBOARD_INPUT time Again the former is the time when the response key is pressed whereas the latter 1s the time when the KEYBOARD_INPUT trigger fires Please note that an sign is added before DISPLAY_ON_TIME value KEY_RESPONSE_TIME value so that an equation can be created in the cell ecb Edit Attribute UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE gt Attribute KEVBOARD_INPUT triggeredData time Mode Selection Ebi TRIAL_EWENT Label Keyboard F START Node Path Key FICATION _SCREEM Time Key Code a TIMER Last Checked Time Unicode Key DISPLAY _SCREEN Confidence Interval Modifier F TIMEOUT E Input Gueue ls Shift Pressed
98. input queues are flushed Queues S n when the action 1s started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 82 false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Load Screen loadImages Boolea If enabled default all of the possible images Resources T n used in the current sequence and sequences nested within it will be preloaded for real time performance Load Audio T loadAudio Boolea If enabled default all of the possible sound n clips used in the current sequence and sequences nested within it will be preloaded for real time performance Draw to drawToEyeLink Integer If NO 0 no feedback graphics is drawn on EyeLink Host Host the Host PC screen If IMAGE 1 transfers a one of the display screens to the tracker PC as backdrop for gaze cursors If PRIMITIVE 2 draws primitive line drawings on the Host PC to indicate the location of resources used in a display screen This attribute is only available in an EyeLink experiment Reinitialize If checked performing this action will also clear Tri
99. modify the properties of the text resource such as font name size text to be displayed and alignment style We will also create an interest area for the text see Figure 14 13 To do this first double click on the DISPLAY_SCREEN object in the work space not in the structure list until the screen builder interface is displayed in the Graph Editor Window 58 feseench biperimen fuer y 402080 Simple E 2 nA alj Xi Fie Edt Yew Expert Heb IA 2 BeBe sxRaeQepa wAHovauicgarali x 2 amp 4 BEE 4 x Experiment BLOCH oseLav screen maar TRIAL DataSource RECORDENS DISPLAY _SCREEN p PBVFVARNOOAYV OOY Avs BEE FS FE aixi 1 Select the Text Resource and click in the work space 6 Choose alignment style ARERI RESOURCE Soon in Gare Contingent r taion i Mouse Oribi r Tipi E g 7 Select resource click on vs the right mouse button to 2 Lock the resource Text g FLA nf SORE L E iaire mi White fis KEYBOARD a EL_BUTTON j G THER catio 14 719 EL_CANERA SETUP as TRAA if start PREPARE SEQUENCE 4 ORFT_CORRECT gt RECORDING hiore ebuid To image f r jee Soia Surface 2 Set text font 3 Set font size Horgontal Ahgnment t ay EL Burton eat parent pmet pre DEALAY PLANK 4 Set text reference BS Check this box i ine Purine Vi Sagen a FF Figure 14 13 Adding Text to Display Screen
100. mouse traces in a data file To save the mouse coordinates into an EDF file or to a results file when doing non eyetracking experiments one quick solution would be filling out the message field of the DISPLAY_SCREEN and use this to output the coordinate of the mouse For non EyeLink experiment make sure the Save Messages option of the topmost experiment node is checked for message logging For example you will get outputs like the folllowing in the results session name folder with the following DISPLAY_SCREEN message TRIAL t str parent parent iteration IMOUSE tX t str CUSTOM_CLASS_INSTANCE mouseX tY t str CUSTOM_CLASS_INSTANCE mouseY 13645 141 16 TRIAL 2 MOUSE X 512 Y 378 13661 6088 16 TRIAL 2 MOUSE X 512 Y 370 13678 538 16 TRIAL 2 MOUSE X 512 Y 360 13695 127 16 TRIAL 2 MOUSE X 512 Y 348 13711 654 16 TRIAL 2 MOUSE X 512 Y 336 13728 289 16 TRIAL 2 MOUSE X 512 Y 327 13745 155 16 TRIAL 2 MOUSE X 32 X 315 13761 735 16 TRIAL 2 MOUSE X 512 Y 305 13778 291 16 TRIAL 2 MOUSE X 512 Y 289 13795 179 16 TRIAL 2 MOUSE X 512 Y 284 The actual mouse resource position shown on screen will be the difference between the first two columns 1 e 13661 141 for 13645 141 16 One drawback with the above approach is that the messages are only sent out when the mouse position changes and thus the screen updates based on the resource position change If you need to get a SR Research Experiment Builder Use
101. must be available in the PC The following cards have been tested and the status of the ASIO driver tests are listed SR Research strongly suggests that a card from the table is used that supports the features required for your experiment Please note that sound playing in the ASIO driver sound recording and voicekey are NOT supported in 64 bit versions of Windows XP Vista 7 Yes Yes SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 8 E MU 0202 USB 2 0 Audio Interface E MU 0404 Digital Audio System PCI card The following cards are NOT supported For details on ASIO sound card selection and installation please see section Installation gt System Requirements gt ASIO Card Installation in the html version of this document This can be accessed by pressing F1 or clicking Help gt Content when running Experiment Builder software or downloaded from https www sr support com forums showthread php t 99 Version 1 6 1 has updated the ASIO Sound Card Installation section of the user manual Existing users of the following sound cards should re check the installation steps to select the Audio Creation Mode and enable Bit Matched Playback option even if you have already had the sound card working with the software e Creative Labs Soundblaster X Fi XtremeGamer e Creative Labs Soundblaster X Fi XtremeMusic e Creative Labs Soundblaster X Fi Titanium PCI Express E Audio Control Panel Slee
102. nike Heit BR Bits Per Pixel Refresh Rate oT ranzparency Color lip Remain Threshold Roo Figure 5 4 Different Tabs of the Structure Panel The Properties panel at the bottom displays attributes associated with the selected item in the Structure panel The designer can review the current settings for the attributes and make modifications if necessary Please note that if a property field is grayed out the value of the property cannot be directly modified but may be referred e g Time of the DISPLAY_SCREEN action whereas all of the other properties may be modified directly SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 27 see section 7 5 Editing Properties of a Node The Note section of a properties panel allows the user to add comments to the node The Connections panel lists all of the nodes that are connected to the current node The Connected From section lists all of the nodes that target the current node and the Connects To section lists all of the nodes that receive a connection from the current node 5 2 Graph Editor Window The Graph Editor Window provides the interface where the experiment can be created graphically This window can be divided into four sections the Component Toolbox Work Space Editor Selection Tabs and Navigation Nodes The Component Toolbox contains the basic building blocks of the experiment graph and allows the designer to select a desired component to be ad
103. obvious mistakes in the experiment graph but does not check for the content and validity of the experiment per se Therefore the user should test run the experiment on a couple of participants to see whether the experiment does exactly what was intended by the experiment designer By clicking on Experiment gt Test Run the experiment will be executed from the Experiment Builder application For an EyeLink experiment a connection to the tracker PC will be made and the user may record some data using mouse simulation The EDF data file should be carefully examined to see whether all of the trial condition variables are properly recorded whether interest areas and images are shown correctly whether time critical and other important messages are recorded for analysis and so on For a non EyeLink experiment the user may rely on a log file or result file to debug the experiment Important Note Every time Experiment gt Test Run is performed the experiment is rebuilt and all of previous data files in the experiment directory are deleted Do not use Experiment gt Test Run for collecting real experiment data Experiment gt Test Run is intended for testing purposes only 2 3 Experiment Deployment After fixing errors in the experiment graph and checking validity of the experiment the user can then deploy the experiment to a new directory This will generate a set of files in the intended directory Please note that the Experiment
104. of Windows Go to the directory where the Experiment Builder software is installed e g C Program Files SR Research Experiment Builder select the xvid inf file in the VideoHandlers folder and click the right mouse button to bring up a popup menu Select Install option Click Yes button in the following Digital Signature Not Found dialog box to continue the installation This only needs to be done once on a given Display PC To play VFW video clips choose other video codecs from the Split AVI compressor list it is a known issue that the not all VFW files are recognized and loadable into the library In addition the performance of video files converted by different video codecs varies Users may try the Divx http www divx com divx play download or MCMP M peg codecs http www leadcodecs com Codecs LEAD MCMP MJPEG htm for VFW codecs with good performance If the user deploys the experiment project and runs it on a different deployment computer please make sure that codec used to test run the video experiment is also installed on the deployment computer as well otherwise the deployed experiment will not run Please also note that it is a known issue that the AVI converter may drop the last frame during conversion when using the XVID encoder Therefore the user may add one extra frame to each clip when authorizing video clips The user can then set the Frame List attribute of the video resource to the intended frame number
105. ontingent n contingent on the gaze position False by default This setting can only be modified when the display screen is contained in a recording sequence 8 4 7 Others The screen builder also allows the users to adjust the canvas size of the workspace If Fit to Screen option is enabled see Figure 8 25 the workspace area is scaled to size of the screen to be displayed otherwise the workspace area is set to actual size 1 e one pixel of workspace area corresponds to one pixel of computer desktop Fit to Screen Po Figure 8 25 Choosing Fit to Screen Option SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 234 Finally the user can save the graphics of the workspace with the Saving Screen as image option see Figure 8 26 ee Cut Copy Paste m Delete Hk Snap To Grid A Lock selection E Unlock selection Shouping Order b Vertical Alignment b Horizontal Alignment b b Create Interest Area Set EI he e es ae a E Save Screen 4s Image Figure 8 26 Save Screen as Image SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 235 9 Data Source An important issue for most experiments is to specify the actual parameters of the individual trials For example which experiment condition should each trial be in Which display should be presented To do that the user may hard code the content of each trial in the experiment Obviously this will
106. operating as expected 3 1 1 Computer Configuration The minimum configuration should be fine for use in simple reading and scene perception type experiments e Pentium 4 1 4 GHz or higher e 32 bit or 64 bit Windows 2000 XP Vista and Windows 7 Note Sound playing in the ASIO driver sound recording and voicekey are NOT supported in 64 bit versions of Windows XP Vista or Windows 7 DirectX 9 0 or later 256 Mb of memory Hard drive with enough free space to hold experiment and data collected 64 MB Video Card from NVidia or ATI Monitor Sound Card Keyboard and Mouse USB port for Experiment Builder key If using EyeLink Ethernet connection to the EyeLink tracker The recommended PC configuration should handle any experiment that can be created by the SR Research Experiment Builder including video presentation saccade contingent display changes accurately timed audio presentation audio recording and ASIO based voice key support e Pentium 4 2 4 GHz or higher with Hyperthreading enabled a duo core multiple core processor or multiple CPUs SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 7 e Windows XP 32 bit version Service pack 2 or Windows Vista 32 bit version Note Sound playing in the ASIO driver sound recording and voicekey are NOT supported in 64 bit versions of Windows XP Vista or Windows 7 DirectX 9 0 or later 1 GB of memory Primary 80 GB or larger 10 000 RPM har
107. option is set to SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 69 po CUSTOM Result Always returns None Please note that the Camera setup action is only available in EyeLink experiments and must be placed outside of a recording sequence As a linking rule the camera setup action cannot be connected to another drift correct action camera setup action or any trigger Figure 7 11 illustrates the use of camera setup in an experiment START Sequence est Ce START ha BLOCK FF START F ETE EL_CAMERA_SETUP zje TRIAL FF START Experiment Components Properties Property Value EL_CAMERA_SETUF EyelinkCameraSetup BSiaqe Start Time Clear Input Queues Ca Calibration Type H9 Foreground Color Background Color Use Custom Target E Target Outer size B we COR ICFRFH arget Inner Size 4 Tort ity Target Beep DEF AULT Error Beep DEF AULT Good Beep DEFAULT FECERO O fesul Figure 7 13 Using Camera Setup Action 7 9 4 Sending EyeLink Message The SEND_EL_MESSAGE action writes a text message to the EyeLink eye tracker which timestamps it and writes to the EDF data file Messages are useful for recording trial conditions responses from the participant or marking time critical events SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 70 for debugging and analysis The EDF message text can be created with the attribute editor by double
108. property panel Field Attribute Type Content Reference Label of the Experiment EyeLink DV NR Clicking on the value field of this property will Variables bring up a dialog box so that the user can select variables and data source columns to be recorded in each trial as trial ID This attribute is only available in an EyeLink experiment 1 e the EyeLink Experiment setting of the Experiment Preference is enabled Time Out timeout Integer The maximum time in milliseconds the experiment should run If 0 the experiment will not time out Created Date createdDate Time and Date when the experiment was first created Last Modified lastModifiedD String Time and Date when the experiment was last Date ate modified Session Name sessionName String Name of the experiment session This is the string you input in the Session Name dialogbox when running the experiment License ID NR License ID of the dongle key Demo if the Experiment Builder software is unlicensed Save Messages T saveMessages Boolea Whether the messages associated with any n triggers or action should be logged This attribute is available in Non EyeLink Experiments only If enabled a message property will be available in most of the triggers and actions Read Only t NR Boolea_ Check this box if you do not want to save any n changes made to the experiment project SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 20
109. rb_series htm or a Lumina MRI Response Pad http www cedrus com lumina is pressed or released To use the Cedrus RB Series response pad please follow the installation instruction provided by Cedrus http www cedrus com support rb_series to install the USB driver to the Display PC please note that for the 64 bit Windows 7 or Vista please use the driver from _ http www cedrus com support rb_series rbx30_win64_drivers_01282008 exe the 64 bit edition of Windows XP is not supported according to the manufacturer of the button box In addition the user should also check the setting of the DIP switches which are located on the back of the response pad to the left of where the USB cable plugs into the pad Experiment Builder requires all the switches be in the down On position The Lumina Response Pads for MRI doesn t require a driver installation The Cedrus input trigger can also be used to detect Cedrus SV 1 Voice Key responses The onset of a Voice Key trigger is represented as a button 1 down event the offset of the voice key event is represented as a button up event Please follow https www sr support com forums showthread php t 56 for setup and example Please note that only ONE Cedrus device can be connected to the experiment PC at a time A warning 2003 The IO node CEDRUS_INPUT is used in realtime Sequence RECORDING gt CEDRUS_INPUT message may be seen if the Cedrus input trigger is used 1n a Sequence with the Is Rea
110. refer to the top Type left corner or center of the interest area This global setting can be changed at Screen Preferences Location location Point The top left or center of the interest area depending on the preference setting of screen location type List of points 2 tuple of x y coordinates for Points the vertices of the interest area 8 3 2 Automatic Segmentation Interest areas can be automatically created for some screen resources Click the right mouse button in the workspace to bring up a popup menu Select Create Interest Area Set gt Grid Segment This will create a set of rectangular interest areas partitioning the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 226 whole workspace into grids The number of columns and rows created is set in Rows and Columns of the GRID_SEGMENT preference settings from Edit gt Preferences menu select Preferences gt Screen gt Built in Interest Area Preference gt GRID_SEGMENT The Auto Segment option will create a rectangular or elliptic interest area to contain each of the individual resources created on the screen The margins and shape of the interest areas can be set in the AUTO_SEGMENT preference settings An interest area created by Auto Segment option will be associated with the resource and its location width and height cannot be modified but referable These properties will be changed when resource s properties are
111. reference Reference used in the experiment graph see section 10 5 Manager fd Node CTRL Allows the user to rearrange the layout of the components in Groups G the component toolbox and structure list Select All CTRL A Selects the entire contents of the active window 5 3 3 View Menu This menu contains commands that display or hide panels in the project explorer window Overview If enabled a tick to the left displays the Overview panel Structure Displays the Structure panel Properties Displays the Attributes and Note section of the Properties Panel Connections Displays the To Connections and From Connections section of the Connections Panel Navigator Displays the Navigation Nodes in the Graph Editor Window SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 30 5 3 4 Experiment Menu and Tool Buttons Commands used to compile and run the experiment clean up the experiment project and to create a deployment version of the experiment are located here see Chapter 4 for details Used to clean up the experiment project le Build Used to compile the experiment P Test F11 Used to test run the experiment from the Experiment Builder Run application Deploy F12 Used to generate deploy code for running experiment without replying on the Experiment Builder software 5 3 5 Help Menu This menu contains commands that display licensing and product release infor
112. resource should be visible True by SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 208 ee n default Screen Index screenIndex Integer Index of the resource in screen resource list 0 n Position is Gaze positionAtGazeC Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Contingent T ontingent contingent on the gaze position False by default This setting can only be modified when the display screen is contained in a recording sequence Position is _positionAtMouse Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Mouse Contingent contingent on the mouse position False by Contingent T default Offset offset Adjustment of the resource position relative to the position of the current gaze or mouse position 0 00 0 00 by default Host Outline The color of the box drawn on the host screen to Color hostOutlineColor show the position and dimension of the current resource This property is available only if the Use for Host Display option of the containing display screen action is enabled Whether the location specified below refers to the top left corner or center of the resource This setting can be changed at Screen Preferences The coordinate of the top left corner or center of the resource Always 0 0 for top left screen coordinate and center of screen in the center position coordinate type Width Float Width of the resource screen width Float Height of the resource
113. right panel of Figure 8 4 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 193 Property Property Value MAGE Foreground Label MAGE Foreground Visible Position is Gaze Contingent Position is Gaze Contingent I I lipping Area is Gaze Cor Source File Name Picture O08 jpg se Original Size Clipping Area is Gaze Con Source File Mame Use Original Size Position is Mouse Conting Position is Mouse Conting Offset EXE Screen Location Type Screen Location Type Location 12 38 Location 0 viet 024 Height PBB Hit ft Movement Pattern rebuild To Image Prebuild To mage ining Location 2 0 o i Cling Location oo ining Yeh 500 Cining Wt lt a lipping Height 3 Clipping Height 300 Picture O06 jpg B A Figure 8 4 Setting Different Location Types for Images Used in a Gaze Contingent Window Application Finally the order of the foreground and background images added to the display screen matters The user must ensure that the foreground image is listed after the background image in the structure list so that the foreground image is drawn in front of the background image see Section 8 4 5 on setting the order of resources 8 1 2 Video Resource The SR Research Experiment Builder supports video clip presentation by using video resources on a display screen The Experiment Builder uses a custom developed video display engine for video clip playback The video display engine was specifica
114. screen height Prebuild to _prebuildToImage Boolea Always True Image T n Use Software useSoftwareSurf Boolea If false unchecked memory on the video card Screen Location NR Type Surface T ace is used to hold the resource blitting from the video card memory to the display surface is fast If true checked the system memory is used to hold the resource blitting is slow as it is done by copying from RAM to display surface If enabled an Interest Area set file will be created during runtime to contain segment information for individual words in the text Use Runtime useRuntimelIAS Word Segment InterestArea If the user intends to use a character that does not fit in the ASCII encoding range 1 127 please make sure that the Encode Files as UTF8 box of the General Preference settings is checked 8 1 5 Line Resource Line resource creates a line drawing on the screen Click on the Draw Line Resource button on the toolbar to select the line resource type Place the mouse cursor at the desired line start location in the work space click down the left mouse button keep dragging the mouse cursor until it reaches the desired end location and then release the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 209 mouse button The precise location of the line resource can be edited in the property panel Select the Start Point and End Point attributes and
115. select the resource by clicking on it hold down the left mouse button and drag the resource until it is placed at the desired location The exact location of the resource can also be set from the value field of the Location property To adjust the height and width of the triangle select the resource and move the cursor to one of the three vertices until the shape of the mouse cursor changes to one of the resizing cursors e g a Hold down the left mouse button and drag the vertex until it is placed at the desired location The appearance frame color frame line width interior color of the triangle resource can also be adjusted If Filled property is set to true the interior of the triangle will be filled with the filling color otherwise only the frames of the triangle will be drawn while the filling color will be ignored Reference Label of the resource The default label is TRIANGLE_RESOURCE Type NR The type of screen resource C TriangleResource the current item belongs to Visible t Whether the resource should be visible This is n True by default n Position is Gaze positionAtGazeC Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Contingent T ontingent n contingent on the gaze position This is False by default This setting can only be modified when the display screen is contained in a recording sequence Position is _positionAtMouse Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Mouse
116. specified invisible boundary Boundary trigger s can be used to implement display changes based on the locus of gaze Fires when a fixation occurs at a specific region of the display for a certain amount of time Fires following the detection of a saccade to a specific region of the display Implements a fast saccade detection algorithm by checking the velocity and acceleration information on a sample by sample basis Sample Velocity Trigger fires when the sample velocity and acceleration values exceed their respective thresholds Fires when one or two conditional evaluations are met This is useful to implement conditional branching in a graph when several conditions are possible Triggers when ASIO input exceeds a pre specified threshold This only works with an ASIO compatible sound card 6 5 Other Node Types SR Research Experiment Builder also supports other components Variable Result File and Accumulator These components mainly function as a temporary storage for experiment data Note that these objects are never connected to other components in an experiment in the graph editor Instead they are used within the experiment by attribute referencing See section 6 7 By Rear Used to keep numeric values and do statistical analysis on the accumulated data The Accumulator 1s a circular list so the last n items added to the list are kept Provides a columnar output of selected variables Used to store data d
117. the Save Messages box so that a message can be written to the messages txt file at the results Session Name folder when an action is performed or a trigger fires SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 290 Chinese Japanese and Korean Users Please make sure that the Encode Files as UTF8 setting in Preferences gt Build Deploy settingis always enabled otherwise you may see the following error ERROR error 2070 Internal Error Could not create script Please contact SR Research Sorry MemoryEtrror This may have caused by an invalid encoding Try using UTF8 encoding 15 3 Creating Experiment Block Sequence In this example we are going to run two blocks of nine trials The first step is to add a block sequence for repeating blocks see Figure 15 3 In addition we add a result file to contain data outputs Fis Edt View Experiment Help DEBS PxRaeGQStT Ra FTAs sar ease QGR ARBAB 2 Select Action Tab Connect from Start to Sequence RESULTS_FILE 7 EE ee i start mm 7 Double click on amp 5 Click on the Other tab of the E RESULTS FILE Sequence to continue component toolbox to add a Result File node 1 Click here to start oe ot 6 Click on the fe Cony right mouse ie arini button at a blank Gy fees Nise area and select Arrange Layout Reration Coun 4 a bry i Ite Source cokers 0 Rows 0 Fir F EI
118. the button Insert Resource Position in the selected Custom MovementPattern on the Screen Builder toolbar When a custom movement pattern is created with this option a default resource position is automatically generated This position cannot be deleted unless the custom movement pattern is removed The time field of this resource position object is set to 0 and is not editable so that this can be viewed as the start position of the movement pattern The x and y coordinates are initially set to the center of the screen When the movement pattern is assigned to a resource the x and y coordinates are then reset to the current position of the resource Consider the following custom movement pattern the first default resource position has a time field of O and a destination position of 512 384 the second point has a time of 1000 and a destination position of 100 384 and the third point has a time of 6000 and an end position of 800 384 This translates into two segments of movement The first segment moves from 512 384 to 100 384 when the sequence Starts the movement ends in 1000 milliseconds The second movement starts from time 1000 since the sequence starts and ends on time 6000 moving smoothly from position 100 384 to 800 384 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 221 H ResourcePoint F START DRIFT_CORRECT Fh SEQUENCE F START DISPLAY SCREEN Interest _Areas 3 Move
119. the modification through the preference settings of the Experiment Builder application see Chapter 17 5 Creating a Data Source The Experiment Builder allows the user to create prototypical trials for the experiment and to supply actual parameters for individual trials from a data source A data source can be created within the Experiment Builder or by loading a text file The use of data source makes the creation of experiment more efficient and less error prone It also makes the randomization of trial order across participants easier see Chapter 9 Data Source for details 6 Saving the Experiment Session After the experiment is generated don t forget to save the experiment session so that it can be re opened later on 2 2 Building and Test running Experiment After the experiment is created the next step is to see whether there is any error in the experiment graph for example failing to make a connection between items incomplete data source wrong data type used etc The user can compile the experiment by clicking on Experiment gt Build menu to build the experiment Build time errors in red or warnings in orange will be displayed in the Output tab of the Graph Editor Window In most of cases clicking on the error or warning message will select the experiment component at issue and thus enable the user to identify and fix up the problem quickly Please note that the above build process just checks whether there are
120. the popup menu Qe Zoom Make a selection of components in one region and use this operation to Selected zoom in the selected items for details S Zoom In Zoom in towards the center of the work space so that details of a selected portion of area can be viewed Space the Work Space SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 46 Layout Click to bring up a configuration dialog box so that the layout of Option components in a graph can be configured fool Arrange Rearrange the layout of components in the graph in a hierarchical L ayout Manner Note To perform the operations listed in the table the user should first click on a blank area in the work space click the right mouse button to bring up the menu and then make a selection of the operation to be performed Bt Cut Ls z0p ey Paste i Paste multipl ey Faste Mutipie ri I fi Gelete Sg foom Selected ce oom In w oom ue HP Fit Content Layout Options Arrange Layout ES Import Mode Figure 7 6 Choosing Layout of Components in Work Space 7 9 Editing Properties of a Node After a component is added into the workspace some of its default property values can be modified according to the requirements of the experiment For example the maximum duration set in a TIMER trigger is set to 4000 milliseconds by default This may not be the desired value in an actual experiment and therefore the experiment designer
121. the threshold values are much lower to make the parser more sensitive Label SAMPLE YELOCITY DISPLAY _B Foonfidence Interval egion Direction 0 45 45 90 90 155 135 180 FenonTye Fecr OOOO E a Trigger Above Threshold 30 TIMER Melocty Threshold se Acceleration riggered Data Figure 7 63 Using sample velocity trigger The following discusses some of the common applications of the sample velocity trigger 7 10 11 1 Top left vs center triggering location type Please note that the location type of all trigger types invisible boundary triggers mouse trigger fixation trigger saccade trigger and sample velocity trigger is top left based whereas the screen resources can be either top left based or center based the screen resource interest area location type can be set by the Screen Preferences This means that SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 171 references should be created differently depending on whether the region location of a trigger refers to a center based resource or a top left based screen resource Imagine that a fixation trigger should fire when the eye is within a rectangle resource RECTANGLE_RESOURCE The top panel of the figure below illustrates creating the Region Location reference when the RECTANGLE_RESOURCE is top left based DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE_RESOURCE location The bottom panel of the figure illustrates creating a loca
122. time for frame 100 would therefore be T 3333 33 msec However the video frame will likely not be able to be presented at the exact time that is desired and will instead have an actual display time that is slightly different than the desired frame time Two main factors can influence the offset between the desired and actual display time for a video frame Interaction between the display s retrace rate and the video s frame rate Video frames can only be presented at intervals that are a multiple of the monitors retrace rate If the display retrace rate and video frame rate are not evenly divisible then the desired and actual frame display times can be offset by up to one display retrace rate SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 199 Duration of decoding and displaying the video frame If the computer hardware that you are running the video presentation on is not able to decode and display frames fast enough there may be delays in the frame presentation If the delay is greater than a frames duration for example 33 33 msec for a 30 fps video then a video frame can actually be dropped increasing the drop frame count for the video resource 8 1 2 3 Video Frame Rate and Display Retrace Rate It is important to know how the nominal frame rate of the video file interacts with the monitor video refresh rate to determine the actual time point at which a frame is displayed As described above a video frame s de
123. to display surface default color is medium gray 128 128 128 Screen Location Whether the location specified below refers to Type the top left corner or center of the resource This setting can be changed at Screen Preferences filled The default setting is True Color ie Color Color in which the interior of the freeform is filled The default color is medium gray 128 128 128 Specifies the width 1 by default of the pen in pixels points 8 2 Movement Patterns A screen resource does not need to be static when shown on the screen Instead it may move at a constant speed oscillate sinusoidally or jump discontinuously SR Research Experiment Builder supports the generation of various resource movement patterns This will be convenient for creating experiments showing moving targets on the screen e g pursuit SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 217 Two types of movement patterns can be created sinusoidal or custom To create a movement pattern click on the Insert Sine MovementPattern button MWA or Insert Custom MovementPattern button ar on the Screen Builder toolbar see Figure 8 11 Following this the user can assign the created movement pattern to a resource by setting the Movement Pattern attribute of the resource m Figure 8 11 Creating a Movement Pattern To have Data Viewer automatically integrate the target position information
124. used to hold the resource blitting from the video card memory to the display surface is Use Software Surface T fast If true checked the system memory is used to hold the resource blitting is slow as it is done by copying from RAM to display surface color is medium gray 128 128 128 Whether the interior of the resource should be n filled This is True by default Color in which the interior of the resource is filled The default color is medium gray 128 128 128 Specifies the width 1 by default of the pen in pixels x y coordinate of the first point of the triangle triangle triangle SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 215 8 1 9 Freeform Resource The freeform resource can be used to draw a polygon consisting of two or more vertices connected by straight lines To create a freeform resource on the screen first write down on a piece of paper the list of x y coordinates for all of the intended vertices in order Click on the Draw Freeform Resource button A on the toolbar and place the mouse cursor at the intended position for the first vertex in the Screen Builder workspace and click the left mouse button Next click on the position for the second vertex and do the same for the rest To end drawing simply press the Enter key so that the last vertex can be connected back to the first one To create a curved polygon the user can simply drag the mouse
125. view Experinent Help guca l z A Tera E Fast aerA2 l S a a Em i f Preterences H Expenrert r Devions 1 Click Edit gt Preferences i ager To hes Reins Wide Frame Cache Sie amp fees viia Deiat Th eves fime Ou 3 Enable Antialias drawing Stee 2 Edit Transparency color La 4 Select the experiment node Stroop bave Mecemges and enable Save Messages property Fead ciy Figure 15 2 Editing Project Preferences 1 Select Edit gt Preferences from the application menu bar or press shortcut key F4 2 Click on Preferences gt Experiment gt Devices gt Display to check display settings Make sure that the settings Width Height Bits per Pixel and Refresh Rate used in the current example are supported by your video card and monitor To make the text presentation look better the user may enable the anti aliasing function see Anti aliasing and Transparency Set the transparency color value of the Display Device to something similar but not identical to the background used in the display screen In the current example the user may set the RGB value of the transparency color to 251 250 251 3 Click on Preferences gt Screen to enable the Antialising Drawing setting To complete preference settings press the close button on the dialog box 4 Select the topmost experiment node Stroop In the property table enable
126. wants to end the trial when the parallel port received a specific input data 0x58 the properties of the TTL trigger can be set as the following e If the Mode set to PIN the user should make sure that pin 3 4 and 6 set to ON while the rest pins set to OFF see panel A e If the Mode set to WORD the user should enter either 0x58 hexadecimal or 88 decimal in the Data field If a decimal number is entered this will be automatically converted to a hexadecimal number see panel B SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 152 Statue Input Register Base Address 1 Pin Pin6 Pind Pin4 Pin3 Pin2 Pint Ping Hexstetus gt oOo seo eo Properties H lode Path F ECORDING TTL INPUT essaye TL_IMPUT ode Path ELORDIMG TTL_INPUT essage Last Checked Time po Confidence Interval me fe Register STATUS ime Last Checked Time Confidence Interval lear Input ueue D Register STATUS Data 1x58 Triggered Data Pin O OFF Fin 2 OFF Pin 4 GM Pin 6 GM e dT SSC A E Figure 7 58 Using TTL trigger 7 10 8 2 TTL trigger and the type of cable used The complication for receiving a TTL signal here is that you will need to determine the type of cable you are using e Ifyou are using a straight through data cable pin to pin 1 etc you need to read the data from the data register of the parallel port and enable the bidirectional mode for the po
127. when the key was pressed you should use triggeredData time instead Last Check lastCheckTime Float This property can be used to retrieve the Time Display PC Time when the trigger was checked for the last time could be between the last check time lastCheckTime and the reported the trigger time time Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea Keyboard trigger maintains an event queue so Queue n that multiple key press events can be accessed over time The current option checks whether the keyboard event s cached in the event queue should be cleared when the trigger fires NO no event clearing Event removes the current Keys keys List of Strings Confidence confidencelInterv Float Time difference between the trigger time and Interval al last check time of the trigger This indicates a window of uncertainty as the true trigger time triggering event from the keyboard event queue LIST all key press events from event queue will be removed Keys allowed for the trigger firing Use the drop down list to select target keys In the attribute editor the user should specify a list of keycode the internal numeric identifier for a key on a keyboard Use Keyboard useKeyboard String Specifies the keyboard Display PC Tracker PC or Either used for response If Enable Multiple Input option is enabled the keyboard option would be Any Tracker PC KEYBOARD_1 KEYBOARD_2 Triggered Data trigge
128. with top left and center location types 0 166 Using sample VClOCIEY 1118 SOR oian A E Waueeantiwens 171 Using sample velocity trigger with top left and center location types 173 Collecting voicekey response data ccceeeessscccccecceeessseeeceeceeeeseeeeeeeeeees 176 Aligning audio recording times ssesssssoeresssssseceressssssseccreessssssseereessssss 177 Other Components Implemented in Experiment Buildet 178 Usme a V aia Die ennennoceiea a a aiexaaenate 179 Property Settings for Variables 0 cc ccccccccccceccceeseeseeeeeeeeeeeaeeseeeeeeeeeneas 180 Dynamic Data Type C ast sie tecat cade valowteeant a piesa oot nets 181 TS 1a IR CSU We aa N E Menta 182 Setting Properties of the Result File Node ceeccccccceeeeeeeeseeeseeeeees 183 Usne Accumulator war staiccnce cassie tee eine Seen elton 184 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 1x Figure 7 74 Setting the Properties of Accumulator ec cccccccccnnntnteeeteteeseeeeeeeeeees 185 Figure 7 75 Adding Data to and Retrieving Data from the Accumulator 186 Figure 8 1 Sample View of the Screen Builder Interface eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 188 Figure 8 2 Resources Implemented in Screen Builder ecccccceennneeeteeeeeeeeeees 189 Figure 8 3 Loading Images into Image Library ccc ccccccensseeseeeeeeeeeeaaeeenseeeeees 190 Figure 8 4 Setting Different Location Types for Images Us
129. without a default value as the function parameter the user can set a value an equation or a reference for the class attribute directly in the custom class instance Of course the user can also use an Update Attribute action to set a value reference for a class attribute Similarly if a class attribute has a corresponding getX method its current value can be retrieved and used directly much like any other EB components e g a variable SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 265 Properties all x Property abel USTOM CLASS INSTANCE Type CustomClassinstance BLOCK CUSTOM CLASS INSTANCE est CustomClass Template Assigning a value directly F ead only attribute TRIAL TRIAL DataSource width GTRISAL TRIAL DataSource height Enterms al equation Color value Refernng to other attribute property 1 abc EBColor 200 100 100 property s TRIAL TRIAL DataSource imaged Reterme to Datasource yhiethod Figure 12 3 Assigning Attribute Values through Custom Class Instance The user can call a class method through the Execute action or the Callback property of a Sequence Values can be passed from the Experiment Builder GUI to the custom class through the argument list of a class method see the figure below eof Edit Attribute EXECUTE gt executeMethod Attribute a a peoe Click here to start a a Se Execute Method CUSTOM_CLASS_INSTANCEm a parama a a Result Data
130. 004 2010 SR Research Ltd 141 MouseTest F START 1 PREPARE_SEQUENCE i RECORDING START DISPLAY BLANK Experiment Components Devices DISPLAY INITIAL Properties Property Label OUSE YHE AOWSe Nace Path ECORDING MOUSE Message OUSE Time ast Checked Time E uttans Press Events OCO 1 2 3 Release Everts Position Triggered C ontidence Interval Fe a 0 45 45 90 80 135 Region Type Region Location Top Lett ies e Figure 7 49 Using themouse trigger Some paradigms require the mouse trigger to fire at a specific region For example the user can click on a link in a webpage to move onto the next page If this is the case please make sure that the Position Triggered attribute is checked and that a target region is specified see Panel A of the following figure In addition the user may add a small image on the display screen and make its position mouse contingent behaving as if a mouse cursor so that the user knows the current mouse position see Panel B See FAQ Will mouse trigger fire when I use the Position Triggered Option and do not check the Press Release Event boxes in the HTML version of this document SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 142 MouseTest Movement _Patterns C ELLIPSE_RESOURCE Experiment Components Dewices Properties H x lime T astGhededTne Oooo e ae Reson Orecion
131. 1 Install the Experiment Builder software Double click on the sreb_1 exe installer keeping the default settings 2 Install standalone HASP key driver if this is the first time that the USB dongle have been used on the Display PC Plug the dongle to the Display PC You may install the driver by clicking Start gt All Programs gt SR Research gt Install HASP Driver from your computer desktop or double clicking on hdd32 exe in SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 11 C Program Files SR Research Common folder see section 3 3 1 HASP Driver Installation Check license status Click on the License Manager utility to check for the licensing status for the Experiment Builder software see section 3 3 2 Software Licensing 3 2 2 For Installation using Network Licensing The following is applicable to the users who have purchased a network license 1 e a shared license for several computers on a network that running Experiment Builder at the same time for the Experiment Builder software l Install the Experiment Builder software Double click on the sreb_1 exe installer keeping the default settings on InstallShield Wizzard screens except for the following two e On the Setup Type dialog box select Custom e On the Select Feature screen make sure that both HASP4 and HASPHL driver options are selected Install network HASP key driver You may install the dr
132. 10 SR Research Ltd 49 JF START Na BLOCK G TIMER GP EL_CAMERA_SETUP Ave TRIAL F START PREPARE_SEQUENCE i erect oo Se Experiment Components Properties i pee Simple i I fon Feb 21 1452 ession Mame est Run Command Line Arq License ID FEB A SBA Figure 7 8 Properties of the Experiment Node The EyeLink DV Variables property is used to send trial condition messages to the EDF file so that the user knows exactly under which condition each trial recording is performed After clicking on the value field of the property a dialog box will be displayed to allow the user to choose variables to be recorded The list of possible variables includes columns in the experiment data source see Data Source as well as new variables created by the user see Variable If the user wants to have the experiment time out after certain duration enter the millisecond time out value in the Time Out field 7 7 Sequence Subgraph A sequence D is used to encapsulate different actions and triggers This allows the user to perform editing operations cut copy delete paste on all of the items contained within the sequence together It also allows the user to execute them in a loop and repeat the execution several times if required In a typical experiment the user needs to add a couple of nested sequences so that blocking trial recording hierarchy can be implemented SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual
133. 2 Setting the Tracker Version for the Experiment ccccccessssseeeeeeeees 273 Creating Experiment Block Sequence cccccccesseeeeeeeecceaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 213 Editing Bock SCQUCNCE session tuatiadalaiebtesndeaieieehoes 274 Adding Instruction to Block Sequence 10 0 ceeeeceecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 276 Adding Multiline Text Resource onto a Display Screen 0008 271 Create ASC TOR SCreE Meon E E A 278 Creatine Data Soles a a A 279 Editne Trial SSQUe ne cocrairiner a E 280 Editine Recording SEQUENCE esisin S 281 Modifying the Properties of DISPLAY_SCREEN Action 282 Addins Text to Display Screen assis ies scotia tas tore eee ts 283 Referring Text to Be Shown to Data Source ceccccccceeeeeeesseseeeeeeees 284 Creating Trial ID Message siessncsctussisadedsadenesawedexaauenntetasentsnscsendsmedavetbetasas 285 Creating Trial Recording Status Message ssssseenssssssseseerrssssssseeereeo 286 Error m mual nS Graphie S irern E 288 Eroro Tracker Ver Oan A a haere eee ene Seon 288 Creating a New Experiment Builder Session ccccccccccccesseeeeeeeeeeeeaes 289 Editing Project Preleren Ces ariane unin REETA aN 290 Creating Experiment Block Sequence ssneneessssssssoeersssssseerrressssssseeeees 291 Editne Block SCQUCNCE scerna a 292 Adding Instruction to Block Sequence oonoesseooeesssssssseeerssssssssseerrsssss 293 Adding Multiline Text Resource onto a Display Screen
134. 2010 SR Research Ltd 3 2 Experiment Builder Experiment Life Cycle To create an experiment with the Experiment Builder the user needs to go through the following steps Experiment Design Building and Test running Experiment Deploying Experiment Participant Data Set Randomization Data Collection Data Analysis 2 1 Experiment Design While the Experiment Builder simplifies many of the tasks required for creating an experiment a good understanding of experiment design e g blocking counterbalancing factorial design etc and experience with the EyeLink system makes initial use of Experiment Builder easier In the stage of experiment design the user needs to do the following 1 2 Conceptualizing the Experiment The user should have a clear concept of the experiment before creating it State clearly what variables should be manipulated in the experiment Within each trial how is the display presented a static display or a dynamic display Can the same display presentation routine be used across all conditions or a different routine should be created for each of the experiment condition This allows the user to contemplate all of the possible trial types in the experiment design conditional branching if necessary and create a data source for filling trial parameters Once this is done study one or more sample experiments we supplied before creating your own project Creating a New Experiment Session Start the Experiment
135. 2010 SR Research Ltd 305 cor Edit Attribute TEXT RESOURCE gt fontColor Attribute parent parent parent TRIAL DataSource COLORE Mode selection O i Node Attributes r Attribute Attributes er Project COLOR H Stroop WORD iF START EXPECTED Ps BLOCK COMPATIBLE F START A DISPLAY SCREEN E TIMER fi KEYBOARD Hah TRIAL l E ataSource fF START TRIAL_INDEX 1 KEYPRESS 1 RESPONSE J RT Xx LIPDATE_ATTRIBUTE T PREPARE_SEQUENCE bas TRIAL_EVENT LE RESULTS_FILE Devices Figure 15 18 Referring Text to Be Shown to Data Source 3 Set the appearance of the Text by choosing the desired font name font style and font size 4 Similar to Step 2 set the reference of the Text to the WORD column of the Data Source 5 Select the newly added text resource click on both Horizontal Center Alignment and Vertical Center Alignment E buttons to place the text in the center of the screen 6 Select the text resource on the work area click the right mouse button and select the Lock Selection option so that the resource will not be moved accidentally 15 9 Editing Trial Event Sequence Part 2 Following the presentation of the Stroop word participant s response should be checked and reaction time for he trial be calculated The following nodes see Figure 15 19 are added for checking for response and giving feedback on participant s performance SR Resear
136. 3 2 HV3 512 65 962 702 61 702 Enable If checked user defined validation Customized enableManual Boolea positions can be used instead of the default Validation ValidationPositi n positions Positions on Customized validationPositi List of A list of X Y pairs to specify the validation validation ons points target positions in the intended display Positions screen resolution These points MUST be ordered on screen and match the calibration type selected This option is only available if the Enable Customized Validation Positions setting is enabled Foreground Color used to draw calibration targets and Color foregroundCol for the text on the camera image display It or should be chosen to supply adequate contrast to the background color Background backgroundCol The color to which the entire display is Color or cleared before calibration This is also the background for the camera images The background color should match the average brightness of your experimental display as closely as possible as this will prevent rapid changes in the subject s pupil size at the start of the trial This will provide the best eye tracking accuracy as well Using white or gray backgrounds rather than black helps reduce pupil size and increase eye tracking range and may reduce retinal afterimages Use Animation useAnimationT Boolea If checked an video clip can be used as the Target arget n calibration target this can
137. A aa 254 Figure 11 3 Creating Recording Status Message ccccccseeeeccceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 255 Figure 12 1 Creating a New Custom Class ssseeeeeeeesssssssssssssssseeeererrreesssssssssssseseee 257 Figure 12 2 Attributes and Properties of a Custom Class Instance eeeeeeeeeees 265 Figure 12 3 Assigning Attribute Values through Custom Class Instance 266 Figure 12 4 Data Exchange through Execute Action eseeeeesesssssssssssssseeeceereeeessssssssss 266 Pisure 2 5 Custom Class Code Eqitor siccsisobcitineet nails E meee 267 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd xX Figure 14 1 Figure 14 2 Figure 14 3 Figure 14 4 Figure 14 5 Figure 14 6 Figure 14 7 Figure 14 8 Figure 14 9 Figure 14 10 Figure 14 11 Figure 14 12 Figure 14 13 Figure 14 14 Figure 14 15 Figure 14 16 Figure 14 17 Figure 14 18 Figure 15 1 Figure 15 2 Figure 15 3 Figure 15 4 Figure 15 5 Figure 15 6 Figure 15 7 Figure 15 8 Figure 15 9 Figure 15 10 Figure 15 11 Figure 15 12 Figure 15 13 Figure 15 14 Figure 15 15 Figure 15 16 Figure 15 17 Figure 15 18 Figure 15 19 Figure 15 20 Figure 15 21 Figure 15 22 Figure 15 23 Figure 17 1 SR Research Creating a New Experiment Builder Session ccccccccccecessseeeeeeeeeenaes 270 Conte Urine Preference Seti GS wie sen sacsices celui eather oe ees ee adeiaes 21
138. AL Deis Souece bis A E eee TRIAL DesteSource word 4 Create recording status message ria meai D EH Sipa l p I START 2 Click right end L 3 inek ______of this value field stam aaan Court i i Eepe aG sray SOEN stn t fy REV BOsRD ele Sarte Tokena DIR E PREPARE SEQUENCE EJ ORIFT_CORRECT p 1 Select this node E 5 CAMERA SETUP a TRIAL e ip START 1 PREPARE SBa Hilpert correct l l H RECORDING 5 Click here to finish CDren Beannan Cameanents Devore Sree W BLOCK gt _ Figure 14 16 Creating Trial Recording Status Message Derav SCREEN 3 Go to Datasource _ bimet Area j Movement _Patterna A TEXT RESOURCE te ate EL_BUTTON HO SPAY PLAK 14 2 Building the Experiment Now your first experiment is created If you haven t saved your experiment project yet click on the save E button on the application tool bar Click on Experiment gt Build menu to build the experiment The Editor Selection Tab in the Graph Editor Window will be set to the Output tab and build information will be displayed Watch out for error displayed in red and warning in brown messages during building The following is a list of common errors during experiment building Image file not found No positions are added to the custom pattern Use of runtime value with prebuild to image option on N
139. BLOCK TRIGL RECORDING TUR ime TIMER TURN _ON_2 lear Input Queues G puerto Button Three putnfor Figure 7 28 Using a ResponsePixx LED Control Action 7 10 Triggers Triggers are used to control the flow of actions within a sequence such as the transition from one action to the other or ending the sequence SR Research Experiment Builder supports several kinds of triggers including timer control those from a device input keyboard mouse TTL Cedrus voice key and EyeLink button box those involving online eye data invisible boundary fixation saccade and sample velocity and conditional evaluations The following sections list the use of each trigger type Triggers can be selected from the trigger tab of the component toolbox Figure 7 25 A MOeODNBDOO E O Action Figure 7 29 Triggers Implemented in Experiment Builder 7 10 1 Timer Trigger Timer Trigger fires when a pre specified amount of time has elapsed since the trigger started It can be used to introduce a delay between actions and or triggers and to control the maximum amount of time a sequence can last The following table lists the properties of a timer trigger SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 107 Reference Label label String Label of the Timer trigger The default value is pe PRS E eee De bela NR Type The type of Experiment Builder objects Timer the curren
140. BUTE to PREPARE SEQUENCE from PREPARE SEQUENCE to the SEQUENCE node Please note that the four variables RT KEYPRESS RESPONSE and TRIAL_INDEX should not be connected to other nodes 9 Click at any blank area in the Work Space Click the right mouse button and select Arrange Layout in the popup menu Click ok in the following dialog box to re arrange the nodes in an orderly fashion 10 Double click on the newly created sequence to fill in the actual events in the recording 15 8 Editing Trial Event Sequence Part 1 The next step is to work out the actual display presentation in a trial In this example we first show a fixation mark in the center of the screen for one second followed by the presentation of the Stroop word Wait for a keyboard response by the subject or the trial times out in eight seconds and the display is cleared SA Beseanth permen Maker y LAZARAT Strep S E PA E Fie Edi Wew Experimert Help DEBRSA G SKE BRETEE VTAHBise araeali x BaAQHEAA degree Beets fe 4 4 fw START ER E Et PATE ATTRSUTE 2 Adda fixation screen 3 Add a timer k EO a u _ DESPLAT SCREEN 4 Add a target display screen i Edit label i T HET RORAD inPut l THRE OUT z T Add a timer trigger for Maximum response duration 5 Add a keyboard trigger i i i i After Lav bua fi E 8 Add a display screen paenan
141. CT i Experiment Components Devices 1 Select Sequencer Property abel TRIAL Value Hime Record r Real Time r teration eration Count 6 Data Source Columns 6 Rows 6 reezeDisplayUntilFirstDispl Iv 2 Click Here 3 Create Column Headings Picture BLOCK Figure 9 1 Using Data Source in Experiment Builder 4 Create Data Line Add Colurnn Add Row Import Data SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 236 9 1 Creating Data Source A data source is attached to a sequence object given its repetitive nature To create a data source select the sequence object and click on the value field of the Data Source property by default it shows Columns 0 Rows 0 This will bring up the Data Source Editor 9 2 Editing Data Source To create a new data source or to add new columns to an existing data source click on the Add Column button at the bottom of the project window This brings up a dialog asking for the column label see Figure 9 2 cor Add New Column x Column Mare rial Column Type Murnber f Append column at the end Of inzert column to the lett of insert column to the right OR Cancel Figure 9 2 Change the Type of Variables In this dialog fill
142. Click Add to load in audio files ee ko FPreview Type of file WAYE PCM SIGNED SIZE 9 930 bytes Duration 00 00 00 Channels 1 mong Audio Sample Rate 22 kHz Figure 15 21 Loading Feedback Audio Clips a Select the Sound Tab b Click on the Add button and load in the desired audio clips correct wav and incorrect wav c Click on the close button at the top right corner of the dialog box 6 Add an UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE action and a PLAY _SOUND action a Click on the UPDATE ATTRIBUTE action and rename it as CORRECT RESPONSE Set the Attribute field to parent parent RESPONSE value and Value Field to Correct b Click on the PLAY SOUND action and rename it as CORRECT_SOUND Select Correct wav from the dropdown list of the Sound File property 7 Add another pair of UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE and PLAY_SOUND actions SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 309 a Click on the UPDATE ATTRIBUTE action and rename it as INCORRECT_RESPONSE Set the Attribute field to parent parent RESPONSE value and Value Field to Incorrect b Click on the PLAY SOUND action and rename it as INCORRECT_SOUND Select Inorrect wav from the dropdown list of the Sound File property 8 Add a timer and rename its label as TIMER SOUND Set the timer duration as 500 msec so that the feedback sound can be played complete before the tria
143. DATE_ATTRIBUTE action and resetting the maximum data size for the accumulator see Panel B of Figure 7 46 Note that the user can also reset the data points in an accumulator with the RESET NODE action SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 184 uP Recording uP Recording Y ACCUMULATOR Y gt ADD_ACCUMULATOR SEND_EL _MSG X Y UPDATE ATTRIBUTE Experiment Components Dewices Value ACCUMULATOR Property abel axitnutn Size lermnent wy ua z om Ltr imirriLirr Mean Median Btandard Deviation Btandard Error A EN veLink Message ction Time Attribute Y ACCUMULATOR Y ADD_ACCUMULATOR SEND_EL_MSG xev Mae ATTRIBUTE Tak nom o Bly ii A t m O Cc Experiment Components Devices Value PDOATE_ATTRIBUTE lear_data Property aA CCUMULA TOR maxit B Figure 7 74 Setting the Properties of Accumulator An Add to Accumulator action is added to the sequence to store saccade duration data The user needs to specify the accumulator in which the data is stored and the data to be stored see Panel A of Figure 7 47 Finally at the end of the trial or experiment the data can be retrieved For example if the user wants to know the number of saccades in the sequence and some basic statistics of saccade duration a SEND_EL_MSG action can be used saccade data str ACCUMULATOR size max str ACCUMULAT
144. DISPLAY f KEYBOARD E CEDRUS 2 ae BLITTONBOX o Nodes a Screen Build Deploy ET Restore Factory Default Save Properties as Default a Import From File Save Into File Audio Driver driver The user has two audio drivers to choose from DirectX or ASIO If using the ASIO the user must have ASIO driver and an ASIO compatible sound card installed Output Interval outputInterval The interval in milliseconds between ASIO buffer swaps which determines how often new sounds can be output ASIO Audio driver driverName The name of the ASIO driver Minimum Output Latency minimumOutputLatency The minimum output latency of the ASIO driver delay from buffer switch to first sample output Voicekey Queue size voicekeyQueueSize Sets the maximum number of voicekey events that can be cached in the voicekey event queue Voicekey Event Count voicekeyEventCount Returns total number of voicekey events cached in the event queue Voicekey Threshold voicekeyThreshold Value from 0 0 to 1 0 to set voicekey trigger level with 1 0 being the maximum audio level The threshold should be set high enough to reject noise and prevent false triggering but low enough to trigger quickly on speech A threshold of 0 05 to 0 10 is typical SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 327 17 1 4 TTL E E f Preferences E H Experiment Base Address x375 BOQ Devices TTL
145. DRIFT_CORRECT to the SEQUENCE node 6 Click on any blank area in the Work Space Click the right mouse button and select Arrange Layout in the popup menu to re arrange the nodes in an orderly fashion SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 280 7 Double click on the newly created sequence to fill in the actual events in the recording 14 1 8 Editing Recording Sequence In the current step the properties of the trial recording sequence should be modified see Figure 14 11 The actual display presentation should also be worked out In this simple recording sequence we will display a screen and then wait for a button press response from the participant The trial times out automatically if no response is made within 10 seconds The display screen is then cleared SE Research Expenment Buler y Lanm AC Semple EE nlf Fis Edt View Experiment Help Feb e SK BEBBORETEER CTAB Jabea Q2RaAHE EAE AX bpecmert uoc nera serem Teac maL aSorce RECORDIO maai TRIAL Det ODIs OO ley TETI g3 i TRAL iF crant T PREPARE SBOUPNCE DF T_coRRECT START p EPLAY SCREEN Aep 7 Click this button 3 to make e e pe the property panel floating _DISPLAY_SCREEN 3 Add a Display screen action T 1 Edit label S i i THER ww ELBUTTON i i rai w ri kt fim 4 Add a timer trigger ee 5 Add an EyeLink button tigger
146. EL_CAMERA_SETUP Experiment Components Devices abel BLOCK fime S Record SSC SS skamme Moo S E eration _ __ ee a Split b E olumns Of Rows 0 A B SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 53 Sequence 5 START i BLOCK START T EL_CAMERA_SETUP Sequence 5 START i BLOCK START T EL_CAMERA_ SETUP RECORDING o Experi ment Components Dewices Experi ment Components Devices time fine SSCS Record E S sR MSS Recording Pause Tme feo C l EyeLink Record Status M E Tra sr TRIAL ean S OOOO teration Court po sy eaa E Data Source feraion SiS nn teration Count SOT oo o o cpitby SS olumns Os Rows 0 Q Pa g m pm T iT J Figure 7 9 Using Sequence in an Experiment The iteration count of a sequence specifies the maximum number of repetitions the sequence should be executed whereas the Split by field allows the user to flexibly configure the number of actual iterations to be executed By default the Split by field contains an empty list which means that all of the iterations should be executed in one set A non empty split by list specifies the actual number of iterations to be executed for each call of the sequence This feature can be conveniently used to design a data source for experiments in which uneven numbers of trials are tested in different blocks In the above example the iteration count of the BLOCK sequenc
147. EQUENCE node on the structure list to start 2 In the property table click on the value field of LABEL Set it to TRIAL 3 Click on the Data Source property to bring up Data Source Editor 4 Click on the Add Column button In the following dialog box type COLOR without quotation marks in the Column Name editor box In the Column Type dropdown list select Color and click OK button to finish Click on the Add Column button again Create three more new columns Set the Column Names as WORD EXPECTED and COMPATIBLE and set the Column Types as String Important Your experiment may not run if inappropriate column types are used for the datasource 5 Click on the Add Row button Enter 18 in the Number of Rows edit box to generate 18 rows of empty cells 6 Click on the empty cells of the table just generated Add the values to the table as following SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 295 Color WORD_ EXPECTED _ COMPATIBLE d 0 255 Bue fb es 2 255 0 Red te No 4 0 255 Green Jb No 6 0 255 0 Bue fg No 7 0 255 Red tN 8 255 0 Green ges 9 55 0 0 Green fr No 11 0 255 Green b No 13 255 0 Green fg Ves 1S 0 255 Bue fb es 16 255 0 Red fgg No 17 255 0 Bue fg No 18 1 0 255 Red tN 7 Check the Enable Run time Randomization box so that internal randomization can be performed
148. E_RESOURCE location The bottom panel of the figure illustrates creating a location equation when the location type is center based EBPoint DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE_RESOURCE location x DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE_RESOURCE width 2 DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE_RESOURCE location y DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE_RESOURCE height 2 Properties Property Ts TION RECTANGLE RES Ype ixation me oe Pode Path BLOCK TRIAL RECORDING FIsATIOM essage FIXATION ast Checked Time eae foonfidence Interval lic Clear Input Queue NO aana Region Type RECTANGLE Host Outline Color Redon Locator Tope BOLRAY_SCREENRECTNGE RESOURCE rG POISPLAY SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE width Screen Location Type Region Height DDISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE_RESOURCE height iin a Sieben a gi ovement Pattern Event Type PDATEFIXATION proba Talmage roren pee fe SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 159 N E Property poe Label IKATION Property abel FECTANGLE_RES Type Fixation Type lectangleResource Jode Path LOCK TRIAL RECORDING FIXATION isible W essage Ts TION Screen Index ime Position is Gaze Contingent 7 EBFointi DISPLAY SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE location x Last Checked Ti DISPLAY_ SCREEN RECTANGLE_RESOURCE width 2 E M DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE location yi DISPLAY SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE heighta 2 Position is Mouse Co
149. F file Buttons If checked press or release of the EyeLink button box will be recorded in the EDF file Inputs If checked input data will be recorded in the EDF file Remote Warnings Note The following option is only available for EyeLink Remote eye tracker Giving out warning may not work on some computers running under the real time mode If possible please check the BIOS setting of the Display PC so that hyperthreading or multithreading is enabled Enable Remote Warning enableRemote Warning Whether a warning beep should be given when the eye or target is missing Minimum Eye Missing Duration eyeMissingThreshold Minimum amount of time in milliseconds the eye data is missing before a warning beep will be given SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 322 Eye Missing Beep eyeMissingBeep The audio clip to be played when the eye is missing A different audio clip may be used if that clip has already been loaded into the library manager Edit gt Library Manager select the Sound tab Messages C REMOTE_WARNING_AUDIO_ON and REMOTE_WARNING_AUDIO_OFF are recorded to the EDF file to mark the time of the onset and offset of the audio Minimum Target Missing Duration targetMissingThreshold Minimum amount of time in milliseconds the target is missing before a warning beep will be given Target Missing Beep targetMissingBeep The audio clip to be played when the target is mis
150. False Offset offset Point Adjustment of the resource position relative to the position of the current gaze or mouse position The default value is 0 00 0 00 for a perfect alignment of the resource position with the current gaze or mouse position Screen Location Whether the location specified below refers to Type the top left corner or center of the resource This setting can be changed at Screen Preferences Location location Point The coordinate of the top left corner or center of the resource width Width of the resource in pixels height Height of the resource in pixels Movement NR Movement pattern sinusoidal or custom of the Pattern resource Prebuild to _prebuildToImage Boolea Whether the resource should be built into an Image image when the experiment is built instead of having it created during runtime This field is always true when the screen is contained in a recording sequence Important If this attribute is False the run time drawing may not look exactly as it does in the screen editor In addition images will not be saved to support Data Viewer overlay Use Software useSoftwareSurf Boolea If false unchecked memory on the video card Surface ace n is used to hold the resource blitting from the video card memory to the display surface is fast If true checked the system memory is used to hold the resource blitting is slow as it is done by copying from RAM to display surface Contingent
151. Float Display PC Time when the trigger fires Note To check the time when the Cedrus input was received you should use triggeredData time instead Type NR The type of Experiment Builder objects CedrusInput the current node belongs to Last Check lastCheckTime Float This property can be used to retrieve the Time Display PC Time when the trigger was checked for the last time Confidence confidenceInterv Float Time difference between the trigger time and Interval al last check time of the trigger This indicates a window of uncertainty as the true trigger time could be between the last check time lastCheckTime and the reported the trigger time time Clear Input clearInputQueu Boolea Cedrus Input trigger maintains an event Queue e n queue so that mutliple Cedrus input events can be accessed over time The current option checks whether the Cedrus event s cached in the event queue should be cleared when the trigger fires NO no event clearing Event removes the current triggering event from the Cedrus event queue LIST all Cedrus events from event queue will be removed Triggered Data triggeredData Data of the triggered button event see the following table rs Press Events pressEvents Boolea Whether the trigger should fire when a button n press event occurs This is set to True box checked by default Release Events T releaseEvents Boolea Whether the trigger should fire when a bu
152. Graphics error please check whether the display settings screen resolution color bits and refresh rate specified for the experiment are supported by your video card see Figure 14 17 If not please change the Preferences Experiment Devices Display settings Error Initializing Graphics Figure 14 17 Error in Initializing Graphics 14 4 2 Error in Tracker Version SR Research Experiment Builder works well with both EyeLink and EyeLink II eye trackers The default tracker version is set to EyeLink II see Preferences Experiment Devices gt EyeLink Therefore EyeLink I users may see such an error message with the default tracker setting see Figure 14 18 If this is the case please set the tracker version in the device settings to EyeLink I see Figure 14 3 Error Tracker version is not 2 x X File Pn7676434222565155408_exp py line 47 in Figure 14 18 Error in Tracker Version SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 288 15 Creating Non EyeLink Experiments Stroop Effect The current chapter illustrates the use of SR Research Experiment Builder in creating a non eye tracking experiment This sample experiment demonstrates the Stroop Effect with keyboard response the subject is asked to respond to the colors of the words as fast and as accurately as possible For example for the word BLUE the subject should respond as RED instead of BLUE
153. Hanmi Integer Maximum number of data points can be added into the accumulator If the number added exceeds the limit the initial few data points will be overwritten Size size SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 183 Minimum value on all added values Mean value across all added values Median value across all added values Standard Stddev Number Standard Deviation for all added values Deviation Standard Error Standard error value for all added values The accumulator can be used as a handy tool for presenting a summary of participant s performance RT calculation at the end of the experiment Suppose that we have a saccade trigger Whenever the saccade trigger is fired the triggered data is collected and the duration of each saccade can be added to the accumulator At the end of the trial or at the end of the experiment we can easily calculate the max min mean etc of the duration of all saccades The following figure illustrates the experiment START ACCUMULATOR UIPDATE_ATTRIBUTE DISPLAY _SCREENM TIMER ADD_ACCUMULATOR e ese an i eee Figure 7 73 Using Accumulator The user needs first to add one accumulator object into a graph and set the maximum data size for the accumulator see Panel A of Figure 7 46 At the beginning of the sequence execution the user may need to clear the data in the accumulator if it has been used previously This is done by adding an UP
154. IBLE_BOUNDARY trigger and a TIME_OUT The INVISIBLE_BOUNDARY is triggered if the participant s gaze falls within a pre specified region of the screen whereas the TIME OUT is triggered if a specified amount of time e g 30000 milliseconds has passed since DISPLAY_FIRST_SCREEN was drawn If TIME_OUT is triggered the sequence ends since the TIME_OUT Trigger does not connect to any subsequent experiment components However if INVISIBLE_BOUNDARY is triggered DISPLAY_SECOND_SCREEN action is performed and draws new graphics to the computer display Now the sequence monitors two new Triggers a TIME OUT _2 trigger and an EL_BUTTON trigger The EL_BUTTON trigger fires if the participant presses a button on the EyeLink button box TIME OUT _2 is triggered if a pre specified duration has elapsed since the second display was drawn The sequence ends when either of the triggers EL_BUTTON and TIME _OUT_2 becomes true Important Note that in the above example once the DISPLAY_SECOND_SCREEN Action has been performed the TIME_OUT and INVISIBLE_BOUNDARY Triggers are no longer monitored only the Triggers connected to the last processed Action are monitored 6 2 1 Adding Components to an Experiment In the Experiment Builder graphical user interface the user can add individual components to the workspace of the Graph Editor Window by dragging them from the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 34 component toolbox
155. IGES Spit ne Colunas aa veteuaadandivisleadigacbainivareieiwaiads 244 9 6 1 6 Running Experiment with Internal Randomizer sessseeeeeesesssseeeees 244 90 2 Exlemal Randomiza onse eteveairetes a uaaatoan telwedadmaiaieleues 244 10 RTC POT CCS ei E E 247 MOT UERS OD O Sa A onl ot dace tee ba ete ee hk 247 10 2 Mere in Via US sist cos scass eee aera Satan onan oes ss eee 248 HOD Enteimne in REICENCES oe ce sicnsaiensismewawnesnsawendsetawusiaiesaiinniznnseweetatusendatsesisecdenndsnaens 249 194 Enters QuUanOnss an saenaciaotareauseasuaencusaceavscanatinsbaneaute a viecieiawessaenanerdaned 249 DOD Rere N Ae akira crt aianeeietaneteceda a sasieeieacmbenda O 251 1L EyeLmkO Data Viewer InteStalOiennunn ienn a eeraaunalen mesial 253 I TRAED Mossi Guren a ene Seek N tas ease wales 254 I2 Recordin STAG eac R 254 io dimaee and IMEreSr ATOI Sun A 299 WZ CUSO ChS Seen a E E E 251 12 1 Enabling Custom Class Option sssseenessesssseerssssssssscerrsssssssseerrssssssseeerrssssss 257 122 sGreatms a New Custom Class eo ee eniiiendnan 257 2o Sya or C UnC aSa a a a 258 oA Exp C E E en en ee ee 258 Po CASS Denon se E A ETN 260 233 Class DUAL AU OM noioe E O 260 LoS Ca SADU e nee ene ee 261 1233 Class Methodi E N au duaeneneee 262 1230 SeA amna eA Me od SiE ERE 263 2A Jnstanuaune CustoOin Class oceanan aatiaseceis 264 123 Usine C stom Cl sSesianesnan enana a E 265 126 Usm Custom Class Paton osien N 267 13 Creatine Experiments
156. IMENT action The default value is TERMINATE EXPERIMENT Type NR The type of Experiment Builder objects TerminateExperiment the current node belongs to SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 98 Node Path absPath String The absolute path of the node in the experiment graph Message message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the TERMINATE_EXPERIMENT action is done TERMINATE_EXPERIMENT action is done Display PC Time when the action starts Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues S n when the action 1s started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action In the following example Figure 7 23 an ERROR_COUNT variable is used to store the number of errors made in the experiment When a target button is pressed the ERROR_COUNT is updated If the error count exceeds a pre set number the experiment can be terminated
157. IMWAGE Dyoicekey time value IDYOICE_KEY triggeredData time ia woicekey RT valued Finti voicekey_time value display_onset_Time valued cet Please Set Attribute Please Set Value TIMER _extra_recording time _after_response 7 atthe G j RECORO_SOUND_STOP 4 Figure 7 65 Collecting voicekey response data 7 10 12 2 How to align the recordings in the audio file and eye tracker event time For post recording verification of the accuracy of the vocal responzse it is recommended that you record a sound file for the entire trial It is advisable to add a short TIMER trigger towards the end of the trial so that the entire vocal response can be captured In an experiment in which both eye movements and speech voice key are recorded simultaneously it is important that the user is able to examine the temporal relationship between the two domains ideally compare the two streams of data in the same time scale In Experiment Builder Data Viewer the time stamps for the eye movment data and messages 1 e EDF file time are based on a different clock than the time fields for the actions and triggers 1 e EB run time The EDF file time runs on the host PC clock with the 0 ms being the time when the EyeLink host program started The EB run time is based on the display PC clock with 0 ms being the time when the experiment project starts To align up the eye movement data and the recorded spee
158. It is O by default but can be referred to some responses made in the trial This attribute is only available in an EyeLink experiment with the Record setting of the current sequence enabled Is Real Time T isRealTime Boolea When set to True sets the application priority to n real time mode Real time mode 1s only maintained for the duration of the sequence It may take up to 100 milliseconds depending on the operation system for the real time mode to stabilize Also note that on some operating systems real time mode locks keyboard and mouse inputs from occurring Iteration The current iteration of the sequence execution SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 51 Iteration Count iteractionCount Integer Total number of times 1 by default the sequence should be executed Split by List of Specifies the number of iterations to be integer executed each time the sequence is 3 encountered If the list is not empty each number in the list should be no less than 1 but also not more than the iteration count of the sequence Data Source Double clicking on this field will bring up a data Source editor see Chapter 9 Data Source for details The Columns X Rows X reports the current size data source Freeze Display freezeDisplayUn Boolea If checked the display will not be updated until Until First tilFirstDisplayScr n the call of the first Display Screen action with
159. LE runtime dataviewer test aoi ias_1021582019659 ias SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 256 12 Custom Class In addition to programming through the Graphical User Interface Experiment Builder also allows the users to do custom scripting using the Python programming language The current section explains how to create a new custom class how to define class attributes and methods how to instantiate a custom class object and how to use the custom class object in the Experiment Builder GUI 12 1 Enabling Custom Class Option To create a custom class in an Experiment Builder project please first check the project preference settings Click Edit gt Preferences select Experiment Preferences and check the Enable Custom Class box This will activate several node types for use in the experiment project Custom Class Instance Execute Action and Custom Class Tab of the Library Manager see below 12 2Creating a New Custom Class To create a new custom class click Edit gt Library Manager Select the Custom Class tab and click on the New button In the following File Name dialog box enter the intended custom class file name You may also create a new custom class by loading a python file py This can be done by clicking the Add button ess Library Manager 2 l x mage Sound lnterest4rea Set Video Custom Class Movernert Pattern Creating a new custom class
160. Ltd 151 This could be a decimal or hexadecimal number This field is only available if the Mode property is set to Word The desired status for the corresponding pins The pin value can be either ON high OFF low or EITHER the status of that pin is ignored Triggered Data triggeredData If the TTL trigger fires the triggered data can be further accessed see the following table When the TTL trigger fires the triggered data can be further accessed The sub attributes of the TriggeredData field are listed in the following table Display PC time when the voicekey trigger fires EDF Time EDFTime EDF time when the voicekey trigger fires Pin Data _pinData integer The byte value a decimal number of the current input TTL signal The following discusses some of the common applications of the TTL trigger 7 10 8 1 Setting the pin values The TTL trigger fires when a pre specified TTL data is received If however you don t know the specific trigger values you may use the Pin Mode and set all of the pin values to EITHER to poll the incoming trigger events The trigger will fire as long as the incoming TTL signal changes the pins value of the parallel port device on the display computer If you know the specific pin the trigger expects set that pin value and leave all other pin values to EITHER If you know the exact trigger value then specify it either in the PIN or WORD mode For example if the user
161. ONSE X a T F ease Set Atkribuke lease Set Value GET_RESPONSE xY Figure 7 52 Collecting mouse response data To evaluate the accuracy of the button press you will need to know what s the expected button press for the trial This can be encoded in the datasource with a number column Use a CONDITIONAL trigger to check whether the pressed button matches the expected button and then use an UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE action at each branch of the trigger to update the accuracy variable accordingly check HTML version of this document for the complete example project SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 145 DISPLAY_TARGET GET _RESPONSE ttribute Dparent parent TRIAL DataSource expected buttona CHECK_RESPONSE omparatar EOUALS alue TMOUSE BUTTON PRESSED valued ind Or Select Figure 7 53 Checking mouse response accuracy 7 10 7 4 Collecting inputs from the mouse without ending the trial Sometimes the subject s button response should be recorded without ending the trial e g pressing a button whenever the subject detects a specific event in the video clip This can be done by adding a NULL_ACTION node after the DISPLAY_SCREEN and having the Cedrus Input trigger branch looping back to the NULL_ACTION use an UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE action following the button trigger to collect response data All other triggers initially attached to the DISPLAY_SCREEN action should be connecte
162. OR maximum min str ACCUMULATOR minimum mean str ACCUMULATOR mean SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 185 uP Recording 4 P Recording JCO ACCUMULATOR S ADD ACCUMULATOR E SEND EL MSG X Y UPDATE_ATTRIBLITE TIMER TIMER ay EL_BUTTON ay EL_BUTTON E SACCADE EP SACCADE gt ACCUMULATOR gt ACCUMULATOR r X Y UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE Experiment Components Dewices Experiment Components Dewices Labe PAOD ACCUMULATOR label SEND _EL_MSG yeLink Message Co ee S a A A ction Time SSCYSCSSCSC S S Prstan OOOO O ve Link Message saccade data str Accumulator Recording ACCUMULATOR Add Value WSA CADE triggeredDat A B Figure 7 75 Adding Data to and Retrieving Data from the Accumulator This will record a message similar to MSG 3153136 saccade data 8 max 60 0 min 48 0 mean 55 0 in the EDF file 7 11 4 Custom Class Instance The custom class instance creates a new instance of a class The user can select a class defined in the Experiment Builder library to which the current instance should belong from the dropdown list associated with the custom class property Once such a link is established double clicking on the custom class instance in the experiment graph will automatically start a custom class editor for viewing and editing the source code of the custom class Field Attribute Type Content Reference label Str
163. Region Height DISPLAY _SCREEM RECTANGLE _RESOURCE height Region Direction inirauin Duration Triggered Data SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 115 Properties H x Properties _ _ H x Froperty abel MVISIBLE_BOUNDARY Hode Path BLOCK TRIAL RECORDING INVISIBLE_ BOUNDARY RECTANGLE_RESOURCE RectangleResource Message EBPointi DISPL4Y_SCREEN RECTSNGLE RESOURCE location xE DISPLAY SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE width 2 PPOSORIS SSZe ammer a Position is Mouse Contingent Offset 0 Region Type RECTAM LE ost Outline Color White Region Location Top Lett FEBPoint DISPL4 Y SCREEN RECTANGLE _RESOURC Bereen Location Type kenter Region width 14 132 FegonHert Within width 429 inimurm Duration Movement Pattern Mone Figure 7 32 Using invisible_boundary trigger with top left and center location types 7 10 2 2 How to show the triggering region on the host PC Sometimes it is useful to draw feedback graphics on the Host PC so that the experimenter can monitor whether the subject s eye position is within the triggering region or the programmer can debug the experimemnt code by running the eye tracker in the mouse simulation mode This can be done by using an EyeLink_Command action before the recording sequence immediately after the PREPARE SEQUENCE or as the first node in the recording sequence so that the drawing is overlaid on top of the existin
164. SAMPLE_VELOCITY regionLocation x SAMPLE_VELOCITY regionLocation y and the bottom right corner of the triggering region is SAMPLE_VELOCITY regionLocation x SAMPLE_VELOCITY regionWidth SAMPLE_VELOCITY regionLocation y SAMPLE_VELOCITY regionHeight String Concatenation str SAMPLE_VELOCITY regionLocation x str SAMPLE_VELOCITY regionLocation y str SAMPLE_VELOCITY regionLocation x SAMPLE_VELOCITY regionWidth str SAMPLE_VELOCITY regionLocation y SAMPLE_VELOCITY regionHeight 3 String Formatting d d d d 3 SAMPLE_VELOCITY regionLocation x SAMPLE_VELOCITY regionLocation y SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 173 SAMPLE_VELOCITY regionLocation x SAMPLE_VELOCITY regionWidth SAMPLE_VELOCITY regionLocation y SAMPLE_VELOCITY regionHeight All of the drawing commands are documented in the COMMANDS INI file under C AEYELINK2 EXE or C ELCL EXE directory of the host partition See the change template for an example 7 10 12 ASIO Voicekey Trigger Voicekey trigger fires when the ASIO input exceeds a pre specified threshold Note that this trigger type only works in experiments with ASIO compatible sound card and the Audio devices set to the ASIO driver It must be realized that a voice key will typically respond to the voiced parts of vowels and some consonants and therefore will not accurately
165. SOURCE height ithin Iw racking Eye ITHER rigger Above Threshold m elocity Threshold 60 se Acceleration E riggered Data Properties H Property vae lectangleResource Screen Index Position is Gaze Contingent C Fosition is Mouse Position is Mouse Conting offset t mae Host Outline Calor Color creen Location Type a Height 200 Movement Pattern Prebuild To Image Use Software Surface Figure 7 64 Using sample velocity trigger with top left and center location types 7 10 11 2 Sometimes it is useful to draw feedback graphics on the Host PC so that the experimenter How to show the triggering region on the host PC can monitor whether the subject s eye position is within the triggering region or the programmer can debug the experimemnt code by running the eye tracker in the mouse simulation mode This can be done by using an EyeLink_Command action before the recording sequence immediately after the PREPARE _ SEQUENCE or as the first node in the recording sequence so that the drawing is overlaid on top of the existing host graphics The drawing command can be either a draw_box or draw_filled_box The Text of the command should inform the tracker of the top left right and bottom pixel position of the triggering region as well as the drawing color This can be done either with string concatenation or string formatting The topleft corner of the triggering region is
166. SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual Version 1 6 121 Please report all functionality comments and bugs to support sr research com An HTML version of this document which contains extra sections on example projects and frequently asked questions can be accessed by pressing F1 or clicking Help gt Content from the Experiment Builder application or be downloaded from https www sr support com forums showthread php t 99 Copyright 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd EyeLink is a registered trademark of SR Research Ltd Mississauga Canada Table of Contents jee 8 0618 2 0 E reer ena eerie acter Rene ee Or ee oe E te ner E re a l 1 1 Feature aeoea a E E E A ET l I2 MLO TO Se This Minidress 2 2 sExpernment Builder Ex pernment LIE Cyce eena 4 Zad Experiment Desio esrisniieuiei i a a a a a 4 2 2 Building and Test running Experiment sseessseoeeessssssseseerrssssssseerrrsssssssseeeees 5 2 Experiment Deployment scco saci viauase ds E E E 5 2 44 Participant Data Set Randomization sseoeeeesssssseeesssssssseerrssssssseeeeressssssseeeees 6 25 DUECO C O ce enter ern mee E 6 20 Da ANa S1S ss cairaiad on rarsushtataniaa vin tuastaladanndntualialanuny iu tatsaloduntttanitaladanr saan 6 o MING CAT AL OM sac n E E S 7 3 1 SYSEL RECOU MENS aia a T casa 7 3lad Computer Oni e ras E a E 7 3 1 2 Maximizing the Real time Performance of the Deployment PC 10 3 1 3 Host PC and Display PC Software Re
167. StmpsHinstalllhinstall exe i Set Data Ds E 8 DYDICD RW Drive Fs BR Control Panel Shared Documents E J My Network Places CosxtmpHinstall gt _ E Figure 3 3 Installing new version of HASP key drvier 3 3 2 Software Licensing To activate the Experiment Builder license start License Manager program click Start from the desktop go to Programs gt SR Research gt License Manager The ID of that dongle attached to the Display PC will be displayed on the title of the dialog box If the Experiment Builder License status is No and you have purchased the software license please contact support sr research com with that dongle ID you will be given a SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 14 license code for running Experiment Builder with that dongle Click on the license button on the License Manager to enter the license code see Figure 3 2 ID of the dongle key ES sRLicense FREREREN None License License Status Experiment Builder Data Viewer Program Key Please select a license file to program your key License File Click here to enter the license code Close Figure 3 1 Getting the ID of USB Dongle Key and Entering Licensing Code SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 15 4 Working with Files The SR Research Experiment Builder is used to create build test run and deploy experiments Each
168. TTRIBUTE gt DISPLAY B is not The following illustrates the use of TIMER triggers to control the duration of display presentation and how long a sequence should be run Imagine that the user wants to show display A for 500 milliseconds then show display B for 500 milliseconds and then display A for 500 milliseconds and so on while the whole sequence should end in 4000 milliseconds The user may design the graph as following START TIMER _B DISPLAY_A TIMEQUT TIMER_A SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 109 Timer Jif START h SEQUENCE START DISPLAY _A DISPLAY _B 5 TIMER_B TIMEOUT Timer Jif START Eie SEQUENCE rH DISPLAY B e TIMER_B Experiment Components Dewices Experi ment Components Devices es gt Label IMER_ 4 Label TIMEOUT Type Tirier ype Timet i o Z Z Timne Time ast Checked Time A ast Checked Time t onfidence Interval Duration 4000 onfigdence Interval Duration E uration Type Duration Type secs Start Time STARTtime lapsed Time Figure 7 30 Using Timer Trigger Note that the Start Time of TIMER _A and TIMER _B is set to 0 which means that the timers reset themselves when Display_A and Display_B actions are repeated The Timer TIMEOUT controls the maximum duration to stay within the sequence and therefore its start time shouldn t be reset when either of the two di
169. This can be done by adding a NULL_ACTION node after the DISPLAY_SCREEN and having the Cedrus Input trigger branch looping back to the NULL_ACTION use an UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE action following the button trigger to collect response data All other triggers initially attached to the DISPLAY_SCREEN action should be connected from the NULL_ACTION as well If a TIMER trigger is used to end the trial the start time should be reset to the time of the DISPLAY SCREEN so that the start time of the TIMER trigger is not reset whenever a button 1s pressed SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 129 DISPLAY _TASRGET Properties Hx MOLL_ACTION ast Checked Time Confidence Interval Duration Duration Type msecs Gare Time DISPLAY TARGET time lapsed Time Figure 7 42 Using Cedrus button trigger without ending a trial 7 10 6 Keyboard Trigger The Keyboard trigger responds to an input from the keyboard device attached to the Display PC collecting keyboard response to the host PC keyboard may also be possible The user needs to specify a list of possible key presses on the keyboard so that the trigger will fire To set the key s used for response click on the value field of the Keys property and select the desired keys Multiple keys can be selected or unselected by holding down the CTRL key Important Please note users should not use the keyboard trigger to collect timing critical respo
170. This field is neither editable nor referable Sound File firstSoundFile String The name of the sound file This is automatically set to one of sound files in the library None if no sound file is loaded in the library Volume firstvolume Float Adjusts the volume of audio playing Volume ranges from 0 0 muted to 1 0 full volume The default value is 1 0 Playing playing Boolea Whether the sound playing has begun and is in n progress The possible values are true and false If sound playing is done this returns False Note The following fields are specific to the ASIO driver only Balance firstPan Float Adjusts the balance of the sound buffer Balance ranges from 1 0 left channel only through 0 0 left and right channels have equal volume to 1 0 right channel only Balance works by attenuating one of the channels for example at a pan of 0 5 the right channel is at full volume while the left channel is at a volume of 0 5 Estimated estimatedPrepare Float If the sound is scheduled enough in advance it Prepare time Time will play on time The estimate time to prepare al for clip playing for guaranteed performance will be ASIO minimum output latency 2 Play Start _playStartSample Integer The position within the buffer of the start of Sample ms play samples from start of file loaded into buffer O start of buffer playEndSample Integer The position within the buffer for the end o
171. Triggers are used by the Experiment Builder to control the transition from one Action to another or to end a sequence itself For example in a simple reaction time experiment following the onset of the stimulus display a speeded response from the keyboard or a button box can be used as a trigger to end the trial In a change detection experiment the time delay serves as a trigger to make the transition from one display screen to another and therefore controls the exposure duration of a display screen In a gaze control experiment a trigger for display change can be elicited when the eye is entering or leaving a pre specified invisible boundary SR Research Experiment Builder supports the following set of Triggers Fires when a pre specified amount of time elapses Timers can be used to add a delay between actions and or triggers and to control the maximum amount of time a sequence can last SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 37 or Keyboard Fires when a pre specified keyboard key is pressed Saccade Fixation Sample Velocity P Voice Key Trigger _ when a specified mouse button is pressed or when the position falls within a specified region of the screen Checks TTL input to the input ports e g parallel port of the Display PC TTL Trigger fires when a pre specified TTL signal is received Fires when one or multiple samples stay inside or outside of a pre
172. Update AMIDO carin cusenes leet stesdeun eases auaeneiea tant 335 2 Addo ACCUM ALON x sicntie totee cil E E 335 T7130 Addto Result Pile iss auccicanscesealesdie anainwancelaanacsigaleadiasdaunsaveieaniols 335 ALSE al eV San x0 1 ee Ree ote Pe nn Re OE 335 IAL 2 SCGUI sassariosicis tualeaiadsinw E N 335 ILS Ree Nod sea a aE 335 Pee Pay Somida tel a et eee ee 335 17 133 Play Sound CoNo l sosea u a aud Lowadeaena ation alata sles 335 17130 Record SOUN eer E ETEEN 335 IST Record Sound C OME Oleic esas edn a a a 335 ilo Temuna EXP rine Ni a E E 335 TAR RV eD aL ea T ee 335 LAO ExecU G a S E E E 335 TALAL INU AC CO i eise E ce anaes at onusseomeaneseetcs 336 Fila Response RIL WED Control ranner AA 336 ILAS PNCCUMUIALON n a A ees iadieetnaeactey 336 ekbAt RESICE Ei a 336 eee T e E E N E ieant 336 e S T e a a A E T A One 336 TAZ MAM ASSN CS OU Enana a a N eee ce 337 W929 Vdeo ROU rasa Sete acer E tonens eeeeecansinendees 337 Aae ERSO oe r E T 337 Vio Muline Text RESOU O reno A N a 337 1720 Ene Resour aaee a a N 337 2k FREChAN SIE Re SOUE orib an T EDO T wore acess 337 1728 EMPe ROSO tadecucerai a noeaer eee nae 337 1729 Transl RESOU CE oncesi ni E E 337 T210 JEPCSTORM RosouiC eens EA 337 e Sme Pate a E A E N EEI 337 ZA GaSe SIMS A OM ea A E EEE 338 2r Amose ome maoM a A vinsasesleh ceoudsienvendescne 338 17 214 Word Sesmentaton dijeaiaticivueassealodientatiualsuiadserrteieestalodientitctaltaiadaanniies 339 PES Buld DEDO e
173. Users may deploy the experiment on one computer and then copy and execute the project on a different computer Please make sure the deploy computer and the test computer have the same operating system installed an experiment deployed on a Windows Vista computer will not run on a Display PC with Windows XP or 2000 installed as the dependency files are very different between the Vista and XP 2000 Operating systems Other runtime errors could be if the two computers have different settings in Cedrus driver I O driver video card driver audio device etc 4 12 Running an Experiment for Data Collection To run the experiment for data collection simply double click on the executable file in the deployed directory or from your computer desktop click Start gt All Programs gt Accessories gt Command Prompt Go to the deployed experiment directory by typing cd experiment path on the command prompt and type the experiment exe file name to start the experiment Running the experiment from the command line prompt also allows the user to pass additional parameters to the program Some of the useful command line options are e session lt your edf or session name gt If the session option is used the software will not prompt for a session name via a dialog box at the beginning of the experiment The session name pass along the session option must be within eight characters consisting of letters or numbers e ui GUIICONSOLEINONE T
174. Y_SCREEN object in the work space not from the structure list until the Screen Builder interface is displayed in the Graph Editor Window see Figure 15 6 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 293 15 5 Creating Instruction Screen The user may want to provide instruction to the participants at the beginning of the experiment 1 Click on the multiline text resource A button on the screen builder toolbar to select the type of resource to be added 2 Click anywhere on the screen asp Research biperiment Moker y 422080 Sirom lt aljaj DEBA CJ SKEBBRETE VTAHS dard aaan AFAR NOOCAVY AvY S BEE SHEE BONAR Treat Multi Line Text Pesounce 1 Click on the Multiline text resource icon 2 Click anywhere in the work space to continue Bisckgroend Dont puio aa Sync 7 i 5 Gh Rpa Figure 15 6 Adding Multiline Text Resource onto a Display Screen In the following Multiline Text Resource Editor 1 Click the Margins button box to set the text margins Enter 100 in all fields Click the OK button on the dialog box 2 Enter the instruction text 3 Press CTRL A to select all text entered 4 Make sure that the text is still selected Click the buttons on the toolbar to set the desired text appearance font name font size font style alignment style line spacing and text color 5 Select the target word Green and set it
175. _SCREEN action directly by enabling Audio Synchronization check box The user needs to specify the clip to be played and the time offset relative to the display onset a negative offset value means that the audio clip is played before visual onset whereas a positive offset means that the visual information is presented earlier Please note that in this case the user does not have to add a PLAY_SOUND action immediately before or after the DISPLAY_SCREEN action Audio played with ASIO driver will have messages logged in the EDF EyeLink experiment or message file non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages option enabled in the project node The start time of audio playing is logged as V APLAYSTART message and the end time is marked by V APLAYSTOP message Both messages have a negative time offset typically preceding this message e Playing Starts MSG lt EDF time gt lt offset gt lt V APLAYSTART gt lt start frame gt lt clip id gt lt audio file gt e Playing Ends MSG lt EDF time gt lt offset gt lt V APLAYSTOP gt lt stop frame gt lt clip id gt lt audio file gt In the following example the FIXATION_SCREEN is displayed at time 10400921 10400919 2 and the PLAY_BEEP sound is emitted at time 10401021 10401007 14 So the delay between FIXATION_SCREEN and PLAY_BEEP is 100 ms MSG 10400919 2 FIXATION_SCREEN MSG 10401000 2 V DRAW_LIST runtime dataviewer test graphics VC_1l vcl MSG 10401007
176. a If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues f S when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Data Source NR The data source from which the current trial data line will be repeated Recycling Mode recyclingMode String Method of data source line recycling If set to IMMEDIATE 1 the same data source line will be repeated in the next trial if set to RANDOM 0 the data source line will be repeated at a random point later if set to END 2 the data source line will be repeated at the end of the experiment Recycle Dataline action can be used to recycle a trial and rerun it at a later time The following graph illustrates the case of recycling the trial if the subject press button 5 Note A dummy action should be added to the false branch of the conditional trigger SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 101 ONDITTIONAL RECYCLE DISPLAY _SCREEW fi ONDITTIONAL RECYCLE ime r Loo i i o EL_BUTTON Attribute EL_BUTTON triggeredD value F And Or Select Attribut
177. a non Remote eye tracker targetDistance Integer Distance between the target and camera 10 times the measurement in millimeters This option is for EyeLink Remote eye tracker only Returns MISSING_DATA 32768 if target Target Flags targetFlags Integer Flags used to indicate target tracking status 0 if target tracking is ok otherwise error code This SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 113 option is for EyeLink Remote eye tracker only Returns MISSING_DATA 32768 if running a non Remote eye tracker Note 1 Returns MISSING_DATA 32768 for the untracked eye 2 For EyeLink I and II the velocity and acceleration of the 2nd sample before the triggering sample are reported For EyeLink 1000 the reported velocity and acceleration values belong to the nth sample n 2 4 or 8 respectively if a 5 9 or 17 sample velocity acceleration model is used before the trigging sample The Invisible Boundary Trigger can be used to check whether the participant s gaze position crosses a specified region and therefore is useful for experiments involving the boundary paradigm To make this trigger useful the user needs to specify a triggering location For example if the user wants to change a display immediately after the participant s left eye gaze position is in a rectangular region 100 384 250 818 the recording sequence can be programmed as the following CHH Invisibl
178. ab and click Device Manager button In the Device Manager list find the entry for the parallel port device under Ports COM amp LPT if you use PCI PCI SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 75 Express or PCMCIA version of the parallel port adapter card you ll need to install a driver for the port before it 1s correctly recognized by Windows Click on the port and select the Resources in the properties table This should list the I O address of the card For the built in LPT1 of desktop and laptop computers this is typically 0378 037F hex value Once you have found out the parallel port address open the Experiment Builder project go to the TTL Device setting enter the hex value for the TTL port reported by the device manager e g 0x378 for 0378 you see in the device manager Reference a The type of Experiment Builder objects SetT TL the current node belongs to experiment graph Message message String Message to be written to EDF file when sending the TTL signal This attribute is only available Display PC Time when TTL signal is sent begins Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues S n when the action 1s started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collec
179. accuracy of the button press you will need to know what s the expected button press for the trial This can be encoded in the datasource with a number column Use a CONDITIONAL trigger to check whether the pressed button matches the expected button and then use an UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE action at each branch of the trigger to update the accuracy variable accordingly cherck the HTML version of this document for the complete example project DISPLAY TARGET Please Set Attribute lease Set Value GET RESPONSE Figure 7 40 Collecting Cedrus button response data SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 128 DISPLAY _TARGET Properties _ H Property fue Label CHECK_RESPONSE anditional ype Jode Pa BLOCK TRIAL RECO S CHECK _RESPONS CEDRUS INPUT lode Fath LOCKE TRIAL RECORDING CHECK RESPOMNSE l ess4ge ime ast Checked Time onfidence Inte ttribuke parent parent TRIAL DataSource expected button GET_RESPONSE omparator UALS alue WEUTTON PRESSED value CHECK RESPONSE And Or Select E F ttribuke 2 omparator 2 SET INCORRE alue 2 2 SET CORRECT Figure 7 41 Checking Cedrus button response accuracy 7 10 5 2 Collecting inputs from the Cedrus button box without ending the trial Sometimes the subject s button response should be recorded without ending the trial e g pressing a button whenever the subject detects a specific event in the video clip
180. actly as it does in the screen editor Use Software useSoftwareSurf Boolea If false unchecked memory on the video card Surface T n is used to hold the resource blitting from the video card memory to the display surface is fast If true checked the system memory is used to hold the resource blitting is slow as it is done by copying from RAM to display surface Color color Color Color in which the outline 1s drawn The default color is medium gray 128 128 128 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 213 Filled T filled Boolea Whether the interior of the resource should be n filled If not this just draws a framed ellipse This is True by default Fill Color fillColor Color Color in which the interior of the ellipse is filled The default color is medium gray 128 128 128 Specifies the width 1 by default of the pen in pixels 8 1 8 Triangle Resource The triangle resource can be used to create an isosceles triangle to create other types of triangle use the freeform resource instead To create a triangle resource on the screen click on the Draw Triangle Resource button A on the toolbar Place the mouse cursor in the screen builder workspace click down the left mouse button and drag the mouse cursor to the desired location for the bottom right corner of the triangle resource and then release the mouse button To adjust the location of the triangle resource
181. ages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the TTL trigger fires Time time Float Display PC Time when the trigger fires Note To check the time when the triggering TTL pulse was received you should use triggeredData time 1 e the time sub attribute of the triggeredData attribute instead Last Checked lastCheckedTim Float Display PC time of previous check on the Time e trigger Confidence confidenceInterv Time difference between the trigger time and Interval al last check time of the trigger This indicates a window of uncertainty as the true trigger time could be between the last check time lastCheckTime and the reported the trigger time time Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea TTL trigger maintains event queues so that Queue n multiple TTL events can be accessed over time The current option checks whether the TTL event s cached in the event queues should be cleared when the trigger fires NO no event clearing Event removes the current triggering event from the TTL event queue LIST all TTL events from event queue will be removed Usually set as STATUS register Mode mode String Either Word mode the decimal or hexadecimal value of the TTL input value or Pin mode status of each individual pins The byte value of the current input TTL signal SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research
182. al resources created on the display screen SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 338 Left Margin Right Margin Top Margin and Bottom Margin Number of pixels added to the left top right and bottom of the interest area that bounds the resource Shape Type The type of interest area to be created either rectangular or elliptic type 17 2 14 Word Segmentation s Preferences x Property ooo oe O Egi Preferences Eb e Experiment eft Margin 30 ao Devices Right Margin Bo B Screen Bottom Margin bo HE Resources Emon iz EOT Fill Gaps Between HHG Movement Patterns GE 2 H Built In Interest Area Preference mA EH GRID_SEGMENT Enable Interest Area Delimiter M 2 Ba Ag AUTO SEGMENT Delimiter Character so Ay WORD SEGMENT nable Interest Area Delimiter Rep ri H BuildiDeploy D limiter Replacement Character GUI Segmentation Direction eft to Right Top to Bottom H GRAPH_LAYOUT He CUSTOMCLASS_FDITOR Restore Factory Default Save Properties as Default Import From File Save Into File Word segmentation will create a rectangular interest area to contain each of the word in a text or multiline text resource Segmentation Spacing Threshold Number of consecutive pixels below threshold before segment end is identified Left Margin Right Margin Top Margin and Bottom Margin Number of pix
183. appears at the right side of the attribute cell after selecting the field see Figure 7 5 the property field may be edited with Attribute Reference Editor see Chapter 10 in addition to the above mentioned editing operations Proprie pa eas Ype Timer Jode Path BLOCK TIMER posais Editable with Attribute ime Reference Editor Last Checked Time Contidence Interval Duration Duration Type Secs Start Time lapsed Time Figure 7 7 Property Field Editable with Attribute Reference Editor In the following sections of this chapter a set of symbols are used to indicate the properties of each attribute of an experiment component Attribute is read only and is not directly modifiable Attribute can not reference another attribute Reference Editor is not available NR The attribute can not be referred to by other component attributes Attribute value can be selected from a dropdown list Attribute is a Boolean value True if the box is checked false 1f unchecked The value of all other attributes can be modified either by entering value directly in the edit field or by attribute reference in an attribute editor dialog box and can be accessed by users for attribute references SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 48 7 6 Experiment Node Clicking on the topmost node of the structure list in the Project Explorer Window displays the properties of the experiment in the
184. ary Manages OM ve 7 E F i i Ace oe i 2 Select the Image tab me bd B 3 Click Add to load in images Properties Previray Tipe of fie BWP Bre 513 pyte em input Gases F jg TS Hagh dt pixeis ra l J en Cee LES Fl main J Rawagalor i ackgrourd Color eae _ I re i Ais ill Siop Fe BOCK Fe TRIAL Pb TRIAL EWENT Figure 15 16 Loading Resources to Image Library SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 304 15 8 2 Creating the Stroop Display Screen Next we will create a screen containing the Stroop color word A text resource should be added to the display screen The properties of the text resource such as font name size text to be displayed and alignment style should be modified see Figure 15 17 To do this first double click on the DISPLAY_SCREEN object in the work space not in the structure list until the screen builder interface is displayed in the Graph Editor Window 258 Peseearnih Expenment Bler y LADS S0 C0 Sron E Z alj Fis Edt View Experiment Help Denso 2xXRGART ER TAOS darhan G GQ ERE xj Expenmert ELock tisPLay screws TAL TAL DataSource TAL Event FIKATION ScReEn DISPLAY SOREEN PFA nnm rA T S Ww GENNER 1 Select the text resource and click any a where in the display screen 5 Align to the center of the screen
185. as Text Location x str parent DISPLAY SCREEN TEXT_RESOURCE location x T y str parent DISPLAY_ SCREEN TEXT_RESOURCE location y This will record a message similar to MSG 11545029 Text Location x 512 y 384 in the EDF file e Example 4 This illustrates how to record in a data file the reaction time calculation for a button press EL_BUTTON following the onset of the display screen DISPLAY_SCREEN assuming that all actions and triggers are contained in the same sequence The user can enter the following equation in the attribute editor Button pressed time str EL_BUTTON triggeredData time DISPLAY_SCREEN time This will record a message as mse 12818953 Button pressed time 1228 0 in the EDF file 10 5 Reference Manager All of the references used in the experiment graph can be reviewed and modified in a reference manager The reference manager accessed by clicking Edit gt Reference Manager from the application menu bar tabulates the source parent of source property and value for each reference The value of the reference can be modified with the help of attribute editor The Reference Manager can be used to search for replace any reference entries that contain one particular string To search for a string enter the text e g case sensitive in the Text to Find edit box and press the ENTER key Items that meet the search criterion will be displayed in the list The us
186. ased to integer fire the trigger Default value is 1 2 3 4 5 S 6 7 Note To check which button is actually pressed or released use triggeredData button 1 e the button sub attribute of the triggeredData attribute instead Press Events f _pressEvents Boolea Whether the trigger should fire when a button n press event occurs This is set to True box checked by default Release Events releaseEvents Boolea Whether the trigger should fire when a button n release event occurs This is set to False box unchecked by default To specify a list of button s used for response click on the value field of the Buttons property and select the desired buttons Multiple buttons can be selected or unselected by holding down the CTRL key The buttons can also be set via attribute reference by double clicking on the right end of the Buttons value field When the button trigger fires the triggered data can be further accessed The sub attributes of the TriggeredData field are listed in the following table Display PC time when the button is pressed EDF Time EDFTime EDF time when the button is pressed n False when the trigger fires The ID of the pressed button that fires the trigger For example if the user wants to end the trial by pressing button 1 and 4 the properties of the button trigger can be set as those in the following figure SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Re
187. at the x y coordinate of the region location can be further referred as regionLocation x and regionLocation y respectively Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE Width 0 by default of the boundary region in screen pixels Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE Height 0 by default of the boundary region in screen pixels Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE The display screen on which target interest area regions are located Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to INTEREST AREA Target interest areas used to define the triggering region Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to INTEREST AREA 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 155 If set to True the trigger should fire when the n fixation are within the target region Decides which eye s data is used for online parsing The default value is EITHER It can also be LEFT or RIGHT Minimum minimumDuratio Integer Duration 0 by default of fixation in or out of Duration the region before the trigger fires This property is available only if the Event Type is set as UPDATEFIXATION or ENDFIXATION Event Type f eventType String Fixation Ev
188. ate individual interest areas for every single image in the EB If this is an experiment with eye based triggers 1 2 3 Have you checked out the location type used in the screen editor Please note that screen resources can be either top left based or center based whereas the location type of all trigger types e g invisible boundary trigger mouse trigger fixation trigger saccade trigger and sample velocity trigger is top left based If you are running a saccade experiment which saccade trigger type saccade trigger vs sample velocity trigger should be used If you are using an invisible boundary trigger or sample velocity trigger 1s heuristic filter set to a desired setting If this is an experiment involving audio playback or recording 1 Do you plan to use ASIO or DirectX driver FAQ Example for synchronized audio video presentation SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 315 2 If you are using ASIO driver have you followed the instructions for Experiment Builder ASIO Installation FAQ Empty WAV files created with the RECORD_AUDIO action SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 316 17 Preference Settings Many aspects of the SR Research Experiment Builder can be configured in the application preference settings which can be accessed by clicking on Edit gt Preferences from the application menu bar see Figure 17 1 The
189. ation e g incrementing the value of VARIABLES3 by 1 re UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE pdateattribute Assign a value directly EL_BUTTON triggeredData time Referring to another attribute eV ARIABLES valued VARIABLES valued 1 Using Equation ce 24 Please Set Value lear Input Queues m attribute W alue List G Number of established Click on the right end of the Attribute or Value attribute value pairs field to bring up attribute editor dialog box Figure 7 17 Using Update Attribute Action 7 9 9 Adding to Accumulator The ADD_ACCUMULATOR action 2 is used to add data to an accumulator object see Section 7 11 3 Accumulator for example so that statistical analysis can be done on the stored data Reference Label of the ADD_ ACCUMULATOR action The default value is ADD ACCUMULATOR Type NR The type of Experiment Builder objects AddAccumulator the current node belongs to experiment graph Message Message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the action is executed Display PC Time when the action is done Display PC Time when the action starts Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues S n when the action 1s started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse
190. ault time in milliseconds set for display screen preparation Typically this is set to 1 5 times of a display refresh cycle Note that the Estimated Prepare time is useful only when a timer trigger is used before a display screen This allows the timer to pre release for the preparation of the following display screen action If true default the display screen will be updated automatically without re entering the display screen action again This applies to anything that modifies the currently visible screen e g if there are mouse or gaze contingent resources on the screen resources have movement patterns or resources visibility position 1s modified by update_Attribute action or custom code etc If false the screen is only ever updated when the display Screen action is re entered so no auto updating of any type is done Note If a static display is used 1 e none of the above mentioned manipulations is applicable turning off this option might be advantageous and will improve timing performance e g trigger firing as the program does not have to constantly checking whether the display should be updated If checked writes a message V DRAW LIST to the data File for the ease of analysis with EyeLink Data Viewer This message will draw images and simple graphics in Data Viewer as the background for gaze data This field is only available when the action is contained in a recording sequence If checked the c
191. ave Into File Grid Visible Whether the grids should be visible in the workspace in the non screen builder graphs Snap to Grid If checked this will align the items of the graph to the closest intersection of grids Grid Type The grid can be formed by lines cross or points Grid Resolution This draws a grid every 100 pixels Numbering Edges If checked adds a number to each of the connection between a node and multiple triggers that connect from the node to indicate evaluation priority among the triggers Remember Zoom Level If checked the current zoom level will be saved and remembered when the project is re opened later SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 342 17 4 2 CustomClass Editor oof Preferences El af Preferences p Experiment o HA Devices 3 a Nodes Highlight Color Enable EF aeae Highlight Color HHA Resources BS Movement Patterns HHG Built In Interest Area Preference e Build Deploy ey GUI GRAPH_LAYOLIT Restore Factory Default Save Properties as Default Import From File Save Into File Font Name Name of the font the custom class editor used to show custom class code Font Size Size of the font the custom class editor used to show code Highlight Color Enable If enabled the current editing line will be highlighted Highlight Color Color used to highlight the current editing line SR Research Experiment
192. been used on the Display PC you will need to install HASP key driver Click Start from the desktop go to Programs gt SR Research gt Install HASP driver to install the driver Follow the default settings If the driver installation is successful and the USB dongle is attached to the Display PC the dongle will glow red Now you can check the dongle licensing status For some Display PCs you may see the following message when running the Install HASP driver Installing the Device Drivers failed Error message 1s Failed to start the Aladdin Device Driver Failed to start a service in the Service Control Manager Database If this is the case you will have to re install the HASP driver please follow the steps below 1 Remove the USB key from the computer Reboot the computer 3 When the computer starts up select Add or Remove Programs from Start gt Control Panel If you see HASP Device Driver listed there please go to Step 4 If you do not see HASP Device Driver listed there please click Start from the desktop go to Programs gt SR Research gt Install HASP driver to install the driver Insert the HASP dongle key to check whether it glows If it SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 13 works ignore the rest steps Otherwise remove the dongle key and continue with Step 4 4 Select Add or Remove Programs from Start gt Control Panel Click HASP Dev
193. brary manager Note that this property is only available if Use Custom Target 1s checked Target Outer outerSize Integer Diameter of the outer disk in pixels Size Target Inner Diameter of the inner disk in pixels Size Use Custom useCustomBack Boolea If checked drift correction will use the custom Background ground n target supplied The name of the image file that is used for SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 61 E Target Beep argetBeep drawing the drift correction background The image file should ideally be a full screen image and be preloaded into the library manager Note that this property is only available if Use Custom Background is checked Sets sound to play when target moves If set to DEFAULT the default sounds are played if set to OFF no sound will be played for that event otherwise a sound file from the audio library can be played play on successful operation on failure or interruption enableExternal Control Enable External Control Boolea n String externalControl DeviceConfig External Control Device Config externalControl Device External Control Device Key State Callback Function SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual Toggling through different camera views adjusting pupil and CR thresholds and accepting calibration validation and drift correction target are usually done through key pr
194. button G on the application tool bar 4 4 Opening a Session To open an existing experiment session from the Experiment Builder application 1 From the application menu bar choose File Open 2 Inthe Open dialog box browse to the directory of experiment and select the oraph ebd file see Figure 4 4 Osme DAE Look in Why Recent D Desktop Wy Documents wr My Computer i My Metyvork File nare lgraph ebd Open Files of type lEyeLink Experiment Builder files Cancel Figure 4 4 Open an Experiment Builder Session 3 Click on the Open button Note If an experiment is already open in the current session the Open operation will first bring up a Save Confirmation dialog box so that the user can either save the current session YES abandon the current session NO or stay in the current session CANCEL see Figure 4 5 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 19 2 Save Confirmation 2 Do you want to sawe changes to CG ExperimentBuilder test ab Figure 4 5 Save Confirmation When Opening a New Session Tip A saved experiment session can also be opened by clicking on the Open button gt on the application toolbar or pressing the shortcut keys Ctrl O Note The user can also open an existing experiment project with Window Explorer by going to the directory where the experiment proj
195. cceleration Angle Target Distance Target X Target Y triggeredEye Integer Eye 0 for left eye 1 for right eye whose data makes the current invisible boundary trigger fire PPDX PPDY Float Angular resolution at the current gaze position in screen pixels per visual degree along the x or y axis leftGazeX right Float Gaze position of the triggering sample along the GazeX average x axis for the left eye right eye and an average between the two GazexX leftGazeY right Float Gaze position of the triggering sample along the GazeY average y axis for the left eye right eye and an average GazeY between the two leftPupilSize ri Float Left eye right eye or average pupil size in ghtPupilSize arbitrary units area or diameter as selected in averagePupilSize the EyeLink device settings 1 leftVelocity Float Left eye right eye or average sample velocity rightVelocity in degrees second average Velocity 1 leftAcceleration Float Left eye right eye or average sample rightAcceleratio acceleration in degrees second 2 n averageAccelerat ion angle Float The angle of the eye movements when the trigger fires is missing or if running a non Remote eye tracker targetX targetY Integer X Y position of the target in camera coordinate This option is for EyeLink Remote eye tracker only Returns MISSING_DATA 32768 if target is missing or if running
196. ce If the Offset is non zero the actual screen position where the resource is displayed will be the coordinate set in the location field minus the offset adjustment Width Width of the video stream in pixels Height Height of the video stream in pixels ca ae Pattern resource Surface Location clipping region Clipping Width clippingWidth Float Intended width in pixels of the clipping region of the resource Only part of the video image within clipping region will be shown Clipping Height clippingHeight Float Intended height in pixels of the clipping region of the resource Clipping Area is clippingAreaAtG ae Whether the clipping region should be a Contingent azeContingent contingent on the mouse or gaze position The default setting is False Count _playCount Integer Total number of times the video clip will be played when the display screen is shown If 0 the clip will be played continuously looping Frame List frameList List XVID video clips The intended frames of the video clip to be played If set to 1 1 e from the first frame 1 to the last frame 1 the whole clip will be played Since XVID does not support frame seeking the first value must be 1 whereas the end frame can be configured VFW video clips Specifies the frame list frame number and or ranges of frames that should be played for the video Ranges of frames and frame indexes can be in any order For
197. ce in screen resource list 0 n SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 203 Position is Gaze positionAtGazeC Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Contingent T ontingent n contingent on the gaze position False by default This setting can only be modified when the display screen is contained in a recording sequence Position is _positionAtMouse Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Mouse Contingent n contingent on the mouse position False by Contingent T default Offset offset Point Adjustment of the resource position relative to the position of the current gaze or mouse position 0 00 0 00 by default Host Outline hostOutlineColo Color The color of the box drawn on the host screen to Color show the position and dimension of the current resource This property is available only if the Use for Host Display option of the containing display screen action is enabled Screen Location NR Whether the location specified below refers to Type the top left corner or center of the resource This setting can be changed at Screen Preferences the resource Width ss Intended width of the resource in pixels Intended height of the resource in pixels ae Movement pattern sinusoidal or custom of the Pattern resource Prebuild to _prebuildToImage Boolea Whether the resource should be built into an Image T n image when the experiment i
198. cess SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 323 Use Mouse useMouse In a project with multiple input support this specifies the display mouse mice that can be used in the camera setup process The following table lists possible data that can be retrieved from the last eye sample occurs EDF Time EDFTime EDF time of the triggering sample Eyes Available eyesAvailable Integer Eyes available in recording 0 for left eye for right eye 2 for both eyes Triggered Eye triggeredEye Integer Eye 0 for left eye 1 for right eye whose data makes the current invisible boundary trigger fire PPD X PPD Y Left Gaze X Right Gaze X Average Gaze X Left Gaze Y Right Gaze Y Average Gaze Y Left Pupil Size Right Pupil Size Average Pupil Size Left Velocity Right Velocity Average Velocity Left Acceleration Right Acceleration Average Acceleration Target Distance Target X Target Y PPDX PPDY Float Angular resolution at the current gaze position in screen pixels per visual degree along the x or y axis GazexX between the two leftGazeY right Float Gaze position of the triggering sample along the GazeY average y axis for the left eye right eye and an average GazeyY between the two leftPupilSize ri Float Left eye right eye or average pupil size in ghtPupilSize arbitrary units area or diameter as selected in leftGazeX right
199. ch Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 306 68 Beseanch Giperimen fudijer y 4 22080 Strip x mlj i Fie Edt hew Expert Help DeB g SXRART EA VTAHSB se aerai x QAe Baa Esperimenti BLOCK DEPLay_ SCREEN TRIAL TRUM DataSource TRIAL EVENT mocaTion_ocrmen paeLav sereen Paral a gt TRIAL EVENT G start 1 Click here to start l i p m ee Ae 2 Add two new variables p yaranar as BEEN X 3 Add Update Attribute action THE_OUT i gp SEY BOSRD INPUT i r CONDTORAL r SALA BLARE piit 4 alas ie an p 4 Adda conditional trigger to check response ARA ae Incorrect il Correct response iT NOORRE LT RESPONSE i A 1 r gt response ifcepect pesons a CORMECT RESPonse 5 Load audio clips ET CORRECT _FESPUNDE a Ng x xeY ete Propertie Ax CORRECT SOLUND T CORRECT SOUND __Praperty qs 4 Play feedback sound Labe ThA gt ll k i J al ai ai a TIVER_SOUND i EA Set timer duration for audio playing S da patiibnte Hipa on pared KEV PRESS valued ADD TO _FESATS_FLE i ire j j ponn 9 Add an Add to result file action J hohe parent parent TRAL DataSource EXPECTED j i T i Figure 15 19 Editing Recording Sequence 1 Click on the TRIAL_EVENT sequence 2 Add two new variables and rename them as DISPLAY_ON_TIME and KEY_RESPONSE_TIME
200. ch data you will need to add extra variables to the xperiment project e currentEyeTrackerTime used to retrieve the current time on the eye tracker clock e currentDisplayPCTime used to retrieve the current time on the display PC clock when the currentEyeTrackerTime value is updated SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 176 e AudioRecordingStartTime used to retrieve the time when the audio recording Starts Use an UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE action to update these three variables while the audio recording is still ongoing e currentEyeTrackerTime value lt the Current Time field of the EyeLink device e currentDisplayPCTime value lt the Current Time field of the Display Device e AudioRecordingStartTime value lt the Record Start Time attribute of the Record Sound action DISPLAT_ELANK DcurrentE ye Tracker Time valued iparent parent parent EYELINE current Timet McurrentDisplayPCTime valued aparent parent parent DISPLAY currentTime TIMER extra recording z AudioRecordingStartTime value RECORD SOUND recordStartTime n Ddisplay _onset_Time valued DISPLAY IMAGE timer LIPDATE_TIMES ees Attribute alue List for UPDATE_TIMES x rn ka Please Set Attribute lease Set Value Figure 7 66 Aligning audio recording times Please remember to send these new variables to the Trial condition variable list the EyeLink DV Variable list of the topmost experiment no
201. cker SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 1 With these capabilities the Experiment Builder allows the users to focus on stimulus presentation and data analysis Recording data collected from experiments created by Experiment Builder is fully integrated with EyeLink Data Viewer For example Experiment Builder automatically sends messages to the EDF file when a screen is displayed so that images and or simple drawings can be used as overlay background in Data Viewer Experiment Builder also allows the users to specify condition variables for a trial and to add interest areas for a display screen Finally the users can send custom messages to the EDF file so that time critical or important events can be marked in the data file for the ease of future analyses The Experiment Builder also contains a built in Screen Builder utility that makes the creation of 2D visual displays easier The Screen Builder is a what you see is what you get WYSIWYG tool allowing experiment designers to create and view 2D visual stimuli right within the Experiment Builder application The Screen Builder allows various types of graphic resources images text or simple line drawings to be added to a Display Screen action The exact properties of the resources can be further modified from a property panel In addition the Screen Builder supports creation of both static and dynamic displays In a dynamic display the user can have some r
202. create a linear movement at a constant velocity or a set of such linear smooth movements The underlying mechanism of the custom movement pattern is to process a list of resource positions which specify the destination movement position and the time in millisecond since the start of the current trial when the resource reaches the position A message can also be sent when the target position 1s reached ResourcePoirt F START DRIFT CORRECT ia Recording START DISPLAY SCREEN Interest Areas Movement_Patterns EA CUSTOM_PATTERN position ELLIFSE RESOURCE TIMER B Experiment Components Dewices es fm OU POOSCS creen Location Type K RO Mo M Figure 8 12 Adding Resource Positions to a Custom Movement Pattern To make the custom movement patterns really useful the user needs to either add one or more resource positions and define their x y coordinates and time values or to specify a SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 220 movement pattern file Following this the user can select a screen resource on the same DISPLAY_SCREEN action and set its Movement Pattern property to the custom movement pattern defined e For the first option the user can add one or more resource positions to the movement pattern To add a resource position select the desired custom pattern in the Structure panel and make sure that the Use Points From File box is unchecked Following this click
203. cs on the tracker screen for feedback information with EL_ COMMAND action In a saccade experiment for example the user may draw a box on the tracker screen to show the target location EyeLink recording data EDF files can be conveniently analyzed with the Data Viewer application A set of messages can be written to the data file so that the Viewer can automate configurations for individual trials Examples of such messages include defining images and simple drawings to be used as background for overlay display specifying trial variables creating interest areas trial grouping and so on 11 1 TRIALID Message For the convenience of data analysis a trial ID message should be written to each trial so that the actual experiment condition under which the trial was conducted can be easily identified Although the user may send such a message via the SEND_MESSAGE action sending trial ID messages can be automated if the user utilizes the EyeLink DV Variables property of the experiment node When the user clicks on the experiment node an EyeLink Trial ID dialog box will be shown see Figure 11 2 The Available Variables panel on the left lists all possible column labels in the data source and all newly created variables The user can use the Add button b and Remove button 4 to select variables to be written to the trial ID message The Move Up and Move Down buttons can be used to c
204. d Whether the video clip is playing Returns True if the clip playing 1s still in progress or False if the playing has stopped or hasn t started yet The currently processed frame number This may not be the currently visible frame on the screen This number increases by one for every frame presented The currently processed frame number This should be identical to Current Frame Number for a non looping video For video played in a looping mode this reports the relative frame position in a clip 1 e a number between and last frame of the video clip Number er shown Number er shown on the screen Time actually shown Next Frame nextFrameDesire Float Predicted time when the next frame is shown on Desired Time dTime the screen Displayed Frame displayedFRame Integer Reports the number of frames displayed non Source File sourceFileName String Name Frame Rate frameRate Integer Apply applyTransparen Boolea Transparency cy Is Playing isPlaying Boolea Current Frame currentFrameNu Number mber Integer Current Frame currentFramelInd Index ex Integer SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 198 Count Count __ dropped frames Dropped Frame droppedFrameC Integer Reports the number of dropped frames se es frames duration played in msec 1000 en So Duration into clip playing When the play ends
205. d from the NULL_ACTION as well If a TIMER trigger is used to end the trial the start time should be reset to the time of the DISPLAY SCREEN so that the start time of the TIMER trigger is not reset whenever a button is pressed SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 146 DISPLAY _TASRGET Properties Hx MOLL_ACTION Last Checked Time Konfidence Interval Duration Duration Type Start Time DDISPLAY_ TARGET time Elapsed Time DISPLAY BLANK Figure 7 54 Using mouse trigger without ending a trial 7 10 7 5 Resetting the initial position of the mouse device The initial position of a mouse contingent resource can be reset by updating the X Position and Y Position of the mouse device to intended values See FAQ What should I do to reset the mouse position to a default position at the beginning of each trial in the HTML version of this document 7 10 7 6 Enabling multiple Mice If multiple keyboards or mice attached to the display computer responses from all of the keyboards and mice are treated the same as if the response is made to a single keyboard or mouse In some applications the user may want to differentiate the responses from different keyboards or mice This can be done by enabling the mulitple keyboard support 1 First plug in all of the intended keyboards and mice to the display computer and reboot the computer 2 Install the keyboard and mouse driver that s
206. d drive Secondary 80 GB or larger 7 200 RPM hard drive 256 MB AGP 8x or PCI Express video card from NVidia or ATI High refresh rate CRT Monitor Creative SoundBlaster Audigy 2 ZS or other tested ASIO sound card Keyboard and Mouse Free USB ports for Experiment Builder key If using EyeLink Ethernet connection to the EyeLink tracker To check the version of DirectX installed in the PC type dxdiag in the DOS command line prompt or search for the dxdiag exe file in the windows system32 directory and click on it This will bring up a DirectX Diagnostic Tool dialog box Ifa version older than DirectX 9 0 is installed on your computer an updated version of DirectX should be downloaded and installed from http www microsoft com windows directx For the most accurate display timing it is strongly suggested that a CRT monitor is used as LCD monitors can add extra delay in display updating The retrace rate capabilities of the monitor should also be considered We suggest that a video card and CRT monitor are used that can run at a minimum of 100 Hz ek Any Direct X compatible sound card can be used for hearing calibration and drift correction feedback tones and playing audio files where exact audio timing is not important to the experiment In cases where accurate audio timing is important or if the audio recording and or computer base voice key features of the Experiment Builder will be used then an ASIO compliant audio card
207. d send messages for the ease of data analysis The result file s from a non EyeLink recording session contains columnar outputs for selected variables in the experiment This file can be easily loaded by common statistics packages SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 6 3 Installation The current section covers system requirements for computers used to create and run experiments with Experiment Builder as well as installation and licensing issues 3 1 System Requirements The computer recommendations for SR Research Experiment Builder are in a large part dependant on the experimental paradigm being run For example an experiment that simply displays a single screen of text and waits for a manual response can run on a computer with much lower specifications than an experiment where video presentation 1s occurring during the trial It is always suggested to get the best computer you can for running your experiments even if you do not immediately plan on using all the features of the computer however due to monetary considerations this 1s not always possible The following computer specifications are guidelines only SR Research can be contacted for input on what computer specifications would best match your actual experiment designs IMPORTANT Regardless of the computer used and the experimental design it is always critical to spend time evaluating the timing of the experiment designed to ensure that it is
208. de Once you have collected the data open the EDF file Please note that all of the eye movement measures are reported relative to the start of the trial if no interest period is defined or a non RT period is defined or to the start of the reaction time period if an RT definition is applied The O point for the eye recording in a trial will be TRIAL_START_TIME So the EDF file eye tracker time for the start of a fixation will be CURRENT_FIX_START TRIAL_START_TIME The onset the audio recording i e O point in the EDF file eye tracker time frame will be currentEyeTrackerTime AudioRecordingStartTime currentDisplayPCTime SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 177 7 11 Other Building Components This section lists other components for experiment building variable result file and accumulator see Figure 7 39 Action Other Figure 7 67 Other Components Implemented in Experiment Builder 7 11 1 Variable The user can create a variable Lit during run time to keep track of some important information e g the iteration status in a loop To create a new variable simply drag it from the component toolbox to the Work Space Note that the variable object should be used without connecting to other items in a graph The user can update the value of the variable by assigning a value directly referring to the attribute of another item or by equation Reference VARIABLE SE a
209. de Some eye tracking functionality will not be available will be displayed at the beginning of the experiment and a warning dialog No EDF file is created for dummy mode session will be displayed at the end 4 11 Deploying an Experiment To deploy a built experiment so that it can be run on a different computer without relying on the Experiment Builder application choose from the application menu bar Experiment Deploy Upon receipt of the deployment command Experiment Builder asks for a directory to deploy If the user selects a directory a subdirectory with the name of the experiment session is created within it This experiment subdirectory contains all of the required files generated The user can cancel the deploy process by pressing the Cancel button Please note that non ASCII characters are not allowed in a deployment path e g deploying a project to a folder that contains Chinese characters will fail Tip Deploying an experiment can also be performed by clicking on the Deploy button on the application tool bar or pressing shortcut key F12 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 22 Tip For the ease of reconstructing the original experiment project a source folder will also be created in the deployed project Depending on the Build Deploy preference settings this folder contains either the packed experiment project or the graph ebd and Preferences properties files Note
210. ded into the experiment The experiment components are grouped under three categories trigger including timer invisible boundary conditional EyeLink button Cedrus Input TTL keyboard mouse voice key fixation saccade and sample velocity trigger action displaying screen performing camera setup performing drift correction sending EyeLink message logging experiment sending EyeLink command updating variable attribute preparing sequence adding to result file adding to accumulator sending TTL signal playing recording sound controlling sound playing recording terminating experiment or recycling data line and other type variable result file and accumulator The Work Space provides a venue where the experiment is generated In an empty sequence the Work Space area contains a START node to which actions and triggers can be connected The designer needs to drag selected experiment elements from the Component Toolbox and drop them to the work space and make connections from to other components The designer can further select individual items for property editing The Editor Selection Tabs and Navigation Nodes provide convenient shortcuts for selecting a display screen or an experiment subgraph sequence to work on When an experiment involves several different layers of subgraphs for example blocks gt Trials gt Trial Recording the Navigation Nodes at the bottom of the graph editor window informs the designer of
211. der User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 91 Structure Al x Playsound Playsound F START F START H p SEQUENCE ie SEQUENCE aa BUTTON _CORRECT aa BUTTON_INCORRECT SOUND_CORRECT a BUTTON_CORRECT aa BUTTON INCORRECT 4 SOUND INCORRECT A TIMER Experiment Components Dewices Properties H x Property Value abel SOUND CORRECT ire Experiment Components Devices Property Value label si OUND INCORRECT a ettne Si vome OO __ _ Bette Nouns a A B Figure 7 22 Using Play Sound Action 7 9 14 Play Sound Control Play Sound Control action R stops pauses or plays a specified playsound action Please note that the pause and play continue playing of a paused audio actions are only applicable when DirectX driver is used Reference Label Label of the Play Sound Control action The default label is PLAY_SOUND_CONTROL Type NR The type of Experiment Builder objects PlaySoundControl the current node belongs to experiment graph Message to be sent to EDF file in an SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 92 EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the action 1s done Float Display PC Time when the action is done Start Time StartTime Float Display PC Time when play sound control action begins Clear Input
212. different directory AS FS Used to compress the experiment project into a zip file for file SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 29 Package sharing ete S Unpack Used to extract the experiment project from a compressed zip file 5 3 2 Edit Menu and Tool Buttons This menu contains commands such as copy paste cut delete and undo The menu also contains tools for resource library management node group organization and preference settings see Chapter 17 CTRL Z Undoes the last action performed F Cut CTRL Removes a selection from the project and place it into the X clipboard Copy CTRL C Puts a copy of a selection to the clipboard Inserts the previously copied item from the clipboard to the V current position Paste CTRL Inserts the previously copied item from the clipboard to the Multiple V current position m Delete Removes the selection from the current location F H Closes the Experiment Builder application Shows a list of preference settings for Experiment Builder Preferences L Refresh CTRL Refreshes the Custom Class files 1 e reparses the contents of Custom the files This tool is useful to users who use an external Class editor to edit the content of custom classes Hh Library CTRL L Used to load in image audio resources or interest area set Manager Zz CTRL R Tabulate the source property and value of each
213. different options under the Order menu from the popup menu see Figure 8 24 Bring to Front makes the selected resource to appear on the topmost layer as if the resource was the last item added to the screen Send to Back moves the selected resource to the bottommost layer and therefore it is most likely to be blocked other resources Bring Forward moves the resource one layer closer to the surface and Send Back moves the resource one layer away from the surface Please note that changing the resource order on the workspace also modified the order of the resource listed in the structure panel 8 4 6 Composite Resource A COMPOSITE_RESOURCE object can be created by grouping several individual resources together The individual component resources are removed from the structure panel Reference COMPOSITE_RESOURCE by default Type The type of screen resource CompositeResource the current item belongs to experiment graph Visible visible Boolea Whether the resource should be visible The e ais po Screen Index screenIndex Integer Index of the resource in screen resource list 0 n positionAtGazeC Whether the position of the resource is SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 233 Position is _positionAtMouse Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Mouse Contingent n contingent on the mouse position The default Contingent setting is
214. dio Driver Directx Output Interval ASIO Audio Driver vlinimur Output Laten Figure 7 20 Choose Audio driver The following table lists the properties of a PLAY_SOUND action Reference Label of the PLAY_SOUND Action The default value is PLAY SOUND Type The type of Experiment Builder objects PlaySound the current node belongs to Node Path absPath String The absolute path of the node in the experiment graph Message message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the PLAY SOUND action is executed _ ime Display PC Time when the PLAY_SOUND action is done Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues S n when the action 1s started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 87 Audio Device Indicating the current audio driver setting a either DirectX or ASIO
215. domizer After the experiment is fully tested you can now create a deployed version of the experiment Experiment gt Deploy Click on the experiment name exe in the deployed directory to run your experiment If you use the randomized versions of the same data source file across subjects you may uncheck the Prompt for Dataset file box of the sequence to which the data source is attached before deploying so that you do not have to choose the data source file at the beginning of the experiment In addition 1f you have specified a variable for splitting the data source a dialog box will be displayed at the beginning of the experiment prompting to choose the level of the splitting variable Select Condition Value To Available Values for Column SET a Tho Ed cance _ At the end of the experiment an actually executed version of the data source will be saved in the results directory 9 6 2 External Randomization For experiments created with Experiment Builder you may rely on the Experiment Builder GUI to Build and Test Run the experiment to make sure everything is fine Don t use Experiment gt Test Run to collect experiment data Once you are happy with the experiment you can now Deploy the experiment to a new directory by clicking Experiment gt Deploy This will create a new experiment name exe file in the intended deploy directory There you will also find a datasets directory Do randomization on t
216. ds in the text 8 1 3 1 Non ASCII characters If the user intends to use a character that does not fit in the ASCII encoding range 1 127 please make sure that the Encode Files as UTF8 box of the Build Deploy Preference settings is checked see Figure 8 6 In another word that field should be enabled if the user is using characters that are non English eg a u or even special curved quotes and obviously any non European language characters e g Chinese characters In addition please make sure that the right font for the text is chosen before entering any text eo5 Preferences x Ete Preferences Property Value Experiment Encode Files as UTFS Disable Warnings for D Devices Nodes H Screen Resources Movement Patterns Built in Interest Area Preference Build Deploy Restore Factory Detautt Save Properties as Detant Encode Files as UTF amp Figure 8 6 Setting UTF 8 Encoding 8 1 3 2 Anti aliasing and Transparency Anti aliasing is one of the most important techniques in making graphics and text easy to read and pleasing to the eye on screen Take the texts in Figure 8 7 for example Panel A shows an aliased letter in which all of the curves and line drawing appear coarse whereas Panel C shows an anti aliased letter which looks smooth Anti aliasing is done by substituting shades of grey Panel D around the lines which would otherwise be broken across a
217. e E Ooo e F Experiment idth 1024 El eight 68 Bits Per Pixel 32 F efresh Rate 60 i KEYBOARD be T TTL H CEDRLIS Startup Background Color Be BLITTONBOX i Cy Nodes Min msec To Next Retrace i Screen Nideo Frame Cache Size H Build Deploy EE GUI se Video Decoding Thread Restore Factory Default Save Properties as Default Import From File Save Into File Width width The width of the display screen in pixels Height height The height of the display screen in pixels Bits Per Pixel bitsPerPixel The number of bits used to represent the luminance and chroma information contained in each pixel Refresh Rate refreshRate Sets the refresh rate Hz of the monitor Transparency Color transparencyColor The setting of transparency color for the display When you move or copy a Selection from an item any pixels in the selection that match the current background color are by default transparent Startup Background Color startupBackgroundColor The background color used when experiment starts up SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 325 Minimum msec To Next Retrace flipRemainThreshold The minimum amount of time in milliseconds remaining in a retrace before the next flip can be scheduled In runtime if the remaining time in a retrace to perform a flip is less than the specified amount of time the flip will be scheduled to the ret
218. e Lock TRIAL DataSource tria trial 1 p Two 200 Simple G F START ie BLOCK EA TIMER EL_CAMERA_SETUP Ear START Properties csi tad cw ma Eoo Make sure to leave this box unchecked a E F 12 4 Data SOLUCE lumna 2 l Rowe 12 Freeze Display Until Fir fv Add Column Ald Row Import Data Randomization Setting Enable Run Time Randomization Simple da BLOCK Make sure that this box is checked when using external randomization SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 245 Figure 9 10 Using External Randomization SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 246 10 References The Experiment Builder uses references to link or bind an attribute of one experiment component to be equal to the value of another component attribute References are a critical part of the Experiment Builder providing much of the flexibility to the application As an example assume a sequence has two components X and Y and component X has attribute Ax and component Y has attribute Ay If attribute Ax was set to reference Ay then the value of Ax would always be equal to the value of Ay In this example it is said that Ax is the referencing attribute and Ay is the referenced attribute Even if Ay changes value during the experiment Ax will always reflect the current value of Ay 10 1 Using Reference
219. e at PLAY_SOUND_DIRECTH fc art Time if ED i Clear Input Queues I arget Play Sound ActionPLAyY SOUND DIRECTs TIMER_PLAYING MPAUSE_ AUDIO Alay oundlontral MPAUSE_ AUDI Target Play Sound Actionf LAY SOUND DIRECTS Operation PLAY Figure 7 23 Using Play Sound Control Action 7 9 15 Record Sound For experiments where verbal responses are required the SR Research Experiment Builder supports both recording of audio to a WAV file and an integrated voicekey trigger The recommended experimental procedure would be to record a WAV file for each trial using some numbering system and to use the voicekey to detect the response Recorded data is always written to an audio buffer first and can later be copied to a WAV file It is possible to record many short recording segments to one large file relying on the messages placed in the EDF file to determine the start and end of each recording However this may require a lot of memory and take longer to save the file The Record_sound action Aah supports recording of audio to a WAV file using the ASIO driver and therefore this action is only supported when an ASIO compatible sound SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 94 card is installed on the Display PC and the Audio Device is set to ASIO A message placed in the EDF file will mark the exact time and position in the WAV file of the first recorded sample for analysis The resu
220. e Value field enter the expected keycode for the character e g 32 for the spacebar 7 10 6 2 Collecting inputs from the keyboard without ending the trial Sometimes the subject s key response should be recorded without ending the trial e g pressing a key whenever the subject detects a specific event in the video clip This can be done by adding a NULL_ACTION node after the DISPLAY_SCREEN and having the keyboard trigger branch looping back to the NULL_ACTION use an UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE action following the keyboard trigger to collect response data All other triggers initially attached to the DISPLAY_SCREEN action should be connected from the NULL_ACTION as well If a TIMER trigger is used to end the trial the start time should be reset to the time of the DISPLAY SCREEN so that the start time of the TIMER trigger is not reset whenever a key is pressed DISPLAY TARGET Label TIMER NULL_ACTION Type Timer lode Path BLOCK TRIAL RECORDING TIMER essage timeout Time ast Checked Time Confidence Interval eee Duration 5000 f To Duration Type msecs a KEYI Start Time DDISPLAY_TARGET time Elapsed Time DISPLAY BLANK Figure 7 46 Using keyboard without ending a trial 7 10 6 3 Enabling multiple keyboards SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 135 If multiple keyboards or mice attached to the display computer responses f
221. e do not edit the Split by field Sh beseech Esperien Fis Edt View Experiment Help DERS gt PxXRAaRT DB TAOS eer als j aaa BBE AUX Experiment RESULTS_FILE 3 Double click on the Sequence to continue 1 Edit the label as BLOCK Press the Enter key Je Real Tis fees p 2 Set Iteration by count to 2 Figure 15 4 Editing Block Sequence 1 Click on the value field of the Label property of the Sequence created Write BLOCK in the text editor and press the ENTER key to finish 2 Click on the Iteration Count value field and enter 2 as the total number of sequence loops 3 In the experiment Work Space double click on the Sequence object to continue In each block we will first give an instruction and then run nine trials see Figure 15 5 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 292 1 Click on the Action Tab of the component toolbox select the Display screen action hold down the left mouse button and drag the action into the work area 2 Click on the Trigger Tab of the component toolbox select the Timer trigger hold down the left mouse button and drag the action into the work area 3 Click on the Timer trigger and set the duration to 120000 msec 4 Add a Keyboard trigger to the work space 5 Click on the Action Tab of toolbox and add a Sequence node to the wor
222. e sure that the intended directory already exists In both cases please make sure you have the writing permission at the selected directory If your intended project is an EyeLink experiment make sure to check the EyeLink Experiment box and choose the appropriate tracker version from the dropdown list Note The experiment session name must start with a letter between a and z or A and Z and may contain letters digits and the underscore character If there is any space in SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 16 the filename this will be replaced by an underscore An Invalid Value or invalid label format error dialog box will be displayed if the format of session label is invalid ects Mew Project x Project Mame Test Project Location E EB Projects me J EyeLink Experiment OR Cancel Figure 4 2 Dialog for Creating a New Project After the experiment is generated the following files and folders are created Experiment datasets library audio customClass images interestAreaSet myfiles runtime dataviewer images Oraphwebd Preferences properties e graph ebd This file contains the experiment graph Double clicking on this file will open the experiment session e Preferences properties This file contains the preference settings for the current experiment session
223. e 2 Properties emme dS Pas Scuce RIAL DasSouce Figure 7 26 Using Recycle Dataline Action CONDITTIONAL_RECYCLE 7 9 19 Execute Action Execute action Zh is used to execute methods defined in custom class Reference EXECUTE Type NR The type of Experiment Builder objects Execute the current node belongs to Node Path Path of the node in the experiment graph Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 102 experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the action is done Display PC Time when the action is done Start Time StartTime Float Display PC Time when record sound control action begins Clear Input clearInputQueue If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues S when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Execute Method NR Method of a class to be executed Click on right end of the value field to start the attribute edit
224. e experiments the Reinitialize Triggers box should be checked so that the data for each trigger is reset for re firing IMPORTANT For proper timing it is critical that the Prepare Sequence Action be called before the trial run time for EVERY iteration of the trial run time sequence IMPORTANT The Prepare Sequence Action Loads the image and audio files based on the state of display screen and Play Sound actions at the time the Prepare Sequence is called This means that if an image name or audio file name is changed after the Prepare Sequence action 1s called the new image or audio resource will not be preloaded and timing may be affected If an image or audio file has not been preloaded when it is used in the Display Screen or Play Sound action that references it a warning message will be written to the warnings log file for the experiment session Reference Label of the PREPARE_SEQUENCE action The default value is PREPARE SEQUENCE Type NR The type of Experiment Builder objects PrepareSequence the current node belongs to experiment graph Message message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the PREPARE SEQUENCE action is done PREPARE SEQUENCE action is processed Display PC Time when the action starts Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from
225. e following discusses some of the common applications of the Cedrus Input trigger SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 127 7 10 5 1 Calculating response time of a button press Cedrus button responses can be retrieved by using the UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE action Typically you may use a couple of variables to record the button pressed the time RT of the button press and the accuracy of the button press Specifically the button press should be retrieved as CEDRUS_INPUT triggeredData button the time of button press should be retrieved as CEDRUS_INPUT triggeredData time see the following figure With that you can calculate the response time BUTTON_PRESS_TIME value DISPLAY_ON_TIME value In case the trial can end without having the subject to press a button you may use the UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE to reset the default values for the variables at the beginning of the trial so that the response data from the previous trial will not be carried over to the following trial Don t forget to add the variables to the EyeLink DV Variable list or to the RESULT_FILE RESET OATA 52 Attribute alue List for GET_RESPONSE l X TBUTTON PRESSED valued es BUTTON PRESS TIME valueg CEDRUS INPUT triggeredData timed CEDRUS_INPUT W DISPLAY_ON_ TIME value DISPLAY TARGET time iw a E A f HI 1 DRESPONSE_TIME valued inti BUTTON_FRESS5_TIME value DISPLAY_ON TIME valuea Ni a Fi x v To evaluate the
226. e following this is ignored for the amount of time set in the debounce time Parallel Port parallelPort The parallel port to which the gamepad 1s plugged if the SR Research Gamepad or ResponsePixx Button Box is chosen This can be the parallel port on the motherboard or the PCI express adapter card LF811 installed on the host computer The Card option is only supported with version 4 50 or later of the EyeLink 1000 host software or 2 30 or later of the EyeLink II host software A Parallel port expansion cars not supported in this version of host software error will be reported if an earlier version of software is running on the host computer If this property is set to Card while the physical card LF811 is not installed on the host computer a No parallel port card detected by the tracker error message will be displayed Model model Different models 5 button handheld 4 button dual handheld and 5 button desktop can be set if a ResponsePixx Button Box is used 17 1 9 Timer See section 7 10 1 Timer Trigger 17 1 10 Invisible Boundary See section 7 10 2 Invisible Boundary Trigger SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 333 17 1 11 Conditional See section 7 10 3 Conditional Trigger 17 1 12 EyeLink Button See section 7 10 4 EyeLink Button Trigger 17 1 13 Cedrus Input See section 7 10 5 Cedrus Button Trigger 17 1 14 Keyboard See section
227. e increased variability in the offset between actual and desired video frame display times In reality the retrace rate of a 60 hz or 120 hz monitor may be slightly off for example it could be 60 01 hz This means that even when you use a retrace rate that is a multiple of SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 200 the frame rate some small drift between actual and desired frame display times can occur during the course of the video presentation This is handled by the video display engine by displaying a video frame for a duration less than the full frame duration whenever this small drift between the actual and desired frame display times approaches one display retrace in duration correcting or resetting the drift 8 1 2 4 Dropping Frames The term dropping frames refers to the situation where a frame or a set of frames were not displayed on the screen There are several detailed possibilities as to why a frames may be dropped however they all converge on the higher level reason of the Display PC s hardware not being able to keep up with the requested frame rate for the video resource in question If a Display PC is used that meets the specifications we suggest for video presentation dropped frames should not occur for normal video playback scenarios The Experiment Builder decides to drop a frame if the actual frame display time for that frame is estimated to be equal to or greater than the desired dis
228. e is 3 and split by list 1s empty This means that the BLOCK sequence will be executed three times in total 1 e 3 blocks The total iteration count of the TRIAL sequence is 12 and the split by field contains a list of 2 5 5 This means that the TRIAL sequence will be executed two five and five times during the first second and last call of the BLOCK sequence The iteration count of the RECORDING sequence is and the split by list is empty This means that the recording sequence will be executed once for each call Therefore the above graph indicates that this experiment has three blocks which contains two five and five trials respectively Each trial will perform one eye tracker recording 7 8 Start Node For each sequence in an experiment graph the flow always begins with the default START node Each sequence requires at least one connection made from the START SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 54 node to one or several triggers or actions The START node cannot receive a connection from other nodes Reference Label of the Display Screen action The default value is DISPLAY_SCREEN Type The type of Experiment Builder objects Start the current node belongs to Node Path absPath String The absolute path of the node in the experiment graph starts 7 9 Actions SR Research Experiment Builder supports a list of actions such as displaying a screen performin
229. e list or to the RESULT_FILE RESET DATA 8 ALtribute alue List for GET RESPONSE f Xi F T T KEYBOARD Figure 7 44 Collecting keyboard response data To evaluate the accuracy of the key press you will need to know what s the expected key press for the trial This can be encoded in the datasource with a string column Use a CONDITIONAL trigger to check whether the pressed key matches the expected key and then use an UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE action at each branch of the trigger to update the accuracy variable accordingly please check out the HTML version of this document for the complete example project DISPLAY_TARGET Properties Pr t no Property KEYBOARD Rode Path RIAL RECORDING CHECK RESPONSE essage Last Checked Time GET_RESPONSE Confidence Interval Attribute parent parent TRIAL DataSource expected keyta omparator UALS CHECK RESPONSE DKEY PRESSED value And Or Select SET CORRECT Attribute 2 omparator 2 Figure 7 45 Checking keyboard response accuracy SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 134 If you are evaulating the keypress on some non ASCII characters e g press on the spacebar you may use the returned key code for the trigger against a numeric value of key e g 32 for the spacebar key In the Attribute field of the conditional trigger use a reference to the triggeredData keyCode of the KEYBOARD trigger In th
230. e movement Typically set to 0 so that the movement pattern is aligned to the display screen action X X Float The amplitude of horizontal movement in pixels 341 0 by default The amplitude of vertical movement in pixels 256 0 by default The horizontal center of the movement in pixels Typically this is the center of the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 218 ey l The vertical center of the movement in pixels Frequency X frequency_x Float The speed of horizontal movement in number of cycles per second Hz Frequency Y frequency_y The speed of vertical movement Start Phase X start_phase_x Float The start phase position of horizontal movement This number should be between 0 and 360 Start Phase Y The start phase position of vertical movement Note Amplitude X should be set to O for a vertical sine movement and Amplitude Y should be O for a horizontal movement X and Y amplitudes must be the same for a circular movement otherwise this will result into an elliptic movement The start point of the movement is specified by the Start Phase X and Start Phase Y The following table lists the most important landmark positions in a sinusoidal movement pormo or ving Pomoje Sy estoy e feee roneo Peno e foon se For a horizontal movement Start Phase Y should be set to 0 A Start Phase X of 0 creates a movement which starts at the center of the moveme
231. e of the Experiment node and fill the Message field of the triggers and actions SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 314 If this is a reading experiment 1 2 3 4 5 6 If using a text or image resource has the Prebuild to Image box of the resource been enabled FAQ How to show the images in Data Viewer If using a text or multi line text resource have you enabled anti aliasing drawing Is the drift correction target displayed at the intended location FAQ How can I draw my own fixation cross and keep it stable at one point during drift correction and stimulus presentation Are you using non ASCII characters FAQ Warning 2001 You are using characters that ascii encoding cannot handle FAQ How can I import data file containing Umlauten characters Have you chosen the appropriate font style and size for the text or multi line text resource You may need to use special fonts to display non ASCII characters Have you enabled the Use Runtime Word Segment Interest Area setting of the text or multi line text resource If the above word based interest areas are not satisfactory or you plan to use an image resources to show the text you may instead assign a text file to the Interest Area Set Name field of the DISPLAY SCREEN action that contains the screen resource Leave the rest interest area related work to EyeLink Data Viewer FAQ How can I cre
232. e r l 3 Double click on the BLOCK sequence to continue berabon Court h 2 Set the Iteration Count to 3 Figure 14 5 Editing Block Sequence SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 274 1 2 3 Click on the value field of the Label property of the Sequence created Write BLOCK in the text editor and press the ENTER key to finish Click on the Iteration Count value field and enter 3 as the total number of sequence loops In the experiment Work Space double click on the Sequence object to continue In each block we will first give an instruction perform a camera setup calibration and then run four trials see Figure 14 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Click on the Action Tab of the component toolbox select the Display screen action hold down the left mouse button and drag the action into the work area Click on the Trigger Tab of the component toolbox select the Keyboard trigger hold down the left mouse button and drag the action into the work area Add an EyeLink Button trigger to the work space Add a Timer trigger to the work space Click on the Timer trigger and set the duration to 20000 msec Click on the Action Tab of the component toolbox and add a Camera Setup action to the work space Click on the action and set the Background Color to white 255 255 255 Click on the Action
233. e space SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 227 ya Cut Copy E Paste m Delete k Snap To Grid Lock selection Unlock selection Grouping Order Vertical Alignment Horizontal Alignment d d d d d HH Grid Segment Save Screen 45 Image ig Auto Segment A word Segment Figure 8 17 Creating Interest Area with Grid Segmentation 8 3 3 Using Interest Area File For some experiments it is difficult to define interest areas within Experiment Builder For example if the experiment presents different images across trials it is hard to manually create built in interest areas or to create runtime interest areas automatically If this is the case you may consider the interest area file option In this approach you will need to create one interest area file for each of the images to be displayed Add the interest area files into the library manager Select the display screen to which the interest areas are associated and set Interest Area File Name field to a desired interest area set file Please make sure the name of the interest area file does not contain space or non ASCII characters In an interest area file each line represents one interest area The interest areas shall be coded in the following formats Rectangular Interest Area RECTANGLE id left top might bottom label The id left top right and bottom fields must be an integer number For exa
234. e text For a dynamic display with moving object on the screen the user can further specify the movement pattern of the graphic resources Finally auxiliary utilities e g interest area drawing grid are provided for the ease of editing and data analysis lt EyeLink Experiment Builder v 1 1 0 105 Beta Track a l x Fie Edit view Experiment Help l DABBBel gt axRawl varael QQAQBE Experiment BLOCK TRIAL RECORDING DISPLAY_SCREEN APIARANOOAY OO MN ala aalma mb Buck did not read the newspapers or he would have known that trouble was brewing not alone for himself but for every tide water Structure f dog strong of muscle and with warm long hair from Puget Sound to iF START aieas San Diego Because men groping in the Arctic darkness had found Haa RECORDING F start a yellow metal and because steamship and transportation companies EHE DISPLAY _SCREEN l i pee were booming the find thousands of men were rushing into the Movement_Patterns Northland These men wanted dogs and the dogs they wanted were ELLIPSE_RESOURCE Be Pee heavy dogs with strong muscles by which to toil and furry coats to EHE DISPLAY_BLANK protect them from the frost Buck lived at a big house in the sun kissed Santa Clara Valley Judge Miller s place it was called It stood back from the road half hidden among the trees through which glimpses could be caught of
235. e that the x y coordinate of the region location can be further referred as regionLocation x and regionLocation y respectively Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE Region Width regionWidth Integer Width 0 by default of the boundary region in screen pixels Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE Region Height regionHeight Integer Height 0 by default of the boundary region in screen pixels Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE Interest Area NR The display screen on which target interest area Screen regions are located Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to INTEREST AREA Interest Area NR Regions triggering region Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to INTEREST AREA Within within Boolea If set to True default the trigger should fire n when the mouse is within the above mentioned trigger region otherwise the trigger fires when the mouse is outside of the region Triggered Data triggeredData a Data of the triggered mouse button event see Target interest areas used to define the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 140 the following table for further a
236. e variables to the results file Click OK to finish 5 In the properties window of the Results node set Field Width to 8 and Precision to 2 If you want to record the missing values as in the result file make sure the Use Period for Missing Values box is checked 15 117Running the Experiment Click on Experiment Build menu to build the experiment The Editor Selection Tab in the Graph Editor Window will be set to the Output tab and build information will be displayed Watch out for error displayed in red and warning in brown messages during building If no errors are found in the Experiment graph click on Experiment gt Test Run to check out whether the experiment runs as designed Note that test run is not intended for real data collection and should be only used when you are testing your experiment To run the experiment for data collection the user should first deploy the experiment to a different directory and run the experiment without relying on the Experiment Builder GUI and for better timing performance Simply double click on the executable file Stroop exe in the deployed directory and then follow the instructions on the screen The experiment result file should be saved in the results session name subdirectory of the experiment directory SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 312 16 Experiment Builder Project Check List The foll
237. eBoundary Test START T PREPASRE_SEGUENCE ja RECORDING i START DISPLAY INMTIAL bi INVISIBLE BOUNDARY ra DISPLAY _SECOND FHL DISPLAY BLANK E TIMER_SECOND Experiment Components Dewices Properties Property Value abel INVISIBLE_BOUNDARY ype Boundary Jode Path RECORDING INVISIBLE B Message NVISIGLE_BOUNDAR Y ime 2 DISPLAY _SECOND ast Checked Time TIMER_SECOND EL_BUTTON TIMER r lt N ea we Confidence Interval Region Direction 0 45 45 90 90 135 m Region Type RECTANGLE Region Location Tap Letty non Jaq Region Width i 50 Region Height 434 hin racking Eye ITHER Minimum Curation Triggered Data Figure 7 31 Using an Invisible_boundary trigger SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 114 Since the invisible boundary trigger keeps monitoring the online recording data this trigger type must be placed within a recording sequence 1 e the Record property of the sequence is checked If you see a This node type cannot be added to this sequence build time warning message please check whether the sequence to which the trigger belongs is a recording sequence The following discusses some of the common applications of the invisible boundary trigger 7 10 2 1 The location type of the invisble boundary trigger Please note that the location type of all trigger types invisible boundary trigger mouse trigger fixation trig
238. eLink 1000 eye trackers EyeLink I users should make sure that version 2 11 of eyelink exe file is installed on the Host PC whereas EyeLink II users should use a recent version 2 0 or later of eyelink2 exe If the EyeLink Data Viewer is used for data analysis the user should get the most recent version of the software The DriverLinx parallel port driver Port95NT exe should also be installed if the user is using a TTL action or trigger This driver can be found at C Program Files SR Research Eyelink bin directory of the Display PC if Windows Display Software Package is installed All of the above mentioned software can be downloaded from the EyeLink Support Site at http www sr Ssupport com 3 2 Installing Software The latest version of Experiment Builder installer can be downloaded from https www sr support com forums showthread php t 9 If you have a previous version of Experiment Builder installed on the computer please uninstall it with the Experiment Builder installer or with Windows Control Panel tool Add or Remove Programs before installing the new version By default the Experiment Builder software will be installed at Windows Drive Program Files SR Research Experiment Builder Click on ExperimentBuilderW exe to run the software 3 2 1 For Standard Installation applicable to most users The following installation instruction is applicable to users who use a standalone USB dongle that supports a single PC license
239. ecording WAV file with the RECORD_SOUND_CONTROL action The following graph illustrates the above event sequence SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 96 Properties H x Property r pe ime lear Input Gueues a parent TRIAL DataSource R Duration Duration 000g Position ecard O Time opr ie ri ECORD SOUND CONTROL Record AudiaCoantral i Py eSsaqe RECORD SOUND CONTROL l T T RECORD SOUND CONTROL lear Input ueues Operation STOF Figure 7 24 Using Record Sound Action 7 9 16 Record Sound Control Record Sound control action Ah stops pauses records or aborts the current ASIO sound being recorded This action is only supported when an ASIO compatible sound card is installed on the Display PC and the Audio Device is set to ASIO Reference Label label String Label of the Record Sound Control action The default label is RECORD _SOUND_CONTROL Type NR The type of Experiment Builder objects RecordAudioControl the current node belongs to experiment graph SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 97 Message message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the action is done Display PC Time when the action is done Start Time StartTime Float Dis
240. ect is contained and double clicking on the graph ebd file 4 5 Reopening a Recent Experiment Session Experiment Builder keeps a history of five recently opened experiment projects If the user needs to reopen a recent experiment project try 1 from the application menu bar choose File Reopen 2 from the list of recent experiment projects choose the project to open see Figure 4 6 ees EyeLink Experiment Builder File Edit wiew Experiment Help New Chri w l aex ROR l eR gt Aj Open chri a TE Reopen D Program Files SR ResearchiExperiment Builder Examples Saccade C Program Files SR ResearchiExperiment Builder ExamplesiSimple Save Chrl 5 Save as cial Package F5 Ea Unpack F3 Exit D Program Files SR ResearchiExperiment Builder Examplesichange C Program Files SR ResearchiExperiment Builder ExamplesiTextLine Clear History Figure 4 6 Reopening Recent Experiment Sessions A File Not Found error will be displayed if the intended experiment project has been moved renamed or deleted To clear the list of recent projects click on the Clear History menu SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 20 4 6 Packaging an Experiment The user can pack up the current experiment project by clicking File Package from the application File menu This will zip up the experiment directory and save the zip file at a location selected by the use
241. ected from the NULL_ACTION as well Please note that if a TIMER trigger is used to end the trial the start time should be reset to the time of the DISPLAY SCREEN so that the start time of the TIMER trigger is not reset whenever a key is pressed SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 104 DISPLAY _TARGET COC x Property TIMER NULL ACTION Ty Timer Duration Type Start Time DISPLAY TARGET time Flapsed Time ae DISPLAY BLANKE Figure 7 27 Using a NULL_ACTION node 7 9 21 ResponsePixx LED Control If a ResponsePixx button box is used as the EyeLink button box this action 8s allows to turn on off the LEDs on the button box This option will only be available to an EyeLink experiment eS Label label String Label of the alas RESPONSEPIXX_LED_CONTROL action Type The type of Experiment Builder objects pee RESPONSEP1xxLEDControl the current node belongs to experiment graph Message Message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the RESPONSEPixx_LED_ Control action is done SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 105 Time time Float Display PC Time when the RESPONSEPIXX_LED CONTROL action is done Float Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are fl
242. ed in a Gaze Contingent WY 1M O WEDD CATIONS street E E 194 Figure 8 5 Loading Video Clips into Video Library ccceececcccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 196 Fisure 6 settine U TE 5 Encoding sssiic aiccesentassiesakeaciaiteiwakcteientntivakeadaituewaen 205 Figure 5 7 Aliasedand Anti alhased Texts ic ececeoices cocusesieniueiScenesvacsccecte Cineetcodeaiess 206 Figure 8 8 Antialiasing Drawing Preference Setting eeesssssssseeeeererereessssssssssssssees 206 Figure 8 9 Setting the Transparency Color for the Experiment cc cceeeeseeeeeeeeeees 207 Pioure o 10 Miulithine TextEditOT sereen e oasecluhaleae cea tanner ened 208 Figure 8 11 Creatina a Movement Patternsicicccccccscsieoncd cans ein a E EAN 218 Figure 8 12 Adding Resource Positions to a Custom Movement Pattern 220 Figure 8 13 Creating a Custom Movement Pattern ccccccccsssssseeeeeeceeeeeeseeeeeees 222 Figure 8 14 Creating a File based Custom Movement Pattern cc cceeeseeeeeeeeeeees 223 Figure 8 15 Toggling Interest Area Visibility ics sso inaccurate nteiewiexs mas iteuwwsiieiihes 223 Figure 3 16 reatine an Interest Afedscenurioris i n enaa E inseam ae 225 Figure 8 17 Creating Interest Area with Grid Segmentation ccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 228 Figure 8 18 Resource Alignment Left and Toggling Grid Visibility ee 230 Figure 6 19 Snap O Guid sesser a a a a E acta 230 Figure 8 20 Error When Tr
243. eeeeeeeeeeeeees 128 7 10 5 2 Collecting inputs from the Cedrus button box without ending the trial 129 LAO Kevboard THIDE en aaa ons anita tiniest oes 130 7 10 6 1 Calculating response time from an keyboard input 066 133 7 10 6 2 Collecting inputs from the keyboard without ending the trial 135 7 10 6 3 Enabling multiple KeyDO ards csceencnctssssvecciarnntovaee cada edeteawndates 135 7 10 6 4 Disabling Re enabling the Windows Logo Keys c0008 137 ELOT Mouse TOER cris wees a aarnn ee eae 138 7 10 7 1 Mouse press mouse release and MOUSE OVeT nesssseeeeeesssssseee 141 7 10 7 2 Center location type vs top left location type cccccceseeeseeeeees 143 7 10 7 3 Calculating response time of a mouse CLICK cccccesessseeeeeeeeees 145 7 10 7 4 Collecting inputs from the mouse without ending the trial 146 7 10 7 5 Resetting the initial position of the mouse device ceeeeeeeeeees 147 TOJO dnablane multiple MACS ncclut cna nerie a 147 7 10 7 7 Recording mouse traces 1n a data file nnnnessseooeenssssssseseeerrssss 149 TAOS TIE ToS a A ae ntone eee eeaaseenenee 150 7 10 8 1 Senee PL VAISS a a eamee diet 152 7 10 8 2 TTL trigger and the type of cable used nnnnnnesssseoeensssssssseeeesss 153 TIOS Fanon TiS OCP e a tohdue thea Ravin autos 154 7 10 9 1 Optimal triggering durato sesei bn ain E E 158 7 10 9 2 Top left vs center triggering
244. eenssssssseceressssssseceresssssssees 229 8 3 1 1 Rectangular Elliptic Interest Area ccccccccccesssseeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeees 225 SoL PreelormIMterest Area wc sisceinitstsieniacsieieiiedceviaigiaainencet lah iaaiedece aah 226 8 3 2 Automatic Segmentation issis a a lass elven 226 8 39 Usma merest Arer File a A 228 Si RESOULCE OPer IONS o E E dosearadinaeekdosrennddstaus 229 Bak RESOU E a T AE ae cenanae seen a eanenthe 229 SA42 Resource ANINE encena a dona eects a a den 229 Sak IRESOuUrce LOCKING eia S 230 SA Resource Gru pie nine E a a a 231 SA IRESOULCE OND agains tented ihe teehee aetna he eee hace 292 8 40 Compose RESOURCE aiseta a T a 233 SAE OET ea E AE 234 2 DESO O aE S 236 9 1 Cre At OAT SOUCO noana S 231 Dal Eune Dita SOUC eea a a a actu ecinns tela aitas teats 231 9 3 Importing Existing Files as Data Source esssssssseenesssssssseerrssssssserrrsssssssses 239 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd iv DA Usm DataSource VC aarti cians etait tiie cinta bitline intuit 240 9 5 Darsono S 8 Hib aronmeneee nee ean A Te Sant orem NE eT tpn 0 ec iN eRe ne re 241 9 0 Datasource Randomization se ies a a E ae aeianuadoos 241 OO temal Rondo mizat O Meseia a REEE E EAEE 242 DOLL Randomizaton S00 dicesse E A 242 96L FBIOCKING vrs menei a E E NE 243 9 6 1 3 Trial randomization and run length control cecccccecccceessseeeeeeeeees 243 9 0 4 Rindomizeon RolkOVe aee E E E E ence 244
245. efault Import From File Save Into File Location Type For all resources on the screen builder whether the default location in the settings refers to the top left corner or center of a resource Interest Area Color Color used to draw the border of interest areas Anti aliasing Drawing Anti aliasing is the process of blurring sharp edges in text or line drawings to get rid of the jagged edges on lines If this preference is set to true anti aliasing is applied to resources to make screen drawings appear smoother To achieve SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 336 best anti aliasing result make sure that the transparency color Preferences gt Experiment gt Devices gt Display gt Transparency Color is set to close but not identical to the background color of the display Preferences gt Experiment gt Nodes gt Action gt Display Screen gt Background Color 17 2 2 Image Resource See section 8 1 1 Image Resource 17 2 3 Video Resource See section 8 1 2 Video Resource 17 2 4 Text Resource See section 8 1 3 Text Resource 17 2 5 Multiline Text Resource See section 8 1 4 Multiline Text Resource 17 2 6 Line Resource See section 8 1 5 Line Resource 17 2 7 Rectangle Resource See section 8 1 6 Rectangle Resource 17 2 8 Ellipse Resource See section 8 1 7 Ellipse Resource 17 2 9 Triangle Resource See
246. efault of the boundary region in screen pixels Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE Region Height regionHeight Integer Height 0 by default of the boundary region in screen pixels Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE Interest Area NR The display screen on which target interest area Screen regions are located Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to INTEREST AREA NR Interest Area Target interest areas used to define the triggering region Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to INTEREST AREA n lands within the target region Tracking Eye f trackingEye String Decides which eye s data is used for online parsing The default value is EITHER It can also be LEFT or RIGHT Integer Minimum amplitude 0 by default of the Amplitude ude triggering saccade T A following table Regions SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 162 The user can further get access to the triggered data if a saccade trigger fires The sub attributes of the TriggeredData field are listed in the following table Starts ends EDF Start Time EDFStartTime Integer EDF time time since the EyeLink program started on the Host PC when the triggering
247. efault setting 1s False This setting can only be modified when the display screen is contained in a recording sequence Position is _positionAtMouse S Whether the position of the resource 1s Mouse Contingent contingent on the mouse position The default setting is False Contingent T Offset offset Point Adjustment of the resource position relative to the position of the current gaze or mouse position The default offset is 0 00 0 00 Host Outline Color The color of the box drawn on the host screen to Color hostOutlineColor show the position and dimension of the current resource This property is available only if the Use for Host Display option of the containing display screen action is enabled Screen Location Whether the location specified below refers to Type as the top left corner or center of the resource This setting can be changed at Screen Preferences the resource Width of the resource in screen pixels Height of the resource in screen pixels Movement NR Movement pattern sinusoidal or custom of the Pattern resource Prebuild to _prebuildToImage Boolea Whether the resource should be built into an Image T n image when the experiment is built instead of having it created during the actual execution of the trial This field is always true when the screen is contained in a recording sequence IMPORTANT If this attribute is False the run time drawing may not look ex
248. efault value are readable and writeable However these attributes cannot be set to a reference see attributes property4 in 12 3 1 example Those attributes having a setX method but not a getX method will not be displayed in the attribute section The setX method will be displayed as a regular methods The Methods section lists all methods available for the class see myMethod of the 12 3 1 example except for the __init__ getX and setX methods mentioned above SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 264 Properties _ a al x abel CUSTOM_CLASS_INST Ype Customtlassinstante Pode Path CUSTOM CLASS INST ustom Class TestClass Custom Attributes 1 abo EBColor 200 1 a ello biyhiethod Figure 12 2 Attributes and Properties of a Custom Class Instance 12 5 Using Custom Class The interaction between the custom class and the Experiment Builder graph is done through attribute reference and the Execute Sequence and Update_Attribute actions With these options the user can set values for the class attributes and pass parameters to the class methods Conversely the user can also retrieve the current value of a class attribute and access the return value of a class method The bi directional direct exchange of data between the custom class attributes and experiment builder GUI is supported by the getX and setX methods For class attributes with a corresponding setX method
249. eferring to the elapse time of the timer trigger TIMER elapsedTime The user also needs to add a RESULT_FILE object to the experiment and click on the Columns property to add both variables for output see Panel A of Figure 7 44 An ADD_RESULT action is added following the timer and keyboard triggers to record responses and reaction time for the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 182 sequence The Results File property of the ADD_RESULT action is set to RESULT_FILE FesulFile ResultFile F START RESULTS FILE 1 VARIABLE_KEY DISPLAY _SCREEN E ADD_TO_RESULTS_FILE fy KEYBOARD 1 ARIABLE_TIME fy KEYBOARD 1 ARIABLE_TIME Experiment Components Dewices Experiment Components Dewices RESULTS FILE Labe ADD TO RESULTS FLE ARABLE KEY VARIAB fme rst Action Time OOS RESULTS FILE A B Figure 7 72 Setting Properties of the Result File Node When the experiment is executed a result file is generated in the experiment directory with one column for each of the output variables The result file is tab delimited and can be easily imported by most statistical software VARIABLE_TIME VARIABLE_BUTTON 686 0 booo 603 0 a 530 0 532 0 7 11 3 Accumulator The accumulator is used to keep numeric values and do statistical analysis on the accumulated data Field Attribute Content Reference tos of the accumulator Maximum Size
250. els added to the left top right and bottom of the interest area Note that the Top Margin and Bottom Margin fields will not have an effect if Fill Gaps Between is checked Left Margin Number of pixels added to the left of the interest area Right Margin Number of pixels added to the right of the interest area Top Margin Number of pixels added to the top of the interest area Note that this field will not have an effect if Fill Gaps Between is checked Bottom Margin Number of pixels added to the bottom of the interest area Note that this field will not have an effect if Fill Gaps Between is checked Fill Gaps Between If checked gaps between consecutive Interest Areas will be filled by expanding the size of each Interest Area SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 339 Enable Interest Area Delimiter Whether a special delimiter character instead of the commonly used space should be used to mark the boundary between segments Delimiter Character Specify the delimiter character one single character only used to Separate segments Enable Interest Area Delimiter Replacement Whether the delimiter character should be replaced by another character Please note that the delimiter characters are used to separate string tokens and will not be displayed in the text or multiline text resource Therefore if you use space as the delimiter character you will need to enable the delimiter replacement option
251. en press the Delete key on the keyboard or select the button on the application tool bar 6 2 3 Linking Rules The connection between a Source and Target component is governed by a set of rules 1 A node cannot be connected to itself 2 You cannot connect two components in the same direction twice 3 The START node cannot be a Target 1 e it cannot receive a connection from other components The Source START node can target to an action trigger or sequence SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 35 4 A Source node cannot have more than one Target Action unless it is a Conditional Trigger in which case each conditional branch cannot Target more than one Action component 5 A Source component can target many Trigger nodes 6 A Source node cannot target a Trigger and an Action component at the same time 7 A Sequence action cannot target a Trigger node 8 A Target trigger node cannot receive connections from multiple source trigger nodes 9 A Source node cannot target multiple Sequence nodes That is the current version of Experiment Builder does not support parallel processing 10 A Drift Correct Action or Camera Setup Action cannot target any Trigger 11 Storage space elements Accumulator Variable and Result File cannot be Source or Target Nodes 1 e never directly connected to other components 12 Certain node types such as Fixation Saccade Invisible Boundary and Sample Vel
252. ence Interval iClear Input Queue NO Enter Space Lise Keyboard Display PC Press Events Iw Release Events E Triggered Data i eys Figure 7 43 Using Keyboard Trigger To set the key s used for response click on the value field of the Keys property and select the desired keys By holding down the CTRL key the user can select or de select multiple target keys from the dropdown list The following discusses some of the common applications of the keyboard trigger 7 10 6 1 Calculating response time from an keyboard input Keyboard responses can be retrieved by using the UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE action Typically you may use a couple of variables to store the key pressed the time RT of the key press and the accuracy of the key press Specifically the key pressed should be retrieved as KEYBOARD triggeredData key the time of key press should be retrieved as KEYBOARD triggeredData time see the following figure With that you can calculate the response time KEY_PRESS_TIME value DISPLAY_ON_TIME value In case the trial can end without having the subject to press a key you may use the UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE to reset the default values for the variables at the beginning of the trial so that the response data from the previous trial will SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 133 not be carried over to the current trial Don t forget to add the variables to the EyeLink DV Variabl
253. enia aroma 134 Checking keyboard response accuracy eeesssssssoeeressssssseceerrsssssseeeres 134 Using keyboard without ending a trial oo eecccccecccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeees 135 Installing SREB keyboard drivet iiiisccatstlesseesteeaxesteeredvatsmsaricds vaaseersenaceates 136 Click Continue Anyway on logo testing warning cccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 137 Usine THEMOUSE trigger takes sstosivtanatiads atta Aanata eshte vedededasreanisdeibdedeaiecnads 142 Setting the MOUSE triggering region ceeeeeecccccccceeeeesseeeceeeeeeeaeeeesseeeees 143 Using mouse trigger with top left and center location types 008 144 COMECHNS MOUSE TeSPONSE Cala oxen Stic denise dads aedeeeenban 145 Checking mouse response ACCULACY ssssseeeesssssssseeersssssssseeerrssssssseeereeo 146 Using mouse trigger without ending a trial oneeessessseeoeeessssssssserrrssss 147 Installing SREB Mouse Gr Ver narnsenanen nieseeeedainta eck antes 148 Click Continue Anyway on logo testing warning cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 149 Viewing mouse traces in the Data Viewer temporal graph view 150 Usno TTET SCP ass nantns soachaains avaccemsnsaslava bests eusodediua A 153 Usmo TAXATION Ue 8 Cf onner ceceies are asurnce aisles ihowiniiah eee nae lietats 158 Using fixation trigger with top left and center location types 160 Usmo the SACCAUS 010 8 Ci cirie n N deed neers 164 Using saccade trigger
254. ent item belongs to n default setting is True box checked n Position is Gaze positionAtGazeC Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Contingent T ontingent n contingent on the gaze position The default Je setting is False This setting is only available when the display screen is contained in a recording sequence Position is _positionAtMouse Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Mouse Contingent n contingent on the mouse position The default Contingent T setting is False Offset offset Point Adjustment of the resource position relative to the position of the current gaze or mouse position The default value is 0 00 0 00 for a perfect alignment of the resource position with the current gaze or mouse position hostOutlineColo The color of the box drawn on the host screen to SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 196 Color show the position and dimension of the current resource This property is available only if the Use for Host Display option of the containing display screen action is enabled and Draw to EyeLink Host of the prepare sequence action is set to PRIMITIVE Screen Location NR Whether the location specified below refers to Type the top left corner or center of the resource This setting can be changed at Screen Preferences Location location Point The coordinate of the top left corner or center of the resour
255. ent used for parsing This trigger fires when the start of a fixation is detected when set to STARTFIXATION or the end of a fixation if set to ENDFIXATION If set to UPDATEFIXATION Experiment Builder checks for fixation update event 1 e summary data of the fixation sent from the tracker at a constant interval 50 ms or so It will fire after a pre specified amount of time into a fixation If the Minimum Duration of the UPDATEFIXATION is set to 0 or any value within one fixation update interval the trigger will fire after receiving one fixation update event Triggered Data triggeredData Data about the fixation trigger if fired see the following table When a fixation trigger fires the user can further get access to the triggered data The sub attributes of the TriggeredData attribute are listed in the following table Content Time oe Display PC time when the triggering fixation or ee ee update event starts End Time endTime Integer Display PC time when the triggering fixation or are fixation update event ends 32768 if eye event is set to STARTFIXATION EDF time time since the EyeLink program started on the Host PC when the triggering fixation starts EDF End Time EDFEndTime Integer EDF time when the triggering fixation or fixation update event ends Eyes Available eyesAvailable Integer This attribute is depreciated it will always return the same
256. enter of the interest area This global setting can be changed Screen SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 225 po Preferences Screen Location NR Whether the locations specified refer to the top Type left corner or center of the interest area This global setting can be changed at Screen Preferences Location location Point The top left or center of the interest area depending on the preference setting of screen location type The width of the interest area in pixels The height of the interest area in pixels 8 3 1 2 Freeform Interest Area The shape of a freeform interest area can be adjusted by moving the vertices individually To adjust the position of a vertex select the interest area place the mouse cursor on top of the intended vertex until the shape of the cursor changes to one of the resizing cursors e g a Hold down the left mouse button and drag the mouse until it is placed at a desired location The properties of a freeform interest area are listed in the following table Reference Label of the Freeform interest area The default label is FREEFORM_INTERESTAREA Type NR The type of Experiment Builder object FreehandInterestArea the current item belongs to Ordinal ID of the interest area Data Viewer DV Name String Text associated with the interest area in Data Name Viewer screen editor Screen Location NR Whether the locations specified
257. entists The SREB is designed to be easy to use while maintaining a high degree of flexibility This unique design combination allows for a wide range of experimental paradigms to be created by someone with little or no programming or scripting expertise When used in combination with the SR Research EyeLink eye tracking system the SREB provides seamless integration into the EyeLink hardware and software platform 1 1 Features The SR Research Experiment Builder provides a comprehensive graphical experiment creation environment for Psychologists The features in the Experiment Builder have been designed to address many of the research needs SR Research has encountered when working with EyeLink users on their applications This ranges from simple experiments in which each trial shows a static screen of text or picture and then waits for a response from the participant to more sophisticated experiments in which complex event sequence can be scheduled with good timing precision Experiments are created in the Experiment Builder by dragging and dropping experiment components into a workspace and configuring the properties of the added components There are two main classes of experiment components in the Experiment Builder Actions and Triggers Actions tell the computer to do something like displaying a set of graphics on the screen or playing a sound Triggers define the conditions that must be met before an action can be performed Examples of Tri
258. er can adjust the search scope by selecting the appropriate sequences from the dropdown list To replace a string enter the text to be replaced in the Text to Find edit box and the text to replace in the Replace With edit box Place the text insertion caret the blinking vertical bar in the Replace With edit box and press ENTER key to perform replacement Press Undo Replacement button 2 to revert to the old references SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 251 ee 3 SR Research Experiment Builder 1 3 0 42 RC Simple D Undo pn Gop ya Faste j Faste Multiple TRIAL RECORDING EveLink Record Status M amp Trial str TRIAL_D _ DISPLAY SCREEN TEXT RESOURCE Tet parent parent parent T Saccade Sensitivity NORMAL a Fetes O pye Tracking San 000 Di imil ive RFEA ye Event Data ZE a Figure 10 3 Using the Reference Manager SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 252 11 EyeLink Data Viewer Integration It s always a good idea to think about data analysis while the experiment is still being designed The designer may take advantage of the messaging functionality of the tracker and Experiment Builder e g using the send message or log experiment action or using the Message property of the triggers and actions to write out messages for critical events in a display for reaction time calculation to send a Trial ID messa
259. ers 340 e rs E E E E E S P er ret S E E E rae E S S S 341 Wal Graph Layouts E 342 A2 CROCI Ediouro 343 MS Revon STO eera a amuse a esac 344 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd vii List of Figures Figure 3 1 Getting the ID of USB Dongle Key and Entering Licensing Code 15 Peire d i ile Menier E E sanaeie resonate iene 16 Figure 4 2 Dialog f r Creating a New Projettoinsssei conreen e nE E A 17 Figure 4 3 Warning Messages after Experiment Creation eesssesssssssssssseeerrresresessssssss 18 Figure 4 4 Open an Experiment Builder Session ccccceseceeeceeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeees 19 Figure 4 5 Save Confirmation When Opening a New SeSSION cccccccecessseeeeeeeeees 20 Figure 4 6 Reopening Recent Experiment SeSSIOMNS cccccceceeeeceeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 20 Fiet 4 75 Experiment Me p sse E E 22 Figure 5 1 Sample Experiment Builder Interface c cc cccecccccccccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 25 Picur 3 2 The Vew Monisia E E 26 Figure 5 3 Components of the Project Explorer Window ccccccceseseseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 27 Figure 5 4 Different Tabs of the Structure Panel ccccccnnnneeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 27 Figure 5 5 Components of the Graph Editor Window cccccccccccccceneeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 29 Figure 6 1 Hierarchical Organization of Events in an Experiment eee eeeeee 33 Fisure 6 2 Sample Ex
260. es use a tab to separate between neighboring fields wrap the position and color values within string values with a pair of and list values with make sure all of the values in each column of the data file appear in the original column of the datasource editor 9 5 Datasource Splitby A data source may contain several hundred of trials However under some circumstances the user may want to run a small portion of the trials For example the user may want to run the first ten trials of a data source containing two hundred trials for debugging purpose In this case the user may modify the Split by property of the sequence node to which the data source is attached This specifies the actual number of iterations to be executed within each block This feature can be used to design data source for experiments in which unequal number of trials are tested at different blocks For example the user may plan to run 80 trials in total but want to run 32 trials in the first block and 48 trials in the second block The user may enter 32 48 in the Split by field of the sequence Property Value Label RIAL fime ooo Record jsRealTime Split by 32 48 DataSource Poumne TE Rows 80 freezeDisplayUntilFirstDispl m Figure 9 8 Using Split by Option to Customize the Number of Iterations to Run in a Sequence 9 6 Datasource Randomization In most experiments the user may need to randomize trial order so that the exper
261. es all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Results File NR fs The Result file the current action is referring to 7 9 11 Preparing Sequence Before starting the portion of the experiment that contains the important experiment manipulations and time critical actions often the sequence that eye data is recorded in as well the experiment should be given the opportunity to prepare upcoming actions as much as possible The Prepare Sequence Action includes the following operations SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 81 a Preloading the image or audio files to memory for real time image drawing or sound playing b Drawing feedback graphics on the Host PC so that the participants gaze accuracy can be monitored c Re initializing trigger and action settings d synchronizing the clocks between the display computer and Cedrus button box e Flush the log files In a typical experiment the user should call the prepare sequence action before entering the trial recording sequence preferably before performing a drift correction In most of th
262. esearch Experinenl fudkber v LILE AC Siren e n z ala x Fie Edt Mew Eperme Help Se866 iae a el a pad ial Q 8BB dneoloiolal 4elsIh AMAL INDEF KEY FREES RE BF OWE AT START ia i TRL _INDEN UPDATE ATT F k Al Select Update i nil attribute action X Y i RI PREPARE SEQUENCE FREFARE_SE AS Select the Value attribute Ad Select Trial Indes n variable from the treeview boeiaan ET PDA TE_ATTRIBUTE Hrva DO 1 PREPARE_SEQUENCE A3 Click here to bring manne up the attribute editor A2 Click here to create i an attribute value list enen AG Click here to finish Figure 15 11 Updating Trial Index c Now click on the right end of the first cell under the Value column See B1 of the figure below In the left Node Selection treeview of the following attribute editor dialog click on the TRIAL sequence see B2 In the middle Node Attributes panel double click on the Iteration node B3 This will update the contents of the top Attribute editor dialog as parent iteration Click on the OK button to finish B4 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 300 i SA Reston aperies Mahler e 1b RE Stree e ajgj xj DEBS Sl SKRART A TADS car Ael QQRBAR mbo START g Q ORAA TRAL NDEA HKETFRESS REEFUHSE Af pe S00 Arite PATE Ati eimi B3 Doub
263. esources on the screen move along a pre specified movement pattern The SR Research Experiment Builder is highly configurable Nearly all of the properties of experiment components can be modified This can be done either by directly entering the parameter values or more flexibly by attribute reference and equations 1 e setting the value of one variable to the value of another variable With this dynamic reference capability a typical experiment requires the users to create a prototype of experiment conditions while leaving all parameter settings e g experiment trial condition labeling images to be used text to be shown positions of the resources to be handled by a data source This makes the randomization of trials across participants easier In addition attribute reference allows the user to access some run time data so that useful experiment manipulations such as conditional branching displaying feedbacks and creating new variables can be made 1 2 How to Use This Manual This manual is intended for users who are using version 1 6 or later of SR Research Experiment Builder software If you are still using an earlier version of the software please download the latest version from https www sr support com forums showthread php t 9 The latest version of this document can be obtained from https www sr support com forums showthread php t 99 Note you must be a registered user of https www sr support com to access these updates
264. esponse This option will only be available if Enable Multiple Input option is enabled S Press Events T pressEvents Boolea Whether the trigger should fire when a button n press event occurs This is set to True box checked by default n Release Events T releaseEvents Boolea Whether the trigger should fire when a button release event occurs This is set to True by default Position positionTriggere Whether the mouse trigger should fire when the n Triggered T d mouse is placed over a specific region without any press release events Region regionDirection Listof A range of eye angles from a multiple selection Direction String list 0 45 45 90 90 135 135 180 180 135 135 90 90 45 45 0 used to restrict the direction in which the mouse trigger fires For each angle range the first value is inclusive and the second value is not inclusive SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 139 ER pan Region Type regionType String The type of triggering Region used RECTANGLE 0 ELLIPSE 1 or INTEREST AREA 2 Note that the INTEREST AREA option is only available when interest areas are defined in one of the display screens in the same recording sequence Region Location regionLocation Point Pixel coordinate of the top left corner of the Top Left trigger region in x y tuple The default value is 0 00 0 00 Not
265. ess for the trial 3 Add a third variable Set the label as RESPONSE and initial value as This variable is used to check whether the response recorded is correct or not 4 Add in a fourth variable Set its label as RT and its initial value as 0 0 This variable is used to store reaction time for the trial 5 Click on the Action Tab of the component toolbox select the UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE action hold down the left mouse button and drag the action into the work space Click on the action Step Al of the figure below and set the initial values of the following four variables TRIAL_INDEX RT RESPONSE and KEYPRESS a Click on the far right end of the value field of the Attribute Value List property Step A2 of the figure below This will bring up an Attribute Value List dialog box b Click on the right end of the first cell under the Attribute column Step A3 of the figure below This will bring up an attribute editor dialog In the left Node Selection treeview click on the TRIAL_ INDEX node SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 299 under the TRIAL sequence Step A4 In the middle Node Attributes panel double click on the Value node Step A5 This will update the contents of the top Attribute editor dialog as TRIAL_INDEX value Click on the OK button to finish Step A6 This will fill in the first cell of the attribute value list dialog i GR R
266. esses on the display or Host PC keyboard However keyboard may not be easily accessible in some experiments Enabling this option allows to use an external control device to assist the pupil CR thresholding and calibration process This specifies a file used to define button functions to control the pupil CR thresholding and to accept calibration validation and drift correction target If this field is left blank the default configuration is used This property is only available if the Enable External Control option is checked The type of external device that is used to control the camera setup calibration and validation setup This can be CEDRUS Lumina MRI Response Pad or RB Series response pad from Cedrus KEYBOARD computer keyboard or keypad or CUSTOM a user control device interfaced through a callback function defined in the custom class code This property is only available if the Enable External Control option is checked For an experiment project with custom class enabled a method defined in the custom class can be run to check the button status 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 62 of an external control device the HTML version of this document provided an usage example and thus to control the camera image thresholding and calibration through the External Control Device Config setting This property is only available if the External Control Device option is set to CUSTOM Result result In
267. et aaeen nel tstosdveusinees 38 6 6 SeCQUCNCS SUD SaPo E E 39 6 7 References and Equations enesesiicieriiiiaie 40 7T Expeninent Graph and Components esrceccciecsn en a as 42 7 1 Graph Edi ne QPeratlon s sisien 42 Tel Node COMME CUION oee E E E O 43 7 2 1 Connection Create Cancel and Delete xicesois in ccetiseeceetaenaciaks hentia 43 edad COMMECIION Irdeto a a a A E 43 7 3 Experiment Node Exporting and Importing ssseeeesesssssoeerssssssssseerrssssssseeeeees 44 Deed E POU UNS ea a e 44 Tea DO O A E TA 45 be Layoutoi Nodes m Work Spat ncssureneneiieendn onnan eane A 46 7 5 Editing Properues ofa Nodessisersaiee n tes avakeisiee iE he 47 TO 4X PCLUMENL INOS mieni Aa Eaa 49 7 1 SCACCO SUD SAD eea A AS 50 7 8 Stare IN OGG niesie a E E 54 FI NUMA ois r wa sa se nace cps gla da eee a eeepc ane ataee 55 Ad D PETO e a E E erect rary ere rent rr an ree ea ree net 55 doe Perrormne Drie COmecnOn egasini a nd Gea E tedea nal 59 7 9 3 Performing Camera Setup and Calibration 00 00 cccccccccccecceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 64 T9A Sends Eyelink Messase icicuit tae aiiee eran ate ciauen Siren eeeees 70 79 Sedne EyeLnkO Commande sissie 12 FIG Sendi TR Siena cree toed nce a eee enn neetees 75 LIT Addineto Experiment LO assrrsniross a di iubseeeca tees T1 DOs MPAA AIDU ceses ia E SNS 78 TIO Adde 10 ACCUMMN alore a E 80 T91 Addins t Resul Pale vsetecianttexiseecdlandiunwsscrpehadesinaed a e a 81 FOAM Prepariine Seduc e earar a
268. et hame Er Pre F cai Proget Locair Ee _Proeecis gt Eyelid Experiment Evei 1 DH Cancel 3 Click here to save the project to the intended directory 4 Make sure that the EyeLink Experiment box is checked Figure 14 1 Creating a New Experiment Builder Session SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 270 1 Click on File New on the application menu bar 2 In the following New Project dialog box enter Simple in the Project Name edit box 3 Click on the button on the right end of the Project Location to browse to the directory where the experiment project should be saved If you are manually entering the Project Location field please make sure that the intended directory already exists 4 Make sure that EyeLink Experiment box is checked for an EyeLink experiment Please note that the user shouldn t manually add or remove files in the experiment directory To maintain file integrity for the experiment projects created any changes made to the experiment directory will be overridden by Experiment Builder eos EyeLink Message l x i Please Note Do not manually add or remove Files in the experiment directory The Experiment Builder application will overwrite such changes 14 1 2 Configuring Experiment Preference Settings After a new experiment session is created the user needs to check whether the default display and screen p
269. etect the location of touches within the display area of a touchscreen Using mouse as a response device is not recommended for timing critical experiments because the temporal resolution of the mouse response is unknown the delays introduced by Windows are highly variable and the timing performance may vary across different types of mouse USB vs serial If the mouse trigger is used in a sequence with the Is Real Time option checked a WARNING 2003 The IO node MOUSE 1s used in realtime Sequence gt MOUSE message will be reported This warning message means that the mouse trigger may not work when your sequence is running under the realtime mode this is especially the case if you are using an old Display PC For most recent computers the mouse trigger along with keyboard and Cedrus Input triggers will still run in the realtime mode so this message can be ignored Check the BIOS setting of your Display PC and make sure that the multi core or hyper threading setting is enabled for the proper functioning of the keyboard mouse or Cedrus triggers in a real time sequence Reference MOUSE The type of Experiment Builder objects Mouse the current node belongs to experiment graph Message message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the mouse trigger fires Time time
270. etter ASIO playing recording performance set the ASIO buffer latency to 10 ms the default is 50 ms Creative ASIO Control Pane m j ASIO Buffer Latency 10 x m Cancel Figure 3 2 ASIO buffer latency settings 3 1 2 Maximizing the Real time Performance of the Deployment PC To maximize the real time performance of the Deployment PC the user should do the following Shut down all other applications browser windows chat clients email programs etc prior to running an EyeLink experiment These applications are listed in the taskbar at the bottom of the screen Shut down any programs Norton Antivirus volume controller Windows Messenger Google Desktop etc running in the notification area of the taskbar where you usually see the current time displayed lower right corner of the screen Make sure no scheduled tasks e g data backup virus checking are active Remove unnecessary devices e g DV converter flash disk external hard drive connected through the USB or firewire ports Shut down screen saver management Click the right mouse button at a blank space on the Display PC desktop to open a dialog box for display properties settings On the Screen Saver tab set the screen saver to None Shut down power management Select the Screen Saver tab of the Display Properties dialog box and click on the Power button In the Power Options Properties dialog box tur
271. experiment creation session generates a binary file graph ebd which contains the graphic layout of the experiment and a set of supporting files and directories for preference settings image loading etc With these files the experiment creation session can be reopened later for review or modification After the experiment is built the user can deploy the experiment to a new directory This will generate a set of files so that the experiment can be run on a different computer without relying on the Experiment Builder application 4 1 Creating a New Session To create a new experiment session from the application menu bar choose see Figure 4 1 File New Tip A new experiment session can also be created by clicking on the New Experiment button D on the application toolbar or by pressing shortcut keys Ctrl N eof EyeLink E periment E File Edit view Experi Ctrl M Open Ctr o TE Reopen b wo a il Save Ais a Package F5 W Unpack F3 Exit Figure 4 1 File Menu This will bring up a New Project dialog see Figure 4 2 prompting for the experiment project name and a directory under which the experiment project should be saved Enter the name for the session in the Project Name edit box Click on the button on the right end of the Project Location to browse to the directory where the experiment files should be saved if you are manually entering the Project Location field please mak
272. f play samples from start of file loaded into buffer 0 end of buffer Play Start Time playStartTime Float Reports the position within the buffer of the start of play samples from start of file loaded into buffer O start of buffer End of audio play can be determined by a combination of playing when returns False and playStartSample attributes when returns a value greater than 0 Gets the maximum number of samples the audio Samples es buffer allocated can hold Sample Count sampleCount Integer Retrieves the actual sample count stored in n data Sample Rate sampleRate Integer Retrieves the sample rate in samples per second of the buffer All of the audio buffers have a sample rate of either 48 000 or 24 000 samples per second chosen to be compatible with most ASIO drivers When a WAV file is SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 88 loaded that has a different sample rate it is converted to one of these sample rates using sophisticated digital signal processing algorithms which do not degrade sound quality Current haan the current play position time in haem Perino from the start of the clip playing Current Sample Gets the current sample being played When you run a project using the ASIO driver a Creative ASIO Control Panel dialog box will show up This latency sets the minimum output latency of the ASIO driver delay from buffer switch to f
273. f a data source is used this will create a datasets subdirectory with a copy of data set file in it The user may create several copies of data set files with the randomizer application see Section 9 5 2 14 4Running the Experiment To run the experiment open the directory where the experiment is deployed to and click on simple exe If the EyeLink host application is already running on the Host PC and the Ethernet connection and settings between the host and Display PCs are ok the experiment should now start This will first popup a dialog box asking for the data source file Go to the datasets directory and select the target data source file Following this enter the desired EDF file name must be in DOS 8 3 format and click on the OK button to continue Following the initial welcome message the participant will be shown the camera setup and calibration screen and the recording can be started following calibration validation and drift correction After running three blocks of four trials blocks are separated by a camera setup procedure an EDF file will be transferred to the Display PC It may take some time to complete the file transfer so please be patient The following sections list the common errors while running an experiment SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 287 14 4 1 Error in Initializing Graphics When you start the experiment and see an Error Initializing
274. fix for automatic interest area creation for multiline text resources e Bug fix for resetting the position of mouse cursor Version 1 4 562 e Touch screens are now supported as a variant of the mouse trigger e More options Camera Mount Desktop Version and Mount Usage are added to the EyeLink Device Version 1 4 402 e EyeLink Remote EyeLink Device can now be set to use EyeLink Remote system e Invisible Boundary Trigger Updated Trigger now supports specification of a minimum duration that the eye needs to be in the boundary before the trigger will fire Also added EDF Start Time and Start Time to the TriggeredData e Animation Target Now supports calibration and drift correction with an animation target SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 346
275. freee a0 100 0 0 285 Salt Fou a 0 0 0 Figure 9 3 Data Types Used in Experiment Builder Currently the Experiment Builder supports six data types number string point color list and Boolean For the number data type the user can enter one integer 1 2 3 or float number 0 1 2 0 3 14159 in each cell The user can enter any text in a cell of string type If the text contains or is flanked by a pair of quotes the quotes are shown as well For the point type the user needs to enter two numbers separated by a comma a pair of brackets will be added automatically For the color type the user needs to enter three integer numbers between 0 and 255 separated by a comma For the list type the user needs to enter a list of numbers string colors points or lists each separated by a comma A pair of square brackets will be added automatically To create a data column of Boolean the user needs to enter true or false in the data cell The above figure illustrates the use of these data types To delete one column of data line click on the column heading of the intended column click the right mouse button and select Cut or Delete from the popup menu To copy one column of data press Copy and then press Paste This will append the new column to the end of the data source Similar operation can be performed on the rows of data source by clicking on the row label of the target lines and choose the desired operatio
276. g Graphics 0 ec eeeccecccccceceeseeeeeceeceeeeaaeesseeeeeeeeenaas 288 1442 Error racker Versioon a R E tases 288 15 Creating Non EyeLink Experiments Stroop Effect eeseesseeeeessssssssereressssssse 289 15 1 Creating a New Experiment Session sssseoeeesssssssseerersssssecrersssssssseerrssss 289 15 2 Configuring Experiment Preference Settings cccccssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeees 290 15 3 Creating Experiment Block Sequence s sssssoeeesssssssseessssssssseeressssssssererssss 291 D Edun Block Seguen oiean a a etka 292 1593 Creatine Instruction Soroche i A a aes 294 15 6 Editing Trial Sequence Data Source nsesssooeeeeessssssseeressssssssserressssssseeeeees 295 15 7 Editing Trial Sequence Setting Initial Values and Preparing Sequence 298 19 6 Editine Trial Event Sequence Part I sprsieonescctaniueesnehntai eden 302 5262 Creatine TNS PIX ALON SGre Cikeas 304 15 8 2 Creating the Stroop Display Screen cc eeeeeesecceeceeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaas 305 15 9 Editing Trial Event Sequence Part 2 neirge er Eanna 306 15 10 Outputting Data to the Result File 0 0 eeccceececceeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 311 15 11 Rumming the Experiment xi sscscshscicenenctedscausidvtneteteeieiiasivalenstasigunisitaedetatsdniias 312 16 Experiment Builder Project Check List sessssoennnssessssoseeessssssssseeessssssssseeessssss 313 I Prei ence OCN OS aces he ceeeciernet Neen ttel aati eats cen cen ra
277. g an ASIO driver e If the start of a sound has been commanded far enough in advance of the time the sound is to be played e g the PLAY_SOUND action is preceded by a TIMER trigger with a duration of greater than 20 ms the Experiment Builder software will be able to write the sound data in advance to the ASIO buffer and therefore the first SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 89 sample of the clip will be emitted from the sound card within 3 milliseconds plus or minus of the scheduled time e If the sound is commanded to happen as quickly as possible e g for example in response to a subject response external signal or eye movement event or if the sound play command was not given far enough in advance e g the PLAY_SOUND action is preceded by a TIMER with a duration shorter than 20 ms Experiment Builder is unable to compensate for system delays and the audio will begin after a short delay However the exact moment that the sound will play is predictable and can be reported precisely for analysis later This applies to experiments in which the PLAY_SOUND action is preceded by an action or by a node other than TIMER e Experiment Builder allows to synchronize the playing of the audio clip and displaying of visual stimuli when the display screen and play sound actions are intervened with a TIMER trigger only Experiment Builder also allows the users to set the audio clip information from the DISPLAY
278. g drift correction performing camera setup and calibration sending a message to an EDF file or to a log file preparing sequence sending a command sending a TTL signal updating variable value adding to result file adding data to an accumulator outputting data to a result file playing sound recording sound data source line recycling or terminating the experiment Actions can be accessed by clicking on the Action Tab of the Component Toolbox The following sections describe the usage and properties of each action type in detail Figure 7 10 Action Tab of the Component Toolbox 7 9 1 Display Screen The DISPLAY_SCREEN action a is used to show visual stimuli on the Display PC screen Double clicking on the newly created DISPLAY_SCREEN action will show a blank Screen Builder workspace for editing the screen Please follow Chapter 8 Screen Builder to modify the content of the screen Reference Label of the Display Screen action The default value is DISPLAY_SCREEN Type NR The type of Experiment Builder objects DisplayScreen the current node belongs to experiment graph Message message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink nn en experiment with Save Messages attribute of SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 55 the Experiment node checked when display screen action is processed Time time
279. g host graphics The drawing command can be either a draw_box or draw_filled_box The Text of the command should inform the tracker of the top left right and bottom pixel position of the triggering region as well as the drawing color This can be done either with string concatenation or string formatting The topleft corner of the triggering region is INVISIBLE_BOUNDARY regionLocation x INVISIBLE_BOUNDARY regionLocation y and the bottom right corner of the triggering region is INVISIBLE_BOUNDARY regionLocation x INVISIBLE_BOUNDARY regionWidth INVISIBLE_BOUNDARY regionLocation y INVISIBLE_BOUNDARY regionHeight String Concatenation str INVISIBLE_BOUNDARY regionLocation x str INVISIBLE_BOUNDARY regionLocation y str INVISIBLE_BOUNDARY regionLocation x INVISIBLE_BOUNDARY regionWidth str INVISIBLE_BOUNDARY regionLocation y INVISIBLE_BOUNDARY regionHeight 3 String Formatting d od d d 3 INVISIBLE_BOUNDARY regionLocation x INVISIBLE_BOUNDARY regionLocation y INVISIBLE_BOUNDARY regionLocation x INVISIBLE_BOUNDARY regionWidth SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 116 INVISIBLE_BOUNDARY regionLocation y INVISIBLE_BOUNDARY regionHeight All of the drawing commands are documented in the COMMANDS INI file under C AEYELINK2 EXE or C ELCL EXE directory of the host partition See the cha
280. g that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Text to be sent to the tracker The following figure illustrates the use of SEND_EL_MESSAGE action In the EyeLink Message field the user can enter a string directly see panel A In case runtime data accessing is required the user may need to use references and equations and create the message text in the attribute editor see Panel B see Chapter 10 References for details SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 71 EL_ BUTTON Ha DRIFT_CORRECT a RECORDING 5G _TIMER mendEyelinkMessage l endEyeLinkMessage y Button str EL_BUTTO imer Triggered A B Figure 7 14 Using Sending Message Action 7 9 5 Sending EyeLink Command The EyeLink tracker accepts text commands sent through the link The SEND COMMAND action B is used for on line tracker configuration and control Please refer to the ini files in the EyeLink directory of the Host PC typically c eyelink2 exe for EyeLink II and c EyeLink exe for EyeLink I system for a list of SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 72 possible commands that can be sent with this action The send command action is not available in non EyeLink experiments Reference Label Label of the SEND_COMMAND action The default value is EL_COMMAND Type NR The type of Experiment Builder objects
281. ge and so on For some experiments the designer may also try to create interest areas Spending a couple of minutes on these small details may save hours in data analysis later It s always a good idea to test at least one participant after creating the experiment and collect the recording data to examine timing accuracy and to check whether any critical information is missing Record 1 TCP IP Link Open Stop Record ing Drift Corr Duration sec 6 Tracking Binocular 508 Hz Pupil Data to File SIMPLE EDF Samples and Events USING TRACKING USING Link Sanples and Events MOUSE OFF MOUSE SIMULATING HEAD SIMULATING Title Trial 1712 One DISABLEDS FP 66 Figure 11 1 Sending the Recording Status Message to the Tracker In a similar vein the user may also try to send a message to the tracker screen see Figure 11 1 This can be used to show the progress of the experiment so that the experimenter can arrange a break in the middle of the experiment for example This message may also contain trial condition information so that the experimenter knows immediately which condition is being tested and therefore may be able to evaluate the performance of the participant For some experiments especially those involving a location trigger SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 253 invisible boundary fixation saccade or fast velocity it might be helpful to draw some simple graphi
282. ged according to the current gaze or mouse position see the GCWINDOW and TRACK examples during recording For an image resource the clipping area can also be made gaze contingent see the GCWINDOW example e Movement Pattern The Experiment Builder supports both static and dynamic resource presentations In the latter case users can specify a movement pattern sinusoidal or custom for a resource see the PURSUIT example Note if a movement pattern has been assigned to a resource the position of the resource cannot be gaze or mouse contingent at the same time e Interest Area For static resources creating interest areas may make data analysis in the future easier Interest areas can be generated either manually or with the auto segmentation feature of the Screen Builder e Last but not least two location types can be used in the Screen Builder top left or center In the top left location type the Location attribute of the resource refers to the top left corner of the resource whereas in the center location type the Location attribute of the resource refers to the center of the resource The screen location type can be set from Preferences Screen Location Type The following sections describe the usage and properties of each resource type in detail 8 1 1 Image Resource In order to add an image resource onto a display screen the user should first make sure that images are loaded into the Experiment Builder
283. ger saccade trigger and sample velocity trigger is top left based whereas the screen resources can be either top left based or center based the screen resource interest area location type can be set by the Screen Preferences This means that references should be created differently depending on whether the region location of a trigger refers to a center based resource or a top left based screen resource Imagine that an invisible boundary trigger should fire when the eye is within a rectangle resource RECTANGLE_RESOURCE The top panel of the figure below illustrates creating the Region Location reference when the RECTANGLE_RESOURCE is top left based DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE_ RESOURCE location The bottom panel of the figure illustrates creating a location equation when the location type is center based EBPoint DISPLA Y_SCREEN RECTANGLE_ RESOURCE location x DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE_RESOURCE width 2 DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE_RESOURCE location y DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE_RESOURCE height 2 Properties a al x Properties a H x abel AVISIBLE BOUNDARY Label RECTANGLE RESOURCE ee Mode Path BLOCK TRIAL RECORDING INVISIBLE BOUNDARY Confidence Interval 0 45 45 90 90 135 135 180 180 135 135 Region Type RECTANGLE Host Outline Color ite Region Location Top Lett DISPLAY _SCREEN RECTANGLE_RESOURCE location Region Width DISPLAY SCREEN RECTANGLE _RESOURCE width
284. gers and actions in each trial We will also need to create a data source to be used for setting parameters in individual trials see Figure 14 9 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 278 DEBS S FxX BART A TANS cher a li n Qaa BEE L2H experiment BLOCK oeePLay scree TRIAL TRIAL DataSource wn Sting Cee j Teo j p Three Ee Simple l Four if START lai Add Mew tolunin Pca NRT e rin gt BLOK z al start Tp Seven 5 oseLay SCREEN a E Eigh fa KE BOMAL a k bire pose of Do cameacene 1 Fleet 6 Enter value press Jul s 12 m mere Enter key to register z i qp Click here to start change experiment Campanerte Davvicns 15 Click Start to Pro iperties ET continue Property vate Lape RAL a Edit label 4 Click here to add columns f 5 Click here to add rows LE 3 Click here to start 7 Rem THe datasource editoi 7 Set ais value aiam a e eny I 4 hersten Coun 4 2 Gell by taj Daia Source Daum 2 Ape 12 j Fiere Diona Lid fi fe Figure 14 9 Creating Data Set 1 Click on the last SEQUENCE node on the structure list to start 2 In the property table click on the value field of LABEL Set it to TRIAL 3 Click on the Data Source property to bring up Data Source Editor 4 Click on the Add Column button In the following dialog box type
285. get sound files are loaded into the experiment library manager This can be done by clicking Edit Library Manager from the application menu bar see Figure 7 17 A dialog box will show up to let the user load in image sound resources or interest area set files Select the Sound tab and click Add button to load in the target sound files Please note that the playing of an audio clip is asynchronous 1 e the action returns before the sound finishes playing As a result if a sound clip is played at the end of a sequence e g used as a feedback to the participant the user needs to attach a timer following the play sound action to ensure that the whole sound clip will be played SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 85 eon SR Research Experiment Builder 1 2 1 RC Playsound File Edit View Experiment Help Undo ctz E ae Ree PAalvHMsi oa gt ae x os Gut Celie Over tan op ctrl c Experiment Faste Ctrl Ej Paste Ma ltiple Ctr eM e ax Delete Delete Pref F4 z aia 6 Library Manager x dif Library Manager Ctrl L eS Image ound Interest4rea Set video CUstormelass EH E Reference Manager Ctri R SA c orrect way e Node Groups Ctrl G eae ayes Select All Ctrl 4 Renane Add 4 Delete Experiment Components Devices Properties x Property Properties Apa A A Previews Type of file WAYE PCM_SIGH
286. ggers T n trigger data for re initialization Reinitialize If checked performing this action will also clear Actions T n action data for re initialization Reinitialize reinitVideoReso ee If checked the video resource if used in the a Resources urces previous trial will be rewound to the beginning aa Log T flushLogs ci If checked this will write the messages to the log file and clear the buffer The following Figure 7 16 illustrates the use of PREPARE_SEQUENCE action In this example Draw to EyeLink Host field of the PREPARE SEQUENCE action is checked The Use for Host Display field of the DISPLAY_SCREEN is also checked so that drawing on that screen will be shown on the Host PC simple rectangular boxes to mark the location of the resources SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 83 START PREPARE_SEGQUENCE DRIFT CORRECT DISPLAY SCREEN EL_BUTTON to TRIAL F START T PREPARE_SEGUENCE eee nee DRIFT_CORRECT Pr Ta RECORDING ri RECORDING Properties Property Value Label PREPARE_SEQUENCE Object Type PrepareSequence 7 Bivcce Reintiaize Triggers f gt lt gt L SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 84 Figure 7 18 Using Prepare Sequence Action 7 9 12 Reset Node Similar to the PREPARE SEQUENCE action RESET NODE action Dh can be used to re initialize trigger and action data The RESET_NODE
287. ggers are keyboard events and eye Fixation Saccade and Invisible Boundary events The flow of the experiment is achieved by connecting sequentially related components in the workspace in a flow diagram like fashion For example a Display Screen Action may be connected to a button press Trigger which is in turn connected to another Display Screen Action This simple Action gt Trigger gt Action sequence would result in a given set of graphics being displayed until the user pressed a button at which time a second set of graphics would be displayed Detailed discussion on the experiment component connection or linking process including a set of rules for linking experiment components together can be found in Section 6 2 Experiment Graph Flow Diagram As a convenient tool for creating eye tracking experiments the Experiment Builder is fully integrated with the EyeLink eye tracker Performing camera set up calibration validation and drift correction can be achieved by simply inserting the appropriate action in the experiment A single check box setting can be enabled to record eye movements for a period of time Online eye data can be used as triggers to drive display changes e g displays can be made contingent on fixation saccade or instantaneous sample data so that gaze contingent or gaze control applications can be developed In addition users can set eye tracker preferences and send commands and messages to the EyeLink tra
288. gned and then click on the right mouse button Choose Snap to Grid in the popup menu This will align the top left corner of the resource with the top left edge of the grid if the location type is set as TopLeft Position or align the center of the resource to the center of the grid if the location type is set as Center Position see the preference settings for Screen ae Cut Experiment SEQUENCE DISPLAY SCREEN a alal oloa aolo m Paste fee ti Delete Th Snap To Grid A Lock selection Unlock selection Grouping Order Vertical Alignment Horizontal Alignment al Create Interest 4rea Set Save Screen As Image Figure 8 19 Snap to Grid Please note that position alignments should be re applied if the properties of the resource have been changed For example in a top left screen coordinate system changing the font size of the text resource after applying the center alignment will not display the text in the center of the screen 8 4 3 Resource Locking SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 230 When building the screen the user may want to lock a resource just in case it is moved or resized by accident To do that place the mouse cursor over the resource click the right mouse button and select Lock Selection To unlock the resource select the Unlock Selection x x ELLIPSE RESOURCE cannot be moved or resized because it is locked
289. gt Test Run step mentioned in the previous section must be used only for the purpose of testing and debugging the experiment graph To collect experiment data the user must use a deployed version of the experiment as it does not rely on the Experiment Builder application In addition running SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 5 the deployed version of an experiment generally has a better timing performance than running it directly from the Experiment Builder application because the computer is not running the Experiment Builder interface at the same time as the experiment To run an experiment in a different computer the user should copy the entire directory of the deployed version of the experiment to the new experiment computer The experiment should be run at least once and results validated on the new computer before starting full data collection from multiple participants 2 4 Participant Data Set Randomization As mentioned earlier the experiment designer can use Experiment Builder to create prototypical trials for the experiment and to supply the actual parameters of individual trials from a data source In most experiments the user will need to randomize trial order so that the experiment materials are not presented in the same sequence across participants Randomization of data source can be done with either an internal randomizer or an external randomizer These two randomization methods are almost
290. hat this property is only available if Use Custom Background is checked The standard calibration and drift correction target is a filled circle for peripheral delectability with a central hole target for accurate fixation The disk is drawn in the calibration foreground color and the hole is drawn in the calibration background color The Target Outer Size property specifies the diameter of the outer disk of the default calibration target in pixels Note that this property is only available if Use Custom Target is not checked Diameter of the inner disk of the default calibration target in pixels If holesize is 0 no central feature will be drawn Note that this property is only available if Use Custom Target is not checked Experiment Builder plays alerting sounds during calibration These sounds have been found to improve the speed and stability of calibrations by cueing the subject and make the experimenter s task easier The Target Beep property specifies the sound to play when target moves If set to DEFAULT the default sounds are played if set to OFF no sound will be played for that event otherwise a sound file from the audio library can be played on failure or epo play on successful operation Enable Toggling through different camera views External enableExternal Boolea adjusting pupil and CR thresholds and Control Control n accepting calibration validation and drift correction
291. he u1 option allows to disable the file transferring dialog box at the end of the session If ui GUI the graphical progress bar is popped up default if ui CONSOLE progress updates are printed to the console 1f ui NONE no progress messages are brought to the user For example for an experiment named simple_deployed you can pass the ui NONE to disable the files transfer progress bar simple_deployed session myTest uiz NONE e The acutal paramters passed along the command line can be retrieved through the Command Line Arguments property of the Experiment node If the experiment needs to be run on a different machine with similar or better computer specifications the user should first copy the entire directory of the deployed version of the experiment to that computer The user should also pay attention to the following details SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 23 Important See section 3 1 2 regarding experiment runtime performance and steps that should be taken to maximize the real time performance of the deployment computer SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 24 5 Experiment Builder Graphical User Interface The SR Research Experiment Builder uses a desktop framework that contains all windows of the application The following figure shows a typical graphical user interface GUI the experiment designer will see in an experiment generation session Bes
292. he saccade trigger keeps monitoring the online eye data this trigger type must be placed within a recording sequence 1 e the Record property of the sequence is checked If you see a This node type cannot be added to this sequence warning message check whether the sequence to which the current trigger belongs is a recording sequence Field Attribute Type Content Reference Label of the saccade trigger The default value is SACCADE The type of Experiment Builder objects Saccade the current node belongs to Node Path The absolute path of the node in the experiment graph Message message String Message to be written to EDF file when the saccade trigger fires Last Check Time lastCheckTime Boolea n confidencelInterv al Confidence Interval Clear Input Queue clearInputQueue SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual Display PC Time when the trigger fires Note To check the start and end time of the triggering saccade you should use triggeredData startTime and triggeredData endTime _ e the startTime and endTime sub attributes of the triggeredData attribute This property can be used to retrieve the Display PC Time when the trigger was checked for the last time Time difference between the trigger time and last check time of the trigger This indicates a window of uncertainty as the true trigger time could be between the last check time lastCheckTime and the re
293. he Experiment application menu bar select Edit Library Manager 2 In the following library manager dialog box select the Image Tab 3 Click on the Add button to load in images The properties and a preview of the image size type of the file and color bits information will be displayed in the bottom 4 Click the button to finish 5 Double click on the FIXATION_SCREEN action in the work space of the Graph Editor Window 6 Click on the image EB button on the screen builder tool to select the type of resource to be added and then click anywhere on the screen In the following Select Image Dialog select Fixation BMP and then click on the OK button 7 Select the image resource Click on both Horizontal Center Alignment and Vertical Center Alignment E buttons to place it in the center of the screen Select the resource again and click the right mouse button Select Lock Resource in the following popup menu to prevent the image being accidentally moved in the Screen Editor 350 Research Experiment Budder y 140220 RC Siroqp alj zi Fis Edt Yiee Esperimei Help BP undo Add Criz e cut Ctlex Ly Copy Criec E a Rest aw vAHB saerali rv O46484 BBB Erparimert Lock tepLay commen ta TAL _Detatouce TRIAL EVENT wanan screen PIES eon Aca ETART p 1 Click Edit gt Library 4 Click here to finish Manager to start P cee 0 br
294. he data source file and put the randomized copies in that directory SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 244 Important Please note that when a project is rebuilt by clicking Experiment gt Build or Experiment gt Test Run all of the files in the datasets directory will be deleted So please make sure that you have backed up those files in a different folder for example in myfiles directory before rebuilding the project The external randomzier RandomizerW exe is located at Windows Drive Program Files SR Research Experiment Builder Randomizer There is also an accompanying document Randomizer chm on how to perform randomization The user may also create the trial randomization files manually by using programs like Microsoft Excel to create the data source and save it in a tab delimited file Please make sure that each and every possible trial instance in the randomization file should be seen in the default data source used when building the experiment Failing to do so may cause the experiment to crash during run time Once the randomization is done click on the experiment name exe to run your experiment When you are asked to load a data source file choose one of the randomized copies from the datasets directory In your experiment project please make sure that you have checked the Prompt for Dataset file box of the sequence to which the data source is attached EI Hl Eperm
295. ice Driver to uninstall the existing installation Download the new driver from http download sr support com Hinstall zip 6 Once you download the driver extract to a directory e g C tmp see the attached image install JPG make sure that you have kept the directory structure 7 From desktop go to Start gt Programs gt Accessories gt Command Prompt On the command prompt type in the following two commands see Figure 3 1 cd lt folder you extracted the Hinstall to gt Hinstall eg C tmp Hinstall hinstall exe i 8 When the installation is in progress you should see Please Wait message and The operation was completed successfully messages If you don t see this the installation is not completed and you ll need to redo the above steps 9 Now Insert the HASP dongle key to check whether it glows and whether the Data Viewer is fully licensed r m J Size Type Date Modified 1 611K6 Application Extension 16 08 2004 01 43 PM 2 haspds_ windows dl i Desktop 5 G M BacineiE FA hinstal exe 3 100 KE Application 0212 2004 06 49 PM F Z readme txt QKB Text Document 15 12 2004 05 04 PM El 4 My Computer Se Windows Cs C9 dell Documents and Settings C Program Files Beat Microsoft Windows HP Version 5 1 2600 c mp KC Copyright 1985 2001 Microsoft Corp gt Hinstall c Command Prompt Erer C 5 Documents and Settings Jiye Shenicd G M tmp Hinstall G WINDOWS iC o
296. ides the standard windows application menu bars and tool bars the experiment builder desktop can be divided into two major parts the Project Explorer Window on the left and the Graph Editor Window on the right The Project Explorer Window lists all of the experiment components in a hierarchical fashion and allows the designer to select components for review or modification The Graph Editor Window allows the designer to create the experiment graph by dragging individual building blocks and making connections between components to form experiment flow G EyeLink Experiment Builder 1 1 0 100 Beta Simple g a x File Edit view Experiment Help l DABBBel SxRaoatl lveroegl x QQQBB Experiment BLOCK i Structure DISPLAY _SCREEN TIMER 4 2a EL_BUTTON KEYBOARD EL_CAMERA_SETUP Connections r Connected From EL_CAMERA _SETUP Simple bP BLOCK Figure 5 1 Sample Experiment Builder Interface r Connects To 5 1 Project Explorer Window The Project Explorer Window allows the designer to select experiment components to be viewed to modify the current property values and to configure default devices eye tracker display audio driver TTL and Cedrus input settings This window has four individual panels Overview Structure Property and Connections panels Each of the individual section can either be
297. igure 14 14 Referring Text to Be Shown to Data Source 5 Check the Use Runtime Word Segment box This will create interest area automatically for the text used 6 Select the newly added text resource click on both Horizontal Center Alignment and Vertical Center Alignment E buttons to place the text in the center of the screen 7 Select the text resource on the work area click the right mouse button and select the Lock Selection option so that the resource will not be moved accidentally SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 284 14 1 11 Writing Trial ID to EDF file A TRIALID message should be written to the EDF file so that the actual experiment condition under which the trial was conducted can be identified during analysis see Figure 14 15 SA Research fmpertirectd Balter v LALF RE Simple nll Fie Edi view Expermert Help soe88e Sake ROGER CTAOS ie aer Ae2le rvr QQ GQHBE xj igiol neem ae mlO D e F START ish BLOCK Gf start p besa SCREEN 5 plage 3 Select the Baas variables to be s TIMER E pL camera SETUP added jas TERRAL T2 Click here to bring up EyeLink DV Variable dialogbox Figure 14 15 Creating Trial ID Message 1 Click on the Experiment the topmost node in the structure list to start 2 Inthe property table click on the value fie
298. ime Boolea n regionType regionLocation Region Height a confidencelInterv al Confidence Interval Clear Input Queue clearInputQueue Region Type Region Location Top Left Interest Area Screen Interest Area Regions SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual This property can be used to retrieve the Display PC Time when the trigger was checked for the last time Time difference between the trigger time and last check time of the trigger This indicates a window of uncertainty as the true trigger time could be between the last check time lastCheckTime and the reported the trigger time time Fixation trigger maintains an event queue so that multiple fixation events start of a fixation fixation updates and end of a fixation can be accessed over time The current option checks whether the fixation event s cached in the event queue should be cleared when the trigger fires NO no event clearing Event removes the current triggering event from the fixation event queue LIST all fixation events from event queue will be removed The type of triggering Region used RECTANGLE 0 ELLIPSE 1 or INTEREST AREA 2 Note that the INTEREST AREA option is only available when interest areas are defined in one of the display screens in the same recording sequence Pixel coordinate of the top left corner of the boundary region in x y tuple The default value is 0 00 0 00 Note th
299. iment materials are not presented in the same sequence across participants The user can perform data source randomization either internally during runtime of the experiment or externally before running the experiment These two randomization methods are almost SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 241 identical except that the external randomizer allows for further counterbalancing manipulations across subjects You may experiment both methods out to see which one fits your needs better 9 6 1 Internal Randomization To perform an internal randomization simply check Enable Run Time Randomization check box on in the data source editor see the Stroop example This will enable the Randomization Setting button By clicking that button will bring up a Randomization Setting dialog box RI Retearh fame teent Palle e LIET Aiii Sinh a l i heBBel exhoeatlanovesiearel ARa FE Te arta om Lx tomenment mo TAL _Daiatource T WE a oera _Somhen WE FF FF FEE mAn A a a e e eraton m Emi by i Date Sora 0 Domni i Rice Gl raare Cespiey Lied Fk Ie i Prom io Dates Fie 7 ape a mow Chick to enable run time randomizer Figure 9 9 Using Internal Randomization 9 6 1 1 Randomization Seed If set to Current Time the current Display PC time is used as the randomization seed If set to Session Label the string you input i
300. in Display Screen T een the sequence to avoid some undesired display change The field should be checked in most experiments Prompt for _promptForDatas Boolea If checked a dialog box will show up at the Dataset File T etFile n beginning of the experiment allowing user to choose the intended dataset file If unchecked it f will load in the default dataset file For an experiment project with custom class enabled a method defined in the custom class can be run for every poll of the sequence Similar to the EXECUTE action a list of parameters will displayed if a method is selected from a custom class instance Please note that g running this callback function may add an extra delay to sequence polling and there should be used with caution avoiding running any callback function that takes a significant amount of time to finish __ Result of the execution method a Type of the data returned by the execute Type method A recording sequence should be included in an EyeLink experiment Failing to do this will result in a build time error error 2028 No Recording sequence found To specify one sequence as a recording sequence check the Record checkbox Note that this checkbox will not be available if the current project is a non EyeLink experiment or if the sequence is already contained within a recording sequence If the Record button is checked the user will see additional properties EyeLink Record Statu
301. in the Column Name field The column name must be a string starting with a letter between a and z or A and Z and consisting of alphanumerical characters A Z a z 0 9 or _ any space entered is converted to an underscore The new datasource column name shouldn t duplicate the name of any existing datasource columns variable labels or any of these reserved words EYELINK DISPLAY AUDIO TTL and CEDRUS In the dropdown list of Column Type choose the appropriate data type to be used Select the location where the column should be created at the end of the data source editor to the left of the currently selected column or to the right of the currently selected column and then click OK to finish This will create a new column heading with specified data type listed underneath Following this click on the Add Row button to create lines of empty cells for data input By default the empty data source lines will be created at the end of the table The user can also choose to insert the new row s above or below the currently selected data source row s To modify the value for a particular cell double click on the cell type in the new value DO NOT include quotes for text strings and press the ENTER key to register the change SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 237 Experiment SEQUENCE TRIAL RECORDING TRIAL DataSource E a 54 255 0 sep
302. ing High Speed I i me Build Deploy yes To Track BOTH cr GUI punt size REA zi Restore Factory Default Save Properties as Default Import From File Save Into File Tracker Address trackerAddress The IP address of the Host PC This must be the same as the host_address setting in the eyenet ini file on the Host PC typically under c eyelink2 exe directory for an EyeLink II tracker c EyeLink exe directory for an EyeLink I tracker and c elcl exe directory for an EyeLink 1000 eye tracker Tracker Version trackerVersion The version of EyeLink eye tracker EyeLink I EyeLink II or EyeLink 1000 previously EyeLink CL Camera Mount mount The mount type Tower Desktop or Arm of the EyeLink 1000 eyetracker Desktop Version desktopVersion The version of EyeLink 1000 desktop mount Illuminator on Left vs Illuminator on Right This option is only available if the Camera Mount type is set to Desktop This option requires version 4 20 or later of EyeLink 1000 host software running IR illuminator Camera Angle Adjustment 7 Binocular Camera Rotation High Speed Camera Pan Tilt Adjustment Left Illuminator Position Right Illuminator Position SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 319 Mount Usage mountUsage This option is only available when the Camera Mount is set to Desktop or Arm If Desktop Mount is used possible options are Monoc
303. ing Label of the custom class instance By default the label is CUSTOM_1000ASS_INSTANCE Type The type of Experiment Builder objects CustomClassInstance the current node belongs to Node Path absPath The absolute path of the node in the experiment graph Custom Class NR Select a class SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 186 defined in the Experiment Builder library to which the current instance belongs Note The property table will also list all of the methods and attributes defined in the custom class in alphabetical order SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 187 8 Screen Builder The Screen Builder provides a convenient tool for creating visual displays After adding a Display Screen action in the workspace the user can start the Screen Builder by double clicking it Screen Builder is a what you see is what you get WYSIWYG type of application which allows the user to see how the display will actually look like during the runtime of the experiment It behaves like a drawing board onto which various types of the graphic resources images text or simple line drawings can be added see Figure 8 1 Once added the exact properties of the resources can be further edited from the property panel For example for text presentation the user can specify the position font name size or style color and alignment style of th
304. ing sections illustrate the use of each type of interest areas o o Figure 8 16 Creating an Interest Area To create a rectangular interest area click on the Insert Rectangle Interest Area Region button L Place the mouse cursor in the workspace at the location intended for the top left corner of the interest area press the left mouse button drag the mouse cursor to the desired location intended for the bottom right corner of the interest area and then release the mouse button The precise location of the rectangular interest area can be edited in the property panel An elliptic interest area C can be created in a similar fashion A freeform interest area W can be created in the same way as a freeform resource 1s created see Section 8 1 9 8 3 1 1 Rectangular Elliptic Interest Area The following table lists the properties of a rectangular or elliptic interest area Please note that the precise location of an interest area can be edited with the Location Width and Height attributes in property table Reference Type NR The type of Experiment Builder object RectangleInterestArea the current item belongs to Label label String Label of the Rectangle or Ellipse interest area The default label is REACTANGE_INTERESTAREA or Ordinal ID of the interest area Name Viewer screen editor Screen Location NR Whether the locations specified refer to the top Type left corner or c
305. irst sample output and the interval in milliseconds between ASIO buffer swaps 1 e how often new sounds can be output For better ASIO playing recording performance set the ASIO buffer latency to 10 ms the default is 50 ms Creative ASIO Control Pane ASIO Buffer Latency 10 bi m Cancel Figure 7 21 Setting ASIO Buffer Latency The synchronization of audio and visual presentations is critical in some experiments When the DirectX is used for playing an audio clip the play sound action is done as quickly as possible however no timing certainty should be expected when using this audio driver If your experiment requires accurate audio timing the ASIO driver should be used The ASIO driver creates two audio buffers for each input or output channel When producing sounds one buffer is being played by the audio card while the other buffer is being filled with sound data by the Experiment Builder When the ASIO driver finishes playing its buffer the application and driver buffers are switched This means that sounds are actually produced at a short but highly predictable delay after the data is stored in the buffer Since the Creative Labs sound cards we recommended have a typical latency setting of 10 milliseconds this would have a buffer switch interval of 10 milliseconds and an output delay of 10 milliseconds The time that the clip was actually played will be accurately reported in the EDF file When usin
306. is Mouse Conting Offset O 0 lear Input Queue ny Region Direction 0 45 45 90 90 1387135 180 180 ast Outline Color hite a seal ba a eae Region Type Region Location Top Left Le ees Bcreen Location Type Region width TOTSPLAY SCREEN RECTSANGLE RESOURCE width i Region Height DISPLAY _ SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE height Awithin E Tracking Eye EITHER Movement Pattern Minimum Amplitude 0 Prebuild To Image riggered Data Use Software Surface Figure 7 62 Using saccade trigger with top left and center location types 7 10 10 2 Online RT calculation See Frequently Asked Questions How can I calculate Saccade RT of the HTML version of this document 7 10 10 3 How to show the triggering region on the host PC Sometimes it is useful to draw feedback graphics on the Host PC so that the experimenter can monitor whether the subject s eye position is within the triggering region or the programmer can debug the experimemnt code by running the eye tracker in the mouse simulation mode This can be done by using an EyeLink_Command action before the recording sequence immediately after the PREPARE SEQUENCE or as the first node in the recording sequence so that the drawing is overlaid on top of the existing host graphics The drawing command can be either a draw_box or draw_filled_box The Text of the command should inform the tracker of the top left right and bottom pixel pos
307. is constitutes a mouse click and will select the item instead move the cursor to the Target component and then release the left mouse button To cancel a connecting Operation in progress press the ESC key To remove a connection between two experiment components click on the connecting line until it is highlighted in yellow and then press the Delete key on the keyboard or select the Delete button on the application tool bar 7 2 2 Connection Order START DISPLAY _ SCREEN 2s b a es Ls Figure 7 1 Connectin Order When several triggers are connected to a common node a small number is drawn by each edge in the graph This number represents the order that triggers will be evaluated from a source node that has multiple trigger targets In the above example Panel A the keyboard trigger will be evaluated first then followed by the EyeLink button trigger and then by the timer trigger To change the connection order the user can first delete the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 43 connection edges between the source and target nodes and then reconnect the nodes For example if the user deletes the connection between DISPLAY_SCREEN and KEYBOARD and then re connects between them the connection order of the triggers will be changed see Panel B 7 3 Experiment Node Exporting and Importing The Experiment Builder allows the user to share data between several experiment
308. is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Log File logMessage String Message to be written to the log file Message Log File N String File to which the log message is written The default file name is Logfile If this field is left empty the message will be printed to command SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 77 line or the output tab of Experiment Builder if test running the project In the following example Figure 7 14 the user adds a sample velocity trigger in the experiment and wants to check out whether the values of trigger e g left eye gaze position eye velocity and acceleration and trigger time are right when it fires The user may add an ADD_TO_LOG action following the sample_velocity trigger and set the Log File Message field of the action as START Exptlog i START to RECORDING DISPLAY _SCREENM SAMPLE VELOCITY Experiment Components Dewices S z Property Value abel 40D TO LOG ADD_T0_LOG ime Sd B SiatTme Si og File Message Trigger stris AM A B Figure 7 16 Using Add to Experiment Log Action Trigger str QSAMPLE_VELOCITY triggeredData EDFTimel LOC str SAMPLE VELOCITY triggeredData leftGazex str SAMPLE_ VELOCITY triggeredData leftGazeY VEL str SAMPLE_ VELOCITY triggeredData leftVelocity ACL00O0O str
309. ition of the triggering region as well as the drawing color This can be done either with string concatenation or string formatting The topleft corner of the triggering region is SACCADE regionLocation x SACCADE regionLocation y and the bottom right corner of the triggering region is SACCADE regionLocation x SACCADE regionWidth SACCADE regionLocation y SACCADE regionHeight String Concatenation str SACCADE regionLocation x str SACCADE regionLocation y str SACCADE regionLocation x SACCADE regionWidth SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 166 str SACCADE regionLocation y SACCADE regionHeight 3 String Formatting d d d Pd 3 SACCADE regionLocation x SACCADE regionLocation y SACCADE regionLocation x SACCADE regionWidth SACCADE regionLocation y SACCADE regionHeight All of the drawing commands are documented in the COMMANDS INI file under C AEYELINK2 EXE or C ELCL EXE directory of the host partition See the change template for an example 7 10 11 Sample Velocity Trigger The sample velocity trigger available only in an EyeLink experiment implements a fast saccade or fixation detection algorithm by checking the velocity and acceleration information on a sample by sample basis The Sample velocity trigger fires when both the sample velocity and acceleration values exceed their respective criteria
310. iver by clicking Start gt All Programs gt SR Research gt HASP HL Driver from your computer desktop or double clicking on HaspUserSetup exe in C Program Files SR Research Common folder Install network HASP License Manager You may install the tool by clicking Start gt All Programs gt SR Research gt Networked HASP License Manager from your computer desktop or double clicking on Imsetup exe in C Program Files SR Research Common folder Failing to install this will report a NO HASP Key Found error in the SR License Manager dialog box e When installing the license manager set the Installation Type to Service nhsrvice exe e On the HASP License Manager dialog box check either Yes or No to continue If this is the server computer you may install optional Aladin Monitor software by clicking Start gt All Programs gt SR Research gt Aladdin Monitor from your computer desktop or double clicking on Aksmon32 exe in C Program Files SR Research Common folder Test license status e Please make sure that the server and client computers are running and visible to each other in the same network group check this out from My Network Places gt View Network computers Contact your system administrator if the computers cannot see each other in the same network group e Please make sure that the network license dongle is plugged to server computer remove all other HASP dongles and drivers are already i
311. k space This will be our trial sequence 6 Place the mouse cursor on top of the START node Hold down the left mouse button while moving the mouse on top of the DISPLAY_SCREEN node This makes the connection from the start node to the DISPLAY SCREEN node 7 Similarly connect from DISPLAY_SCREEN to KEYBOARD and TIMER triggers Note that a number is added to these connections indicating the evaluation order among the two trigger types 8 Make a connection from the two triggers to the SEQUENCE node a SE Repearh Expenimen fuser LA2S0 AC romp a nlf Fis Edt View Expersnert Help Deas g PX RBARTEA WCAHS dikka laaa an oA to fs a _ DSP LET _SCREM 5 e ENEO Strimbunr Bad 1 Click on the action tab to add a display screen action 2 Click on the Trigger tab of rd D the component toolbox to add l mE oe e re i fa BOUE a Timer trigger en ia cones Soe eS Ree Prey ties j Property vakje Lah THER 5 Add a sequence uration E 3 Select the Timer trigger and set the duration to 120000 ms Figure 15 5 Adding Instruction to Block Sequence 9 Click at any blank area in the work window Click the right mouse button and select Arrange Layout in the popup menu This will re arrange the nodes in an orderly fashion 10 Double click on the DISPLA
312. l 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 263 A class attribute that has a corresponding getX method is a readable attribute A class attribute that has a corresponding setX method is a writeable attribute An attribute is a readable and writeable property if it has corresponding getX and setX methods 12 4Instantiating Custom Class Once a custom class is defined users can instantiate the class by creating a concrete instance of that class To do that click on the other tab of the component tool box and add a Custom Class Instance node to the experiment graph Select the newly added custom class instance node Click on the value field of the Custom Class property Select the custom class from a dropdown list Once the class is loaded attributes and methods are listed in alphabetical order in the property table The Attribute section lists all of the class attributes that has a corresponding getX method e Those attributes having a getX method only but without a corresponding setX method will be read only and is not directly modifiable see attributes property2 and property3 in 3 1 example e Those attributes that have both a getX method and a setX method without a default value for the parameter are both readable and writeable These attributes should be able to be set to a reference see attributes property1 propertyS property6 property7 and property8 in 12 3 1 example e Those attributes that have both a getX method and a setX method with a d
313. l Keyboard Three Label keyboardTwoLabel keyboardThreeLabel This supplies a label for the second third keyboard device detected by the experiment This option is only available if Enable Multiple Input option is enabled Keyboard Two Key Down Input Queue Size Keyboard Three Key Down Input Queue Size keyboardTwoKeyDownInputQueueSize keyboardThreeKeyDownInputQueueSize Sets the maximum number of press events that can be cached in the press event queue for the second third keyboard device Keyboard Two Key Up Input Queue Size Keyboard Three Key Up Input Queue Size keyboardTwoKeyUpInputQueueSize keyboardThreeKeyUpInputQueueSize Sets the maximum number of release events that can be cached in the release event queue for the second third keyboard device SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 330 Keyboard Two Key Down Event Count Keyboard Three Key Down Event Count keyboard TwoKeyDownEventCount keyboardThreeKeyDownEventCount Total number of press events cached in the press event queue for the second third keyboard device Keyboard Two Key Up Event Count Keyboard Three Key Up Event Count keyboardTwoKeyUpEventCount keyboardThreeKeyUpEventCount Total number of release events cached in the release event queue for the second third keyboard device 17 1 7 Mouse eo Preferences El af Preferences
314. l Time option checked This warning means that the Cedrus trigger may not work when your sequence is running under the realtime mode this is especially the case if you are using an old Display PC For most recent computers the Cedrus input along with mouse and keyboard will still run in the realtime mode so this message can be ignored Check the BIOS setting of your Display PC and make sure that the multi core or hyper threading setting is enabled for the proper functioning of the keyboard mouse or Cedrus triggers in a real time sequence Note Make sure you use the PREPARE SEQUENCE action before each iteration of the sequence in which the Cedrus input trigger is used the PREPARE SEQUENCE action is used to re establish the clock synchronization between the display PC and the built in timer on the Cedrus response box Failing to do so might result in a significant drift in the trigger time returned by the Cedrus box Field Attribute Type Content Reference Label label String Label of the Cedrus button trigger The default value is CEDRUS_INPUT SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 125 absPath The absolute path of the node in the experiment graph Message message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the cedrus input trigger fires Time time
315. l ends 9 From the Action tab of the component toolbox add an ADD_TO_RESULTS_FILE action Set the Result File to RESULT_FILE iL enacts 1 X P RESPONSE Xe CORRECT_RESPONSE Xe INCORRECT_RESPONSE DISPLAY_ON_TIME KEY_RESPONSE_TIME xeY UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE CORRECT_SOUND TIMER _SOUND INCORRECT_SOUND KEYBOARD Experiment Components Dewices ee Property Oe Value AddToResutsFile F o m KTRIAL TRISL EWE tart Time Clear Input Queues aen FSET RESULTS_FILE Figure 15 22 Send Results to a Result File Make the following connections to the experiment graph a from the DISPLAY_BLANK to UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE action b from the UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE to the CONDITIONAL trigger SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 310 c from the left branch of the CONDITIONAL trigger to INCORRECT_RESPONSE d from INCORRECT RESPONSE to INCORRECT SOUND e from INCORRECT_SOUND to TIMER _SOUND f from the right branch of the CONDITIONAL trigger to CORRECT_RESPONSE g from CORRECT_RESPONSE to CORRECT_SOUND h from CORRECT SOUND to TIMER SOUND 1 from TIMER _SOUND to ADD_TO_RESULTS_FILE 10 Click at any blank area in the work space then click the right mouse button Select Arrange Layout in the popup menu to re arrange the nodes in an orderly fashion 15 10 Outputting Data to the Result File Finally variables should be added
316. ld of the EyeLink DV Variables property 3 In the following dialog box for each of the variables to be added to the trial ID message select the variable and click the ADD button The order of the selected variables can be modified with the Move up and Move down buttons 4 Click on OK to finish 14 1 12 Showing Experiment Progress Message on Tracker Screen During trial recording a text message can be displayed at the bottom of the tracker screen so that the experimenter can be informed of the experiment progress see Figure 14 16 For example in this experiment we wanted to show a text message like Trial 1 12 One on the tracker screen 1 Click on the Recording sequence node in the structure list to start SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 285 2 Inthe property panel click on the far right end of the value field of the EyeLink Record Status Message property 3 In the attribute editor enter an equation as Trial str QTRIAL DataSource Trial 712 str TRIAL DataSource Word 4 Click on the OK button to finish MESA Reseeenh Caperio Bialhter v LALI RE Simple O calf Fis Edt View Experiment Help DEAS Sxk RGQQT EW AUS eR gt 42i e gt QQQAHBAB XJ Expenmert BLOCH DEPLAY SCREEN TRIAL TRIAL DataSource RECORON peaLav sereen lle ra amt l O barr o grog m Irisi e ee TRI
317. ld of the conditional trigger to MISSING_DATA If the target attribute is an integer or a float data set the comparison value to 32768 e To clear a non string value eg 3 set in the value or value2 attributes of a conditional trigger you may first set the value to some string e g hello and then clear it Please note that the conditional triggers can connect to a maximum of two actions or triggers forming two branches To make the conditional trigger valid the user should attach triggers or actions to at least one of branches If the firing of the conditional trigger exits the current sequence the user may attach some other node e g a NULL_ACTION node blank display screen action or a timer trigger etc following this trigger As an exception to the general linking rules 8 Section 6 2 3 Linking Rules the user is allowed to connect from a conditional trigger to an action and a trigger at the same time It is possible to use multiple chained conditional triggers to do a series of evaluations The following picture illustrates giving out a different instruction at the beginning of each block in a multi block experiment Properties a HECK _SECOND_BLOCE Conditional LOCK CHECK SETON Properties H xX Property CHECK _FIRST_BLOCI abel ICHECK_FIRST_BLOCK Ype Conditional ode Path BLOCK CHECK_FIRST essage inne ast Checked Time Confidence Interval attrib
318. le click on the START H beray DOREEN D THER i HEV eOarD l e Dsus B2 Click on the TRIAL node Jil START j TRL INDEK d KEYPRESS RESPONSE f RI iT PRATE ATTRIBUTE PREPARE SEOUENCE in Pramet tor Destro Fie B1 Click here to start the attribute editor dialog box ici mera B4 Click here to finish Figure 15 12 Update Trial Iteration d Similarly set the second cell of the Attribute column to RT value Click the left end of the second cell under the Value column type 32768 and press Enter to register the change e Set the Attribute 3 to KEYPRESS value and value 3 to f Set the Attribute 4 to RESPONSE value and value 4 to wparent iteration 32766 Please Set Attribute Please Set Value Figure 15 13 Updating the Attribute of RT 6 Add a Prepare Sequence action into the work space Click on the added action and review the settings in the property table Make sure to check the Flush SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 301 Log box so that the data output for the previous trial is done before starting a new trial 7 Click on the Action Tab of toolbox select the Sequence node hold down the left mouse button and drag it into the work space 8 Make a connection from the START node to UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE from UPDATE_ATTRI
319. lear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues S n when the action 1s started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Atttribute Used to set up an attribute value list the Attribute 2 number of currently established attribute value Attribute 3 pairs is displayed in the value field of the property To add more attribute value pairs click on the value field The Attribute column of the dialog box specifies the variable or attribute to which the current action is referring and the Value column specifies the new value assigned to the corresponding target attribute Value value The new value assigned to the corresponding Value 2 value2 target attribute Value 3 value3 The user can update the value of an attribute by assigning a value directly e g setting the value of VARIABLE to 0 referring to another attribute e g retrieving the time SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 79 when the EyeLink button box was pressed and assign this time to VARIABLE2 or using equ
320. lected variables Each row of the file represents a call of the ADD_RESULT action Similar to the above mentioned Variable object a Result File object should be used without connecting to any other item in a graph Field Attribute Type Content Reference Label of the RESULT FILE object The default SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 181 po value is RESULTS_PILE S S Type The type of Experiment Builda objects gt o ResultsFile the current node belongs to experiment graph ST S file 66 99 Use Period for usePeriodForMis If true a will be written out to the result file Missing Values singValues instead of ance values 1 e 32768 for t T numbers and MISSING_VALUEF for strings An integer specifying the minimum output field width This will be exceeded if necessary Specifies the number of digits to appear after the decimal point Result file is useful for recording data in non EyeLink experiments The following graph see Figure 7 43 illustrates part of a simple reaction time experiment START RESULTS FILE DISPLAY SCREEN VARIABLE_EKEY VARIABLE TIME KEYBOARD T ADD_TO_RESULTS_FILE Figure 7 71 Using Result File To record the keyboard response and response time to the result file the user needs to create two new variables VARIABLE_KEY referring to the keyboard response KEY BOARD triggeredData key and VARIABLE_TIME r
321. library To add images into the image library click on Edit Library Manager from the application menu bar This will bring up a Library Manager dialog box Select the Image tab and click on the Add button to load in the desired image s see Figure 8 3 The following image file formats is supported by the current version of Experiment Builder PNG TIF GIF JPG SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 189 BMP and PCX Please note that the BMP files with 32 bit depth may not be displayed properly 5f Library Manager Ix Add Delete Rename ii Properties Type of file JP Hoot Gm pi pm rmn aa l h de ma Size 63 849 bytes aE E ee vith 1024 pixels vel eierbaiiehongy ri i W le i Height TOG pixels ha Feet Ferne ele es dn ET pat Seek h Hy be a a ae Be ee e ba hr ge B Bit Depth 24 Figure 8 3 Loading Images into Image Library To add an image resource onto a display screen click on the Insert Image Resource button Ea on the Screen Builder toolbar and then click anywhere in the screen workspace When a Select Image dialog shows up choose the desired image file The image will now be displayed on the screen To adjust the position of the image resource select the image by clicking left mouse button and keep holding down the mouse button while dragging the resource to the desired location Release the mouse button when the
322. lliseconds in or out of the region before the trigger fires If the default value 0 is used the trigger fires immediately after detecting a sample inside or outside of the boundary Changes from version 1 4 202 The Sample Count property has been removed and replaced with the Minimum Duration property If the boundary trigger fires the triggered data can be further accessed see the following table If the Invisible Boundary Trigger fires the user can further check the triggered data The sub attributes of the TriggeredData attribute are listed in the following table They can be used for attribute references Time time Integer Display PC time when the triggering sample occurs EDF Time EDFTime EDF time of the triggering sample SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 112 Eyes Available eyesAvailable Integer Eyes available in recording 0 for left eye 1 for right eye 2 for both eyes Display PC time when the first sample appears in the region EDF Start Time EDFStartTime Integer EDF time time since the EyeLink program started on the Host PC when the first sample occurs in the region Triggered Eye PPD X PPD Y Left Gaze X Right Gaze X Average Gaze X Left Gaze Y Right Gaze Y Average Gaze Y Left Pupil Size Right Pupil Size Average Pupil Size Left Velocity Right Velocity Average Velocity Left Acceleration Right Acceleration Average A
323. llowing discusses some of the common applications of the fixation trigger 7 10 9 1 Optimal triggering duration If the UPDATEFIXATION event is used the fixation trigger doesn t work well if the duration is set to 0 or a very short value as mis triggering can occur during the start and SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 158 end of a fixation A duration around 250 350 ms will generally work much better with non patient group If the required duration is longer than 1000 ms try using the INIVISIBLE_BOUDARY trigger instead with identical triggering region and duration settings 7 10 9 2 Top left vs center triggering location type Please note that the location type of all trigger types invisible boundary trigger mouse trigger fixation trigger saccade trigger and sample velocity trigger is top left based whereas the screen resources can be either top left based or center based the screen resource interest area location type can be set by the Screen Preferences This means that references should be created differently depending on whether the region location of a trigger refers to a center based resource or a top left based screen resource Imagine that a fixation trigger should fire when the eye is within a rectangle resource RECTANGLE_RESOURCE The top panel of the figure below illustrates creating the Region Location reference when the RECTANGLE_RESOURCE is top left based DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGL
324. lly designed to allow access to the msec time that each frame of the video is displayed the start of the first retrace that contained the frame data on the display The video display engine also functions in Windows real time mode These features provide a timing advantage to researchers using video stimuli because the common timing pitfalls of display packages that use Windows DirectShow for video presentation have been bypassed For optimal video playing performance the recommended Display PC configuration is a Pentium 4 processor with 2 0 Ghz or faster CPU 512 MB or more RAM 8x AGP or PCIx video card and Windows XP Service Pack 2 installed Experiment Builder supports video files that are compatible with the VFW video for windows specification or have been X VID endoded Our internal tests have shown that X VID encoded files perform much better than VFW files SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 194 4 AYI Splitter Hi Ioj x File View Help F Refresh be SS Eti lt ai Xt Output Folder C Documents and Settings Precision T A Output Prop Video Codec xvid MPEG 4 Codec a Video Filename Pie CO Default Selectors a M Save only raw data Audio Filename IY Save audio output stream Options F Save only raw data Save audio output stream Play Input Fie Stop Play Gutput Fie Start Compression To play video clips in E
325. location type ccccccessseeseeeeeeeees 159 7 10 9 3 How to show the triggering region on the host PC cceeee 160 TOTO SSACCAGS THOT renn a Auster set sate salsa atin aseeniweneatens 161 7 10 10 1 Top left vs center triggering location type cccccccesseeeeeeeeeeeees 164 TAOTO 2 OOMMNE R Feal tlatos a E 166 7 10 10 3 How to show the triggering region on the host PC 00 166 LIOLL Sample Velocity THESE enanson E 167 7 10 11 1 Top left vs center triggering location type ccccccessseeseeeeeeeees 171 7 10 11 2 How to show the triggering region on the host PC 00 173 RIOT ASIO VYoicekey Tistoro enen a a 174 7 10 12 1 How to calculate the voice key RT online nnnessseoennessessseeeeeses 175 7 10 12 2 How to align the recordings in the audio file and eye tracker event time 176 TAN Other Building Compone MS escana a een eeietas 178 TENI Vadbe aseen E E urea aan hese R caer 178 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 11 R2 Resik Ie MN coe tata tone cece cece bast ret eg ctang ae a eee a ieee ten 181 Felka ACUO a nt Dopo tenes ee ucts a eis tse wee 183 T4 Custom Class Mstan Ee a seanachn ais eaancenatadted 186 S S EBIT a E AE A TON 188 8 1 RESOUMCE S a O E 189 SdL Mia SS RESOURCE st sirst dave dadeteyatadadasin thas e athaystoanaresmdeda yaad ieee 189 8 1 1 1 Image Displaying Modes ssisiccies cseeesedusvaccessardeeduiondsecsesin
326. lores 4x l T Add a sequence Figure 14 6 Adding Instruction to Block Sequence 11 Click at any blank area in the work window Click the right mouse button and select Arrange Layout in the popup menu This will re arrange the nodes in an orderly fashion 12 Double click on the DISPLAY_SCREEN object in the work space not from the structure list until the Screen Builder interfaceis displayed in the Graph Editor Window 14 1 5 Creating Instruction Screen The user may want to provide instruction to the participants at the beginning of the experiment This can be done by creating an image file containing the experiment instructions and then using DISPLAY_SCREEN action to show the image The instruction text can also be created with the multiline text resource In the current example we illustrate the use of multiline text resource SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 276 aih Experit Fis Edt ew Experiment Help RES SE SOS BS eS ee a Experiment eLocK DISPLAY SCREEN Bees Soe pee E ae nen Buder y Laws A Sample 1 Click on the Multiline text resource 2 Click anywhere in the work space to start the multiline text resource editor Figure 14 7 Adding Multiline Text Resource onto a Display Screen 1 Click on the multiline text resource ZA button on the screen builder toolbar to select the type of resource to be added
327. lows the experimenter the opportunity to recalibrate if needed Performing a drift correction is optional when running EyeLink 1000 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 59 The Drift Correction action Gh implements this operation The display coordinates where the target is to be displayed should be supplied Usually this is at the center of the display but could be anywhere that gaze should be located at the start of trial recording For example it could be located over or just before the first word in a line page of text Reference Label of the Drift correction action The default value is DRIFT _CORRECT Message message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the Drift correction action is done action is done was entered Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues S n when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following
328. lting wav files are saved in results session name directory The following table lists the properties of aRECORD_SOUND action Field Attribute Type Content Reference Label of the Record Sound action The default label is RECORD_SOUND Type NR The type of Experiment Builder objects C RecordSound the current node belongs to experiment graph Message message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the action returns processed control action begins Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are Queues S n flushed when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action File Name Filename wav for the audio clip Duration Maximum duration for the sound recording Status Status Integer Current status of the playsound action recording yet to be started 1 recording in progress 1000 recording finished Position position Integer Position into rec
329. ly call this action before performing a drift correction DEBS G PxkRARBPBRA WT AOS scRr Azle aaa BBE xf Experiment BLOCK CPLay_ sone TRIAL Tend DataSource fy KEYBOARD ga EL BUTION iS Ten eb _caverna_setur jae TRA 4 Add Sequence 6 Click at blank area to change layout Eia uy 7 Double click on the Kiser input Guus sequence to continue 2 Set Draw to EyeLink ost to IMAGE fe Load SoeenAesorces fe f Load Audio brew To ByeLins Host a Triggers Fania Anon Feitiaize Video Reso Pamane SEQUEHCE Fish Loos Figure 14 10 Editing Trial Sequence 1 Click on the Action Tab of the component toolbox select the Prepare Sequence action hold down the left mouse button and drag the action into the work space 2 Click on the added PREPARE SEQUENCE action and review the settings in the property table Make sure to check Draw To EyeLink Host field is set to IMAGE or PRIMITIVE This will draw image or simple graphics on the host screen for the purpose of evaluating gaze accuracy 3 Adda Drift Correction action from the action tab of the component toolbox 4 Click on the Action Tab of toolbox select the Sequence node hold down the left mouse button and drag it into the work space 5 Make a connection from the START node to PREPARE SEQUENCE from PREPARE SEQUENCE to DRIFT_CORRECTION and from
330. m Output Latency i 4DD_ ACCUMULATOR oicekey Queue Size 0 2 i voicekey Event Count Restore Factory Default Save Properties as Default Import From File Save Into File oiceKey Threshold 5 fd b Navigator change Figure 17 1 Accessing the Experiment Builder Preference Settings 17 1 Experiment This section lists preference settings that are related to the Experiment Builder devices and nodes actions triggers etc SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 317 eo Preferences Fl ef Preferences zue PHS Devices HEP EVELINK E DISPLAY B AE A KEYBOARD Tr TTL I CEDRUS e e BUTTONBOX EHB Nodes H Screen 2 sis Build Deploy a GUI Restore Factory Default Save Properties as Default Import From File Save Into File EyeLink Experiment If checked the experiment projects can be run together with an EyeLink tracker All eye movement related triggers saccade fixation velocity and boundary triggers and actions sending EyeLink message sending EyeLink command camera setup and drift correction actions will be available for experiment generation If this field is unchecked all of the abovementioned actions and triggers will be hidden Append Session Name If checked Experiment Builder will concatenate the current session name with the output files warning log messages txt
331. m class methods def init__ self sreb EBObject __ init__ self self myProperty 1 Property myProperty A read and write integer type property def setMyProperty self c self MyProperty c def getMyProperty self return self myProperty To allow the getX and setX methods to operate directly on a class attribute x the following syntax rules must be followed e The class attribute identifier must be an alphanumeric string and start with a lowercase letter e g use self myProperty instead of self MyProperty e The getX and setX method name should be composed of set and get string and the attribute identifier with the first letter of the identifier capitalized e g getMyProperty instead of getmyProperty The getX and setX methods that do not follow this rule will be treated as regular class methods e The getX method shouldn t take extra parameter except for the mandatory parameter self e The setX method expects an extra parameter To support attribute referencing of that property in Experiment Builder do not give a default value for the parameter For example def setEB Attrib self value That is the attribute EBAttrib should be able to be set to a reference If a default value is assigned to the setX method this would tell the Experiment Builder that the attribute nonEBAttrib should not be able to be set to a reference For example def setNonEB Attrib self value 0 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manua
332. m movement pattern has the following properties Field Attribute Type Content PN emee O FN Label of the resource position in the custom movement pattern The default label is Resource_Position The type of Experiment Builder object ResourcePosition the current item belongs to Screen Location Whether the locations specified refer to the Type top left corner or center of the resource This setting can be changed at Screen Preferences time Integer Time since the start of the sequence when the resource reaches the destination position of movement finishes of movement finishes reached to the specified position 8 3 Interest Areas Interest areas can be drawn on the Screen Builder workspace and recorded in EDF file for the ease of analysis with EyeLink Data Viewer The interest areas created in the Screen Builder will not be visible to the participants during recording To show interest areas on the workspace the Toggle Interest Area Visibility button should be clicked on the Screen Builder toolbar see Figure 8 15 In the Structure panel interest areas are listed under the Interest_Areas folder SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 224 Figure 8 15 Toggling Interest Area Visibility 8 3 1 Manually Creating an Interest Area SR Research Experiment Builder supports three types of interest areas rectangular elliptic or freeform The follow
333. mation see Chapter 3 for details Short Cut 2 Fl Displays the online help this document of the Experiment Contents Builder application Papout Displays the Experiment Builder release information l Displays license information for this copy of Experiment Purchase Builder SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 31 6 Designing an Experiment in Experiment Builder This chapter introduces the general concepts of experiment design in the Experiment Builder hierarchical organization of events in an experiment flow diagram and attribute referencing It also provides an overview of Experiment Builder components triggers actions sequences and other nodes and linking rules for the experiment graph 6 1 Hierarchical Organization of Experiments One of the important concepts in SR Research Experiment Builder is hierarchical organization of events in an experiment A typical experiment can be dissected into several levels along a hierarchy of Experiment gt Blocks gt Trials gt Trial Runtime Recording All of the events within each level of this hierarchy can be conveniently wrapped in a loop called sequence or sub graph in Experiment Builder This allows the whole sequence to be connected to other objects as a unit and be repeated several times in a row The following figure illustrates a common high level EyeLink experiment architecture To create an experiment the designer need
334. me EyeLinkCommand the current node belongs to experiment graph Time time Display PC Time when the SEND_ COMMAND action 1s done Start Time Display PC Time when the action starts Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues S n when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action 1s performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Command command String The command used to configure or control the EyeLink tracker For a complete list of commands and current tracker configuration examine the INI files in the EyeLink directory of the eye tracker computer Text text String The parameters to be passed along with the command Priority T priority Boolea If enabled causes the command to be executed n with the highest priority This priority is even higher than the output of analog or link sample data so please use it carefully The use of this prefix should be limited to the write_ioport command Typical command execution is 1 20 ms after the action is pressed With prefix this is reduced to less than
335. measure the onset time of words For this purpose the user may use some other audio editing tools to analyze the recorded audio The voice key is most useful in detecting that a subject has made a response for the purpose of ending trials Reference Label of the voice key trigger The default value is VOICE KEY NR The type of Experiment Builder objects VoiceKey the current node belongs to Node Path absPath tring The absolute path of the node in the experiment graph Message message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the trigger fires Time time Float Time when the trigger fires Note To check the time when the input voice level exceeds the threshold you should use triggeredData time 1 e the time sub attribute of the triggeredData attribute instead used to retrieve the Display PC Time when the trigger was checked for the last time Confidence confidenceInterv Float Time difference between the trigger time and Interval al last check time of the trigger This indicates a window of uncertainty as the true trigger time Last Check lastCheckTime Float Experiment Builder checks for the status of the Time trigger about every msec This property can be could be between the last check time lastCheckTime and the reported the trigger time time Clear In
336. ment_Patterns EHA CUSTOM_PATTERN Resource Position resource Position 1 Resource Postion 2 ELLIPSE RESOURCE TIMER ype ResourcePostion essage Seond Position H ResourcePairt if START DRIFT_CORRECT Fb SEQUENCE 4 START DISPLAY _SCREEM Interest _Areas 4 Movement_Patterns EKA CUSTOM_PATTERN Resource Position a Resource Postion LC Resource Postion 2 ELLIPSE RESOURCE amp TIMER SSS Experiment Components Dewices pe ResourcePostion k Figure 8 13 Creating a Custom Movement Pattern e Alternatively the user can create a movement pattern file a tab delimited text file see the following example to specift the landmark points in a movement this is particularly useful when a large number of movement points have to be specified The movement pattern file should contain time integer x integer and y integer fields followed by an optional message field string Neighboring fields should be separated by a tab 0 512 384 1000 100 384 6000 800 384 Left End Right End Start of Movement Add this file to the Movement Pattern tab of the library manager Select the desired custom pattern in the Structure panel and check the Use Points From File box Select the movement pattern file from dropdown list or specify the file with the attribute editor SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 222 Pict
337. mouse position The default Contingent T setting is False Offset offset Point Adjustment of the resource position relative to the position of the current gaze or mouse position The default offset is 0 00 0 00 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 211 Host Outline Color The color of the box drawn on the host screen to Color q hostOutlineColor show the position and dimension of the current resource This property is available only if the Use for Host Display option of the containing display screen action is enabled Screen Location NR Whether the location specified below refers to Type the top left corner or center of the resource This setting can be changed at Screen Preferences the resource R Width of the resource in pixels Height of the resource in pixels Movement N Movement pattern sinusoidal or custom of the Pattern J resource Prebuild to _prebuildToImage Boolea Whether the resource should be built into an Image T image when the experiment is built instead of having it created during run time This field is always true when the screen is contained in a recording sequence IMPORTANT If this attribute is False the run time drawing may not look exactly as it does in the screen editor Use Software useSoftwareSurf Boolea If false unchecked memory on the video card Surface T ace n is used to hold the resource blitting from the video card memory
338. mple RECTANGLE 1 118 63 332 208 RECTANGLE_INTERESTAREA Elliptic Interest Area SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 228 ELLIPSE id left top right bottom label The id left top right and bottom fields must be an integer number For example ELLIPSE 2 191 168 438 350 ELLIPSE INTERESTAREA Freehand Interest Area FREEHAND id xl yl XE xn yn label The id field and each item in the pairs of x1 y1 must be an integer number The x and y coordinates in each pair are delimited by a comma For example FREEHAND 3 481 54 484 57 678 190 602 358 483 330 483 327 493 187 468 127 FREEFORM_INTERESTAREA For all three types of interest areas please make sure the individual fields are tab delimited Note Interest areas contained in an interest area file will not be listed under the Interest_Areas folder of the Display Screen action nor will be displayed in the Screen Builder editor 8 4 Resource Operations The current section lists miscellaneous operations for adjusting the appearance of display screen and the layout of resource components 8 4 1 Resource Editing Similar to triggers and actions the following operations can be applied to screen resources interest areas and movement patterns cut F5 copy paste 8 and delete m using either application menubar toolbar or popup menu 8 4 2 Resource Alignments The position of resources and interest areas can be
339. muli Feedback Wait for Response Figure 6 1 Hierarchical Organization of Events in an Experiment 6 2 Experiment Graph Flow Diagram Experiment Builder uses an intuitive flow diagram interface for experiment generation the whole experiment generated can be called a graph Like a drawing board the user can drag and drop experiment components into the workspace of the graph editor window These experiment components are usually either triggers or actions that represent individual events and preconditions in the experiment An Action tells the computer to do something like displaying a screen or playing an audio clip whereas a Trigger represents some precondition that must be met for the experiment to continue past that point Experiment components are connected to each other using arrowed lines that represent sequence and dependency relationships 1 e X must be done before Y can be done The connection of experiment components forms the flow of the experiment The following figure illustrates a very simple experiment sequence with gaze contingent manipulation SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 33 INVISIBLE _ BOUNDARY Figure 6 2 Sample Experiment Sequence In this example the experiment sequence starts with a DISPLAY_FIRST_SCREEN action which draws graphics to the computer display Now the sequence constantly monitors two Triggers until one of the Triggers is satisfied an INVIS
340. n Controls whether the best eye is automatically selected as the default after Enable Customized enableManualC ae Calibration alibrationPositi Positions on Customized validation If unchecked binocular mode 1s Calibration calibrationPosit kept by default If checked user defined calibration positions can be used instead of the default positions Positions ions A list of X Y pairs to specify the calibration target positions in the intended display screen resolution The number of points included in the list must match the calibration type This option is only available if the Enable Customized Calibration Positions setting is enabled The following lists example default calibration validation point lists under a 1024 768 recording resolution Please be aware that the points in the list MUST be ordered on screen Point order for 5 9 or 13 point calibrations 6 2 7 10 Ii 4 l 5 12 13 8 3 9 HV5 512 384 512 65 512 702 61 384 962 384 HV9 512 384 512 65 512 702 61 384 962 384 61 65 962 65 61 702 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 66 962 702 HV 13 512 384 512 65 512 702 61 384 962 384 61 65 962 65 61 702 962 702 286 224 737 224 286 543 737 543 Point order for H3 calibration type 2 1 3 H3 512 384 61 384 962 384 Point order for HV3 calibration type 1
341. n off all features related to power management hibernation advanced power management support turning off monitors or hard drives Disable unnecessary services Themes in particular running at the background This can be done by clicking Start gt Control Panel gt Administrative Tools gt Services In the following services window select Themes Double click on item and select Stop from the dialog box Disabling Themes service may make SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 10 the appearance of the Windows less attractive but will greatly improve the performance of the computer e For acomputer with multiple Ethernet cards installed use the Windows Control Panel to temporarily disable all network connections except for the one dedicated for EyeLink connection The user should disable the firewall for the EyeLink Ethernet connection as well e In Windows XP always run your experiments from an account with administrative privilege otherwise a real time priority application might be run in a high priority process instead In Windows Vista when running the application select the exe file from the deployed folder click on the right mouse button Select Run as Administrator Click Allow in the following User Account Control dialog box 3 1 3 Host PC and Display PC Software Requirements SR Research Experiment Builder works with EyeLink I EyeLink II and Ey
342. n the Session Name dialog box when running the experiment is used as the randomization seed Any two runs of randomization with the same seed will generate identical randomization outputs Seed value Current Time Current Time Session Label SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 242 9 6 1 2 Blocking The randomizer supports blocking by up to two variables You may leave Block Level 1 and Block Level 2 fields empty if a blocking manipulation is not required in your experiment design If blocking is used all trials with the same value of the blocking variable will appear in a group The order of the blocking groups 1 e different values of the blocking variable to appear in the randomization output can be controlled with one of the two following methods no randomization complete randomization Blocking Level 1 Tolun var_abca Randomization Type None Blocking Level 2 Column Randomization Type Hone e None If the randomization type of the blocking variable is set to None the order of the blocking groups will be the same as in the original data file For example the four levels of the var_abcd variable appear in the order of ABCD in the original file The var_abcd variable in the randomization output also appear in the order of ABCD e Random If this is the case levels of the blocking variable will appear in a random order For example blocki
343. n the display is presented This can be done by entering a text message on the Message field or by having Auto Generate Sync Message box checked In a trial with multiple display screens each of the display screen action should send a unique Data Viewer integration message In a recording sequence the user may enable the Use for Host Display button if this is the primary display of the trial for gaze accuracy monitoring and add a PREPARE SEQUENCE action before the recording sequence with its Draw to EyeLink Host field enabled SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 58 START Movement_Patterns TEXT RESOURCE al DISPLAY BLANK DISPLAY SCREEN Experiment Components Dewices abel DISPLAY SCREEN Hode Fath BLOCK TRIAL RECORDING DISP sw eee o e Brora e i e e SO wacom SO p ra Ooo JE bin mh m al Mee T Leh ii al an LLI ai 1 mh ali m ee ere EL_BUTTON S DISPLAY BLANK Figure 7 11 Using Display Screen 7 9 2 Performing Drift Correction At the start of each trial a fixation point should be displayed so that the participant s gaze is at a known position The EyeLink tracker is able to use this fixation point to correct for small drifts in the calculation of gaze position that can build up over time Even when using the EyeLink II tracker s corneal reflection mode a fixation target should be presented and a drift correction al
344. nce setting in the middle of the experiment generation may cause some undesired behaviors 8 1 1 2 Gaze Contingent Window Manipulations To create a screen with gaze contingent window manipulation the user needs to add two full screen images to the display screen one as the foreground the part of the image to be displayed in the window and the other one as background the part of the image to be displayed out side of the window For the foreground image the user should also make sure that the Position is Gaze Contingent and Clipping Area is Gaze Contingent boxes are checked Please note that these two attributes will only be valid when the display screen is contained in a recording sequence otherwise they will be grayed out The user should also set the Clipping Width and Clipping Height properties in pixels of the foreground image to specify the size of the central window See the GCWindow template for an example It is easier to create a gaze contingent display with Center Position screen location type After adding each image to the screen click the horizontal center alignment and vertical center alignment buttons to put the image in the center of the screen see left panel of Figure 8 4 However if the user wants to create such a display in a top left screen coordinate she he should also set the Offset attribute of the foreground image to be half of the clipping area width and height see
345. nd See section 7 9 13 Playing Sound 17 1 35 Play Sound Control See section 7 9 14 Play Sound Control 17 1 36 Record Sound See section 7 9 15 Record Sound 17 1 37 Record Sound Control See section 7 9 16 Record Sound Control 17 1 38 Terminate Experiment See section 7 9 17 Terminating an Experiment 17 1 39 Recycle Data Line See section 7 9 18 Recycle Data Line 17 1 40 Execute See section 7 9 19 Execute Action SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 335 17 1 41 Null Action See section 7 9 20 Null action 17 1 42 ResponsePixx LED Control See section 7 9 21 ResponsePixx LED Control 17 1 43 Accumulator See section 7 11 3 Accumulator 17 1 44 Result File See section 7 11 2 Result File 17 2Screen 17 2 1 Screen Es Elf Preferences creen 2 ar Resources BY IMAGE_RESOURCE EN VIDEO_RESOURCE AL TEXT_RESOURCE oq MULTILINE_TEXT_RESOURCE N LINE_RESOURCE 7 RECTANGLE_RESOURCE C ELLIPSE RESOURCE He TRIANGLE RESOURCE D7 FREEFORM_RESOURCE IB COMPOSITE RESOURCE EE in Movement Patterns HES Built In Interest 4rea Preference bei Build Deploy Es GUL oi GRAPH_LAYOLIT oo CUSTOMCLASS_EDITOR Ft Experiment ocation Type BMD Devices nterest4rea Color AMS Nodes pAntialias Drawing opLeft Position g Restore Factory Default Save Properties as D
346. needs to set a different value for it To edit the properties of an item click on the item until it 1s highlighted 1 e a gray border encircles it Double clicking on a sequence or a display screen action will also unfold the content of the sequence or display screen and make the current selection take up the whole work space for editing When one experiment component is selected its properties and corresponding values are displayed in the property panel for review and modification Depending on the nature of the property field different operations are required to change the value SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 47 e Ifa properties field e g Time and Start Time of various actions is grayed out then the value of the property is read only and can only be referred by other components and cannot be directly modified e If the value field of a property contains a check box e g Record property of a sequence that property can be either enabled or disabled by clicking on the check box e Ifa dropdown list appears after doubling clicking on the property value field e g Duration Type property of the Timer trigger make the selection from the list e For some properties e g Label of an action the value can be modified by double clicking on the value field entering the desired value and then pressing the ENTER key to register the change e Ifa button box
347. nerated if the EyeLink Message field is filled The default setting is false box unchecked screen action not including screen background Grid Rows NR Integer If the toggle grid visibility button in the Screen Builder toolbar is on several horizontal lines will be drawn to divide the screen into the specified number 2 by default of rows Grid Columns NR Integer If the toggle grid visibility button in the Screen Builder toolbar is on several vertical lines will be drawn to divide the screen into the specified number 3 by default of columns Force Full forceFullRedraw If checked this will force a full redraw of the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 56 a a a Estimated Prepare Time Default Estimated Prepare Time Auto Update Screen Send EyeLink DV MessagesT Use for Host Display T estimatedPrepare Time defaultEstimated PrepareTime autoUpdateScree n sendEyeLinkDV Messages useForHostDisp ay Integer n Boolea n Boolea n whole screen at every retrace The possible values are true and false default value Time in milliseconds required to prepare for the display screen This is typically set to the value of Default Estimated Prepare Time The preparation time is influenced by screen resolution computer video hardware and whether the screen resources have been preloaded or not Def
348. ng by variable var_abcd with randomization type set to Random will create one of the 24 possible orders ABCD ABDC ACBD ACDB ADCB ADBC BACD BADC BCAD BCDA BDAC BDCA CABD CADB CBAD CBDA CDAB CDBA DABC DACB DBAC DBCA DCAB or DCBA 9 6 1 3 Trial randomization and run length control If Enable Trial Randomization box is checked the trial order will be randomized In addition the run length of trials belonging to the same condition within the data file or within a block of trials if blocking is involved can also be controlled To do that choose the Run Length Control variable in the dropdown list currently only one control variable is supported Enter the maximum run length in the edit box and press enter to register the change Note that controlling run length may not be possible for some data files I Enable Trial Randomization Run Length Control Column Maximum Fun Length 2 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 243 9 6 1 4 Randomize on Roll Over If checked a different randomization sequence will be created for the datasource when it is re used 9 6 1 5 Splitting Column Sometimes the user may want to have randomization done over a subset of the trials in the original data file This can be achieved by using a splitting variable with one output for each level of the grouping variable Splitting Column 9 6 1 6 Running Experiment with Internal Ran
349. nge template for an example 7 10 3 Conditional Trigger Conditional trigger fires A when one or two condition evaluations are met This is useful to implement conditional branching in a sequence when several conditions are possible see the SACCADE example In each condition evaluation the user needs to specify attribute the variable to be evaluated comparator comparison operations such as equal less than greater than etc as well as the target value being compared to Two condition evaluations connected with an and or or logical operator can be made within the same trigger Reference Label of the conditional trigger The default value is CONDITIONAL eee The type of Experiment Builder objects Conditional the current node belongs to experiment graph Message message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the conditional trigger fires Display PC Time when the trigger fires Last Check lastCheckTime This property can be used to retrieve the Time Display PC Time when the trigger was checked for the last time Confidence aan Time difference between the trigger time and Interval last check time of the trigger This indicates a window of uncertainty Attribute attribute The attribute whose value needs to be evaluated Attribute 2 attribute2
350. no effect if the drift correction drawing is supplied by the user foregroundColor Color in which the drift correction target drawn Color Background backgroundColo Color The color to which the entire display is Color r cleared before calibration This is also the background for the camera images The background color should match the average brightness of your experimental display as closely as possible as this will prevent rapid changes in the subject s pupil size at the start of the trial This will provide the best eye tracking accuracy as well Using white or gray backgrounds rather than black helps reduce pupil size and increase eye tracking range and may reduce retinal afterimages Use Animation useAnimationT Boolea If checked an video clip can be used as the Target arget n drift correction target The user should preload the intended video clip into the library manager Target t correction target Animation Total number of times the video clip will be Play Count Count played before the drift correction is done Use Custom useCustomTarg Boolea If checked drift correction will use the Target et n custom target supplied a small image file with the feature interesting part appearing in the center of the image Custom Target customTarget String The name of the image file that is used for drawing the drift correction target The image files should be preloaded into the li
351. node from one sequence to another you may first cut the selected nodes and then paste the selection to the intended location e Copying a selection Select the nodes to be copied press CTRL C or select Copy from the popup menu to put a copy of a selection to the clipboard e Pasting a selection Press CTRL V or click the right mouse button to bring up a popup menu and select Paste to insert the previously copied cut items from the clipboard to the current position e Pasting a selection Multiple times Press CTRL M or select Paste Multiple from the popup menu This will bring up a dialog to let you specify the number of copies of the previously copied item from the clipboard to the current position SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 42 e Undoing Pressing CTRL Z undoes the last action performed 7 2 Node Connection The flow of an experiment sequence moves from the default START node to one or several triggers or actions and then to other triggers or actions and so on This requires the designer to connect two experiment components with arrowed line to establish a directional or dependency relationship between a Source component and a Target component 7 2 1 Connection Create Cancel and Delete To make a connection from a Source component to a Target component place the mouse cursor on the Source component hold down the left mouse button without releasing the button as th
352. ns Experiment st SEQUENCE SEQUENCE DataSource Update Column Copy A Paste m Delete Figure 9 4 Editing Operations for Data Source Columns and Rows The user can copy paste or cut delete data cells in a similar fashion by selecting the target cells In addition the user can copy the current selection to external program such as Microsoft Excel If you have copied some data from external programs you may also paste the selection into the current data source editor Selections can also be copied and pasted between two ongoing Experiment Builder sessions A Data type mismatch error will be given if the data types of the source and target do not match e g copying a column of string data to a column of color type Please make sure that there are no SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 238 empty lines cells in the datasource editor when you start to test run or deploy your project COLOR WORD EXPECTED COMPATIB Color Stringy String Stringy HKO D 255 Bue k Yes 2 0 255 0 Red g No 3 255 0 0 Red r Nes 4 0 0255 Green p No 5 255 0 0 Blue t Mo 6 0 255 0 Blue eal eo Cut a cm Paste m Delete E External Copy EY External Paste s foan cae a es in ee oo hy 7 Figure 9 5 Editing Datasource Cells Changes from version 1 3 External Copy and External Paste options have been removed in version 1 4 These operations can now be done through Co
353. nses as the delays introduced by Windows are highly variable A warning 2003 The IO node KEYBOARD is used in realtime Sequence RECORDING gt KEYBOARD message may be seen if the keyboard trigger is used in a sequence with the Is Real Time option checked This warning means that the keyboard may not work when your sequence is running under the realtime mode this 1s especially the case if you are using an old Display PC For most recent computers the keyboard trigger along with mouse and Cedrus Input triggers will still run in the realtime mode so this message can be ignored Check the BIOS setting of your Display PC and make sure that the multi core or hyper threading setting is enabled for the proper functioning of the keyboard mouse or Cedrus triggers in a real time sequence Field Attribute Type Content Reference Label of the keyboard trigger The default label SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 130 pois KEYBOARD S O Type NR The type of Experiment Builder objects Keyboard the current node belongs to Node Path The absolute path of the node in the experiment graph Message message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the keyboard trigger fires Time time Float Display PC Time when the trigger fires Note To check the time
354. nsitivity saccadeSensitivity Defines the sensitivity of the EyeLink II or EyeLink 1000 parser for saccade event generation Normal is intended for cognitive tasks like reading while High is intended for psychophysical tasks where small saccades must be detected Eye Tracking Eye tracking Mode eyeTrackingMode Select the tracking mode for recording EyeLink II runs either under a pupil CR corneal reflection mode or a pupil only mode EyeLink I only runs under a pupil only mode Eye tracking High Speed eyeTrackingHighSpeed Sets sampling rate in combination with the Eye tracking mode setting for EyeLink II trackers If set to true it will be 500 Hz in a pupil only recording and 250 Hz in a pupil CR mode This setting is only available for EyeLink H tracker SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 320 Pupil Detection pupilDetection Algorithm used to detect the pupil center position centroid algorithm vs ellipse fitting algorithm This option is only applicable to EyeLink 1000 trackers Eye tracking Sampling Rate eyeTrackingSamplingRate Sets sampling rate for EyeLink 1000 The avaible options are 1000 default 500 and 250 Eyes To Track eyesToTrack Select the eye s to track during recording For a binocular eye tracker EyeLink I and II the default is BINOCULAR For monocular EyeLink 1000 tracker the default is EITHER Pupil Size pupilSize Record the participants
355. nstalled e Now click Start gt All Programs gt SR Research gt License Manager to check for the licensing status for each of the client computers in the network SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 12 Note If you are using Experiment Builder for developing EyeLink experiments test running experiments must be done using a secondary network card unless the EyeLink Host PC also stays on the same network as the other computers 3 3 Licensing The user can run the Experiment Builder application in a demo mode immediately All of the functionality of the licensed copy of Experiment Builder is available in the demo mode except that Experiments created with a demo version of the software will not re open using a fully licensed version of the software An UNLICENSED DEMO VERSION text will be drawn on every display screen in an experiment that is created with the demo version of the software To run Experiment Builder in a fully licensed mode the user needs to purchase a license code for the software and have a USB dongle connected to the Development PC on which the Experiment Builder software is installed The physical USB dongle is the same one we use to license the EyeLink Data Viewer After purchasing the software license the user will then need to contact us eb sr research com with the ID of the USB Dongle 3 3 1 HASP Driver Installation If this is the first time that the USB dongle have
356. nt T setting is False Offset offset Point Adjustment of the resource position relative to the position of the current gaze or mouse position The default offset is 0 00 0 00 Host Outline Color The color of the box drawn on the host screen to Color hostOutlineColor show the position and dimension of the current SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 216 resource This property is available only if the Use for Host Display option of the containing display screen action is enabled the resource Width Width of the resource in pixels Height of the resource in pixels o Movement pattern sinusoidal or custom of the Pattern 7 resource Prebuild to prebuildToImage Boolea Whether the resource should be saved in an Image T image file when the experiment is built instead of having it created during run time This field is always true when the screen is contained in a recording sequence IMPORTANT If this attribute is False the run time drawing may not look exactly as it does in the screen editor In addition images will not be saved to support Data Viewer overlay Use Software useSoftwareSurf Boolea If false unchecked memory on the video card Surface T is used to hold the resource blitting from the video card memory to the display surface is fast If true checked the system memory is used to hold the resource blitting is slow as it is done by copying from RAM
357. nt and moves right a Start Phase X of 90 creates a movement which starts at the right end of the movement and moves left a Start Phase X of 180 creates a movement which starts at the center of the movement and moves left and a Start Phase X of 270 creates a movement which starts at the left end of the movement and moves right For a vertical movement Start Phase X should be set to 0 A Start Phase Y of 0 creates a movement which starts at the center of the movement and moves down a Start Phase Y of 90 creates a movement which starts at the lower end of the movement and moves up a Start Phase Y of 180 creates a movement which starts at the center of the movement SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 219 and moves up and a Start Phase Y of 270 creates a movement which starts at the upper end of the movement and moves down The sinusoidal movement can be two dimensional if both Start Phase X and Start Phase Y are non zero To create a circular or elliptic movement pattern make sure that Start Phase X Start Phase Y 90 for a clockwise movement and Start Phase Y Start Phase X 90 for a counterclockwise movement The circular or elliptic movement will be reduced to a movement along an oblique axis if Start Phase Y Start Phase X All other phase value combinations will result into a complex Lissajou figure 8 2 2 Custom Movement Pattern The Experiment Builder also allows the user to
358. nting _ offset D 0 lear Input Quee nu Region Type RECTANGLE Region Location Top Left EBPoint DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE Region width DISPLAY SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE width Acreen Location Type Center zegion Height DISPLAY SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE height cation 0 100 hwvithin lw i 200 Tracking Eye ITHER i ast Outline Color hite Minimum Curation Boo ovement Pattern Event Type PDATEFIXATION Prebuild To Image se Software Surface Triggered Data I Figure 7 60 Using fixation trigger with top left and center location types 7 10 9 3 How to show the triggering region on the host PC Sometimes it is useful to draw feedback graphics on the Host PC so that the experimenter can monitor whether the subject s eye position is within the triggering region or the programmer can debug the experimemnt code by running the eye tracker in the mouse simulation mode This can be done by using an EyeLink_Command action before the recording sequence immediately after the PREPARE SEQUENCE or as the first node in the recording sequence so that the drawing is overlaid on top of the existing host graphics The drawing command can be either a draw_box or draw_filled_box The Text of the command should inform the tracker of the top left right and bottom pixel position of the triggering region as well as the drawing color This can be done either with string concatenation or string formatting The toplef
359. ntout will be shown in the EB output tab when deploying a project 17 4 GUI eos Preferences E 3 x E af Preferences Property e O E Experiment Property Is Code Text H Devices k how Tooltip Me HHG Nodes ae Screen H Resources H E Movement Patterns gen Built In Interest Area Preference Build Deploy GRAPH_LAYOUT i CUSTOMCLASS EDITOR Restore Factory Default Save Properties as Default Import From File Save Into File SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 341 Property is Code Text Sets the format of labels in the property table If disabled the label of the properties will be formatted and or translated for internationalization so that it is understood easily If enabled an internal label will be displayed for ease of references and no internationalization or formatting will be done Show Tooltip f enabled a description text will appear beside the item on which the mouse cursor is placed 17 4 1 Graph_Layout oot Preferences Sf Preferences 3 H E Devices Enap To Grid H Nodes rid Type ross Er JAPEN rid Resolution 100 AES Resources i ES Movement Patterns t ae Built In Interest Area Preference lumbering Edges z 2 by Build Deploy Remember Zoom Level E GRAPH LAYOUT i CUSTOMCLASS_EDITOR Restore Factory Default Save Properties as Default Import From File S
360. o ensure the parallel port of your display computer is not in a bi directional mode in this mode the data register is used to read incoming signals and thus you are not able to send a signal from this register To turn off the bidirectional mode which is typically controlled through pin 5 of the control register you may add a SET_TTL action at the beginning of the experiment Set the Register to CONTROL Mode to Word and Data value to Ox0 7 9 7 Adding to Experiment Log For the ease of experiment debugging messages can be written to a log file so that errors in the experiment programming can be detected early The ADD_TO_LOG action allows the user to send one log message per call Reference Label Label of the ADD _TO LOG action The default value is ADD _ TO LOG Type NR The type of Experiment Builder objects AddToExperimentLog the current node belongs to experiment graph Time Display PC Time when the action is processed Start Time Display PC Time when the action starts Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues S n when the action 1s started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action
361. o resources increasing the PrepareSequence actions duration A larger frame cache size and increased system memory usage can also cause the overall system performance to degrade if there is not enough physical RAM to hold the frame caches SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 201 8 1 2 6 Video Codec Experiment Builder supports playing video files that are compatible with VFW video for windows and XVID encoded files In each experiment the user can load either VFM or XVID video files into the library manager but not both It is important to note that the video quality and playback performance will vary depending on the codec used to compress the video files Our internal tests have shown that X VID video files perform much better than VFW avi files as the X VID loader runs faster than the VFW loaders To play XVID encoded files the user should convert the original video files with the accompanying Split AVI tool with the video compressor set to Xvid MPEG 4 codec see Video Experiments in the html version of this document Please note that the Xvid MPEG 4 codec is not installed by default To install the XVID codec run the Xvid Install exe driver contained in the Program Files SR Research 3rdparty folder on a 32 bit Windows or Program Files x86 SR Research 3rdparty folder on a 64 bit Windows For EB versions prior to 1 6 1 you may do the following to install the driver on a 32 bit version
362. o value is set at row for the column SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 286 The node could not be used in the sequence Reference to not found in the graph No link from node Infinite loop found Invalid Reference No recording sequence found in an EyeLink experiment The following is a list of common warnings during experiment building e The keyboard trigger and mouse trigger is used in a real time sequence If this is the case check whether these two triggers are indispensable for the experiment design If so uncheck the Is Real time box in the recording sequence e Default value use in attribute The user may also test the experiment by clicking on Experiment gt Run from the application menubar This will try to connect to the tracker PC and execute the experiment code Please note that this should only be used for the purpose of testing and debugging experiment code To collect experiment data the user should use the deployed version of the experiment see next section as it does not have to rely on the Experiment Builder application and can be run on a different computer 14 3 Deploying the Experiment After the experiment is built the user must deploy the experiment to a new directory see Section 4 11 This will generate a set of files so that the experiment can be run on a different computer without replying on the Experiment Builder application I
363. ocity Triggers can only be added to a sequence that has the Record checkbox enabled 13 Drift Correct and Camera Setup Actions cannot be added to a sequence that has the Record checkbox enabled 14 A Trigger can not be the target of an action and a trigger at the same time 6 3 Actions Action components instruct the computer to do something like displaying a screen or playing a sound One or multiple actions can be added to a sequence depending on the complexity of the experiment For example a recording sequence showing a static page of text may just require a single display screen action whereas an experiment studying change detection necessitates several display screen actions to present alternating screens at a fixed interval SR Research Experiment Builder supports the set of actions listed in the following table Display Screen Used to show a set of 2D graphics on the computer screen Please follow Chapter 8 Screen Builder to modify the content of the screen Camera Setup Displays the EyeLink camera setup screen for the experimenter to perform camera setup calibration and validation Drift Correction Performs an EyeLink drift correction by using a fixation point at a known position to correct for small drifts in the calculation of gaze position that can build up over time This is particularly useful when using the pupil only mode of EyeLink Command Ethernet link for on line tracker configuration and control
364. ode Files as UTF8 setting in Preferences Build Deploy should also be enabled Failing to do so will result in the following build run time warning WARNING warning 2001 You are using characters that ascii encoding cannot handle Please change your encoding Chinese Japanese and Korean Users Please make sure that the Encode Files as UTF8 setting in Preferences gt Build Deploy setting is always enabled otherwise you may see the following error ERROR error 2070 Internal Error Could not create script Please contact SR Research Sorry MemoryError This may have caused by an invalid encoding Try using UTF8 encoding 14 1 3 Creating Experiment Block Sequence In this example we are going to run three blocks of four trials The first step is to add a block sequence for repeating blocks see Figure 14 4 358 Research Expenment fuser y LA 220 AC Sample z alj Fis Edt View Exparnent Help DEAS POKER BORTER TAH Bi aerali rv QaQagRea Bs Expenmert gliela alm Simple i R _6 Click on the Sequence to continue 1 Click here to start SEQUENCE 5 Click on the right mouse button ona blank area and select Arrange Layout Figure 14 4 Creating Experiment Block Sequence 1 Click on the Experiment Tab in the Project Explorer Window to start SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 273 2 Click on the
365. of the Project Explorer Window The Structure panel in the middle lists the components used in the experiment This panel has three tabs Experiment Components and Devices The Experiment Tab left panel contains a hierarchical representation of the Experiment all component nodes are listed under the sequence in which they are contained The Components Tab middle panel lists the nodes by type triggers actions or other components Similar to the interface used by Windows Explorer if a certain type of components is used the folder containing those components can be opened or closed The Devices Tab right panel allows the designer to configure default settings for the EyeLink tracker experiment display and other devices see preference settings Structure Simple m START ia BLOCK Property abel DISPLAY SCREEN Object Type velink Message Background Color lll GidRows bo oOo Grid cums BS Structure ADD_ACCUMULATOR PLAY _ SOUND PREPARE _ SEQUENCE ADD_TO_RESULTS_FILE DRIFT CORRECT SET_TTL RESET_MODE DISPLAY _SCREEM BA IGISPLAyY_SCREEN Experiment Components Properties H a Se 24 waht 7 Background Color NN ts Per Pixel BO GidRows bo oOo Grid Cums OB orce Full Redraw ze For Host Display D T 2 Auto Generate Sync M 7 7 Structure EH 9 Devices EVELINK DISPLAY AUDIO TTL CEDRUS Experi ment Components Dewjices Properties H x Property Resolution
366. ollowing table lists typical data types used in a custom class Attribute Value Data Type Usage Example Line 013 self myString This is another string 100 100 Point Example Line 007 If an attribute s default value is of tuple type and only has two items the property will be treated as an EBPoint The parameter of the setX method and the return type of the getX method is expected to be the same as the attribute type sreb EBPoint 100 200 Example Line 010 1 2 3 Color Example Line 008 If an attribute s default value is a tuple of 3 items the property will be treated SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 261 as an EBColor The parameter of the setX method and the output type of the getX method is expected to be the same as the type of the attribute sreb EBColor 200 100 100 Example Line 011 1 abc self property6 List sd Example Line 012 listQ List self myList listQ This creates an empty list Unknown Type self unknowType None 12 3 5 Class Methods Methods in a class are defined by a def statement The def statement is a single clause statement with the following syntax def function name self parameter list statement s All of the code within the function is indented Unlike other python functions a method defined in a class body always has a mandatory first parameter self In addition to the first mandatory parameter self the user can pass a
367. on programming language As such an understanding of the Python programming language is necessary before creating a Custom Class in Experiment Builder Please refer to the Python documentation if you are not familiar with Python While a custom class is written in Python a set of rules is used by the Experiment Builder GUI to parse the custom class and display the properties of the class in the Experiment Builder GUI It is critical that these rules described later in this section are understood as you define your custom class so that access to class attributes and methods is possible from within the rest of the experiment The following explains the basics of creating a custom class in Experiment Builder with an example 12 3 1 Line 001 Line 002 Line 003 Line 004 Line 005 Line 006 Line 007 Line 008 Line 009 Line 010 Line O11 Line 012 Line 013 Line 014 Line O15 Line 016 Line 017 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual Example import sreb class CustomClassTemplate sreb EBObject def init__ self sreb EBObject __ init__ self self property1 1 property of Integer type This is also a read write property see the getter and setter self property2 1 2 read only point property Note the setter missing for this property self property3 1 2 3 read only color property Note the setter missing for this property self property4 1 0 read and write property of double type also will n
368. one for himself but for every tide water dog hair from Puget Sound to San Diego Because ir found a yellow metal and because steamship anc the find thousands of men were rushing into the the dogs they wanted were heavy dogs with stror coats to protect them from the frost Buck lived at a big house in the sun kissed lt place it was called jmsteleleMe e Sirena which glimpses could be caught of the wide cool af Figure 8 10 Multiline Text Editor After a multiline resource is added to the screen clicking anywhere at the work space will bring up the multiline resource editor see Figure 8 10 The user can type in text in the editor or paste text from text files using shortcut keys CTRL V Buttons on the toolbar of the text editor allow the user to modify the appearance of text entered This includes text font font size text style bold underline italic color line space alignment style margin of the text Note that the user may first set the right text appearance especially the font before entering text If the text has already been entered the user may select all by pressing shortcut keys CTRL A or part of the text entered before using the toolbar to change text appearance The following table lists the ios ofa Yoo text resource Reference Label label hal a of the resource default Type The type of screen resource MultiLineTextResource the current item belongs to Visible t Whether the
369. onfigure the order of the variables to be output If the Selected Variables panel is not empty a V TRIAL_VAR message will be written to EDF data file for each of the condition variables and its corresponding value for each trial f Select ariables for Output Available variables Selected variables Display z hove up Ado p q Remove ws Move gown OR Cancel Figure 11 2 Editing Trial ID Message 11 2Recording Status During recording a text message can be displayed at the bottom of the tracker screen so that the experimenter is informed of the progress of the experiment To send such a SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 254 message click on the recording sequence Make sure that the Record property of the sequence is checked Click on the right end of the value field of the EyeLink Record Status Message Property In the following attribute editor dialog enter the message string see Figure 11 3 Make sure that the message string is shorter than 40 characters for an EyeLink I eye tracker and 80 characters for an EyeLink II or 1000 eye tracker Since the EyeLink host software runs on a DOS operating system please make sure that non ASCII characters are not included in the message string as they will not be displayed properly For example if
370. operties of the individual components in the toolbox 7 1 Graph Editing Operations The Experiment Builder is an interactive tool allowing the user to create a new experiment graph from scratch and to modify an existing graph With the graph editor window the user is able to add remove new experiment Builder component nodes to add remove the connection between nodes to modify the attributes of node and so on The following lists common operations used in editing a graph in Experiment Builder Most of the operations can be performed by keyboard shortcuts by using buttons on the application toolbar or by entries in the Edit menu e Inserting a new node Click on the Action Trigger Other Tab of component toolbox in the Graph Editor Window Place the mouse cursor on the icon of the desired component press the left mouse button hold it down as you move the mouse to drag the selected item to the desired location in the work space and then release the left mouse button e Cutting nodes Select the nodes to be cut press CTRL X keys together or click the right mouse button to bring up a popup menu Select cut to remove a selection from the project and place it into the clipboard e Deleting nodes Select the nodes to be removed press Delete key or select Delete from the popup menu to remove the selection from the current location Note Delete will not place the selection into the clipboard Therefore if you want to move one
371. or to locate a method in a custom class instance If a method in a custom code class is already linked to this field double clicking on the execute action should bring up the custom code text editor and set the current editing position to the start of the method that the execute action was using u NRO A list of parameters the execute method may take Result result __ Result of the execution method Result Data NR Type of the data returned by the execute Type method 7 9 20 Null Action The Null action node Cb as suggested by its name does not perform any actual actions Itis primarily used for two reasons a Controlling experiment flow For example the current linking rules do not allow for a direct connection between a sequence and triggers A null action can be used as a dummy action in between instead of using SEND_EL_MESSAGE action or ADD_TO_LOG action The null action can also be attached to the unused branch of conditional trigger so that the experiment flow can continue It can also be used between two successive triggers to make the reading of the experiment graph less ambiguous b Clearing cached trigger data SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 103 po Reference Label label String Label of the NULL_ACTION action The default value is NULL_ACTION Type The type of Experiment Builder objects NullAction the current node belongs to Node Path absPath S
372. or cognitive research 22 sec for pursuit and neurological work The default is 30 degrees This will override the saccade sensitivity settings in Preferences gt Experiment gt Devices EyeLink Whether the acceleration value should be considered Given the dynamics of acceleration deceleration during a saccade this field may be checked whether determining a saccade with no region location constrain e g when the location is set to full screen If the trigger should fire when entering or leaving a particular region the user may leave this box unchecked 1 e ignore the acceleration data Sets acceleration threshold of saccade detector usually 8000 sec sec for cognitive research 3800 sec sec for pursuit and neurological work The default value is 8000 This will override the saccade sensitivity settings in Preferences Experiment Devices gt EyeLink Triggered Data triggeredData Data about the saccade trigger if fired see the following table If the Sample Velocity trigger fires the user can access to the triggered data The attributes of the TriggeredData field are listed in the following table Time time Display PC time when the trigger fires EDF Time EDF Time EDF time of the triggering sample Eyes Available eyesAvailable SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual Eyes available in recording 0 for left eye for right eye 2 for either eye 2004 2010
373. ording in milliseconds since the recording starts Returns 0 before or after recording Record Start recordStartlim Float Display PC time when the audio recording Time e starts Returns O before or after recording SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 95 When you run a project using the ASIO driver a Creative ASIO Control Panel dialog box will show up This latency sets the minimum output latency of the ASIO driver delay from buffer switch to first sample output and the interval in milliseconds between ASIO buffer swaps 1 e how often new sounds can be output For better ASIO playing recording performance set the ASIO buffer latency to 10 ms the default is 50 ms A possible trial recording sequence involving audio recording would be 1 Add a Record Sound action to open the recording file for the trial 2 Present visual events with DISPLAY_SCREEN action Add a Voice key trigger to the DISPLAY_SCREEN in addition to other trigger types 3 Wait until timeout or a voicekey trigger event 4 Blank the display immediately or after a very short delay to let the subject know their utterance has been detected 5 Add a timer trigger so that recording can be continued for a short period 1000 ms to ensure the entire word has been recorded If a long response is expected you may want to continue checking the voicekey and end only after 1000 ms or so of silence 6 Close the r
374. ot accept references or equation self property5 sreb EB Point 100 200 read write point property Note this property is similar to proprty2 except the writeableness self property6 sreb EBColor 200 100 100 read write color property Note this property is similar to proprty3 except the writeableness self property7 1 abc self property6 read write eblist property self property8 hello read write string property self _myInternalAttribute My Internal Attribute string property however this is hidden from the interface Property property 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 258 Line 018 Line 019 Line 020 Line 021 Line 022 Line 023 Line 024 Line 025 Line 026 Line 027 Line 028 Line 029 Line 030 Line 031 Line 032 Line 033 Line 034 Line 035 Line 036 Line 037 Line 038 Line 039 Line 040 Line 041 Line 042 Line 043 Line 044 Line 045 Line 046 Line 047 Line 048 Line 049 Line 050 Line 051 Line 052 Line 053 Line 054 Line O55 Line 056 Line 057 Line 058 Line 059 Line 060 Line 061 Line 062 Line 063 Line 064 Line 065 Line 066 Line 067 Line 068 Line 069 Line 070 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual A read and write integer type property def setProperty 1 self c self property l c def getProperty 1 self return self property 1 Property property2 A read only property The type will be treated as a point
375. ouse seContingent Contingent T o i Host Outline Color Color hostOutlineCol or Location location Point The coordinate of the top left corner or center of the resource Width Float Intended width in pixels of the resource Height Float Intended height in pixels of the resource Movement NR Movement pattern sinusoidal or custom of the Pattern f resource Prebuild to prebuildToIma Boolean Whether the resource should be built into an Image t ge image when the experiment is built instead of having it created during runtime This field is always true when the screen is contained in a recording sequence IMPORTANT If this attribute is False the run time drawing may not look exactly as it does in the screen editor In addition images will not be saved to support Data Viewer SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 210 pf overlay O Use Software useSoftwareSu Boolean If false unchecked memory on the video card Surface T is used to hold the resource blitting from the video card memory to the display surface is fast If true checked the system memory is used to hold the resource blitting is slow as it is done by copying from RAM to display surface color is medium gray 128 128 128 Specifies the width 1 pixel by default of the pen x y coordinate of the starting point of the line x y coordinate of the ending point of the line 8 1
376. ovement Pattern Figure 7 51 Using mouse trigger with top left and center location types SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 144 7 10 7 3 Calculating response time of a mouse click Responses on the mouse device can be retrieved by using the UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE action Typically you may use a couple of variables to record which mouse button is pressed the time RT of the button press and the accuracy of the button press Specifically the button press should be retrieved as MOUSE triggeredData button the time of button press should be retrieved as MOUSE triggeredData time see the figure below With that you can calculate the response time BUTTON_PRESS_TIME value DISPLAY_ON_TIME value In case the trial can end without having the subject to press a button you may use the UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE at the beginning of the trial to reset the default values for the variables so that the response data from the previous trial will not be carried over to the current trial Don t forget to add the variables to the EyeLink DV Variable list or to the RESULT_FILE RESET_DATA T Marans PMOUSE BUTTON PRESSED valem MOUSE triggeredData buttona I MOUSE_BUTTON_PRESS_TIME value DMOLISE triggeredData time DISPLAY_TARGET ia DISPLAY_ON TIME value DISPLAY TARGET time DRESPONSE TIME valuea Eint MOUSE_BUTTON_PRESS_TIME value DISPLAY_ ect Attribute Yalue List for GET_RESP
377. owing checklist was created to summarize some common problems in creating and running an Experiment Builder project See the html version of this document for a list of frequently asked questions If this is an EyeLink experiment 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 8 9 Is there a recording sequence in the project FAQ How to convert a non EyeLink experiment to an EyeLink experiment Does it implement the hierarchical organization concept of experiment design Is the data source attached to the trial sequence instead of the recording sequence If the datasource is attached the recording sequence you will not be able to do image drawing to the Host PC perform a pre recording drift correction as well as reset triggers actions and resources Have the experiment trial variables been added to the EyeLink DV Variables of the Experiment node FAQ The automatic TRIALID creator doesn t work Has the Message field of the triggers and actions been filled Messages will be sent to EDF file to mark important events For example you may write a SYNCTIME message for the DISPLAY_SCREEN action that shows the target screen Has Prebuild to Image button of the screen resources been enabled This ensures image files will be created in the runtime images directory for Data Viewer overlay FAQ How to show the images in Data Viewer FAQ No image is overlaid under the fixations in Data Viewer Has the target
378. ows 2000 For the latter operating system you will need to run the PORT9 S5NT exe installer in the SR Research 3rdParty folder Using the TTL trigger requires properly identifying the base address of the parallel port This can be done through the Device Manager in Windows on Windows XP click Start gt Control Panel gt System In the System Properties dialog select the Hardware SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 150 tab and click Device Manager button In the Device Manager list find the entry for the parallel port device under Ports COM amp LPT if you use PCI PCI Express or PCMCIA version of the parallel port adapter card you ll need to install a driver for the port before it is correctly recognized by Windows Click on the port and select the Resources in the properties table This should list the I O address of the card For the built in LPT1 of desktop and laptop computers this is typically 0378 037F hex value Once you have found out the parallel port address open the Experiment Builder project go to the TTL Device setting enter the hex value for the TTL port reported by the device manager e g 0x378 for 0378 you see in the device manager Reference TTL mr o The type of Experiment Builder objects TTL the current node belongs to experiment graph Message message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or mess
379. p menu see Figure 7 3 Select Import Node If the Import Node option is grayed out please make sure that you do not have any node currently selected 3 In the following Open dialog box go to the directory where the exported node file is contained select the ebo file and then click Open SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 45 START VARIABLE x fe Paste n fy Paste Multiple DISPLAY SCREEM il Delete a Zoom selected re E oom In 4 co oom ue bH Fit Content Layout N Export Mode TIMER Eb Im po rt Node Figure 7 5 Importing Node 7 4 Layout of Nodes in Work Space The Work Space in the Graph Editor Window functions like a flow diagram editor in which components are dragged onto and connected If a large number of items are added the work space may get cluttered The graphic interface of Experiment Builder allows for automatic node arrangement zoom in or zoom out operations to create high quality drawings of a graph so that it can be understood easily To rearrange the layout of items in a hierarchical manner place the mouse cursor to a blank area in the Work Space click the right mouse button to bring up a popup menu and choose Layout and then click OK see Figure 7 4 From the menu the users can also zoom in or out the current graph or to make the current graph fit the screen The following table lists of the options available from
380. periment Scun Ce eresas ieee 34 Figure 6 3 Connecting between Source and Target Components cseeseseeeeeeeeeees 33 Figure 6 4 Nested Sequences in an Experiment ccceecssscccccccceeeeeeeeecccceeesaaeesseeeeeess 40 Figure 6 5 Using a Reference to Update Text to Be Displayed sssssnnnnnesssssssseersssss 4 Firre J l Connec MONON resinen rnn a N EE S 43 Fene T2 Exporine Nodo tarana slat iadateoeiieh site aaeimeniaeblatiaactans 44 Fig te 7 3 Reference Maiitanene sessar io debian A E E E 45 Bisure 7 42 xpOre Library FUES eena N N 45 Proute Ao limporine N odee e tas iudaetine etal een caieuntaneode 46 Figure 7 6 Choosing Layout of Components in Work Space ccccccccsssseeeseeeeeeeeeees 47 Figure 7 7 Property Field Editable with Attribute Reference Editor cceee 48 Figure 7 8 Properties of the Experiment Nodessiniihniini niestier 50 Figure 7 9 Using Sequence 1n an Experiment asrini rE 54 Figure 7 10 Action Tab of the Component Toolbox 00 0 ccccccccccceeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 55 Fisure 1 Using Display Sereeny lt Sceccasiinc o a whdoneasnie 59 Proures 7 12 sine Drrit C orrection A CUO enesree n an E E 64 Fiounre 7 15 Usine Camera SEUNA CHOD oei tabindeieiesiatateainceee ai tebadee 70 Figure 7 14 Using Sending Message Action sssessssoeeersssssssscerressssssscerersssssseseerressss 12 Figure 7 15 Using Sending EyeLink Command ACtiOn eeeessesssssssssssseerrrresrss
381. pixel Panel B SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 205 Figure 8 7 Aliased and Anti aliased Texts To apply anti aliasing the user should first check for the Experiment Builder preference settings Click Edit gt Preferences Click on Screen node and make sure that the Anti aliasing Drawing box is checked see Figure 8 8 03 Preferences x e Preferences H Experiment Devices Nodes rterest4rea Color artialiasDrawing E ee Resources Movement Patterns __ Built In Interest Area Preference BuildDeploy Gul Restore Factory Detautt Save Properties as Detautt Figure 8 8 Antialiasing Drawing Preference Setting In addition anti aliasing works well in a uniform background The user should set the Transparency color of the Experiment close to but not identical to the background color in the display For example see Figure 8 9 to show black 0 0 0 text over white 255 255 255 background the user may set the transparency color to something close to white for example 251 250 251 Important Never set the transparency color the same as the display background color this will cause the display drawn improperly SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 206 005 Preferences eos Choose Color E g Preferences Property Swatches HSB RGB i Experiment dth 024
382. play PC Time when record sound control action begins Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues S n when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Operation operation String Action STOP PAUSE PLAY or ABORT used to control the current audio recording STOP Stops the current audio recording writes out the data stored in the record buffer to the wav file and frees the buffer ABORT Stops the current audio recording without saving the wav file PAUSE Pauses the current audio recording Recording may be continued by using the RECORD action RECORD Unpauses a paused recording The RECORD_SOUND_CONTROL action can only be applied after the RECORD_SOUND action For the usage of this action please take a look at the Record Sound example 7 9 17 Terminating an Experiment The experiment ends when all iterations of sequences have been executed The user can choose to terminate an experiment earlier by using the TERMINATE_EXPERIMENT action h Reference Label of the TERMINATE EXPER
383. play time of the next upcoming frame If the video playback performance is very poor this may result in several frames being dropped in a row If a frame is dropped the Dropped Frame Count is increased in the video resource object Furthermore a warning message is printed to the console and to the warnings log file indicating a frame was dropped and what the index of that frame was You can also detect dropped frames by looking at the display screen messages that are saved as a video is being played If a frame is dropped no frame display message will be written to the data file so a discontinuity will be present in the message stream 8 1 2 5 Frame Caching To help ensure smooth video presentation Experiment Builder caches a certain number of video frames in memory By decoding n frames in advance the application does not have to wait for the decoding of the next frame before it can be displayed on screen By decoding frames ahead of time dropping frames becomes less likely The maximum number of frames that are cached for each video resource can be changed go the Display Device to set the desired value of the Video Frame Cache Size This should be a value between 5 and 60 Unless there is a specific reason to change the default frame cache size we suggest that you do not change the frame cache value A large frame cache size results in a larger amount of system memory use This can cause a longer initial preparation time for the vide
384. ple if the location field is set to 512 384 and the offset is 100 100 The actual resource position will be 412 284 Host Outline hostOutlineColo Color The color of the box drawn on the host screen to Color show the position and dimension of the current resource This property is available only if the Use for Host Display option of the containing display screen action is enabled and the Draw to EyeLink Host of the prepare sequence action is set to Primitive Screen Location NR Whether the location specified below refers to Type the top left corner or center of the resource This setting can be changed at Screen Preferences Location location Point The coordinate of the top left corner or center of the resource If the Offset 1s non zero the actual screen position where the resource 1s displayed will be the coordinate set in the location field minus the offset adjustment Intended width of the resource in screen pixels Intended height of the resource in screen pixels Movement NR Movement pattern sinusoidal or custom of the Pattern resource Prebuild to _prebuildToImage Boolea Whether the resource should be built into an Image T n image when the experiment is built instead of having it created during runtime Uncheck this option only if you will need to come up with the image file name during runtime e g by using a variable or an equation instead of referring
385. ponent Y If the reference is to a component attribute that is not in the same sequence as the referencing component the reference will also contain the graph path to the referenced component The user can refer a variable or an attribute of a node to the attribute of another node trigger action or sequence a variable or data source The users can also use a more complex form of references equations which are a combination of values and or references In most cases the data type of the referring attribute must match that of the referenced attribute As amore concrete example of using references imagine that the user needs to show a text on the screen In the property table of the text resource the user can enter the text to be displayed directly in the Text property field see left panel of the figure below This static approach will be problematic when the user needs to display different text across trials Another more flexible approach is to have the Text attribute of the text resource refer to a column e g Word of a data source that contains a different text value in each iteration of the sequence see the right panel Obviously using references is more advantageous when the user needs to set a value dynamically In addition references can also be used to access the value of attributes of an action or a trigger In the above example the width and height of the text shown on the screen will change dynamically across trial
386. ported the trigger time time EyeLink saccade trigger maintains an event queue so that multiple saccade events can be accessed over time The current option checks whether the saccade event s cached in the event queue should be cleared when the trigger fires NO no event clearing Event removes the 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 161 current triggering event from the saccade event queue LIST all saccade events from event queue will be removed Region Type regionType String The type of triggering Region used RECTANGLE 0 ELLIPSE 1 or INTEREST AREA 2 Note that the INTEREST AREA option is only available when interest areas are defined in one of the display screens in the same recording sequence Region regionDirection List A range of eye angles from a multiple selection Direction list 0 45 45 90 90 135 135 180 180 135 135 90 90 45 45 0 used to restrict the direction in which the saccade trigger fires Region Location regionLocation Point Pixel coordinate of the top left corner of the Top Left boundary region in x y tuple The default value is 0 00 0 00 Note that the x y coordinate of the region location can be further referred as regionLocation x and regionLocation y respectively Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE Region Width region Width Integer Width 0 by d
387. prompted to reboot the computer if the driver for a PS 2 keyboard mouse is updated SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 136 Hardware Installation q The software you are installing for this hardware IN SREE Keyboard Filter has not passed Windows Logo testing to verify its compatibility With Windows esP Lell me why this testing is important Continuing your installation of this software may impair or destabilize the correct operation of your system either immediately or in the future Microsoft strongly recommends that you stop this installation now and contact the hardware vendor for software that has passed Windows Logo testing Continue Anyway STOP Installation Figure 7 48 Click Continue Anyway on logo testing warning 3 Open the experiment project click Edit gt Preference gt Experiment to open the Experiment preference settings and tick the Enable Multiple Input option 4 If multiple keyboards are used go to the Keyboard Device preferences set the intended number of keyboards for the experiment project and assign a distinct label for the keyboards if you need to If multiple mice are used go to the Mouse Device preferences set the intended number of mice for the experiment project and assign a distinct label for the mice if you need to 5 Now for all of the keyboard triggers the possible keyboards to be used are listed in the Use Keyboard property of
388. put clearInputQueue Boolea ASIO Voicekey trigger maintains an event Queue n queue so that multiple voicekey events can be accessed over time The current option checks whether the voicekey event s cached in event queue should be cleared when the trigger fires SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 174 NO no event clearing Event removes the current triggering event from the voicekey event queue LIST all voicekey events from event queue will be removed Threshold threshold Float Value from 0 0 to 1 0 to set voicekey trigger level with 1 0 being the maximum audio level The threshold should be set high enough to reject noise and prevent false triggering but low enough to trigger quickly on speech A threshold of 0 05 to 0 10 is typical Below belowThreshold Boolea Whether the voice key should trigger is the Threshold n audio level is below the specified threshold level Triggered Data triggeredData If the voice key trigger fires the triggered data can be further accessed see the following table When the voicekey trigger fires the triggered data can be further accessed The sub attributes of the TriggeredData field are listed in the following table fires EDF Time EDFTime EDF time when the voicekey trigger fires Level level Float Returns the voicekey audio level in the same units as the voicekey threshold when the voicekey trigger fires with 0 0 being
389. py and Paste 9 3 Importing Existing Files as Data Source For greater flexibility the user can also generate data source with external text editor software like Wordpad Notepad etc and then load the plain text file into Experiment Builder In that file use the first row for column variable labels Use space or tab to separate neighboring columns Click on the Import Data Button on the data source editor screen In Open dialog choose the target file Please note that if your external data source file is encoded with ASCII format you may leave the Encoding field as default Ifthe target file was encoded with UTF 8 format choose the right encoding type before pressing the OK button If the user has already a data set created a dialog box will be displayed to allow the user to choose to append the new data after the existing data lines or to overwrite the old data lines see Figure 9 6 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 239 Confirm whether append or overwrite x an The variables are the same as the existing one would yau like to append rows or overwrite Overwrite Cancel Figure 9 6 Append or Overwrite Confirmation By default all of the data columns are imported as string To change data type for a column click on that column heading and then click the right mouse button to bring up a popup menu Select Update Column menu option and choo
390. quirements cccccsseseeeeeeeeeeees 1 Dad AMANE SOW eae Sarees rach E aise Ouaben ea maben tat 11 3 2 1 For Standard Installation applicable to most users 0ssseeeeenssessseeeesssss 11 3 2 2 For Installation using Network Licensing cc ceeeeceeceeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeaas 12 3 3 EE T E E E E EAA A E E E A EE E ET 13 S55 HASP Dfvermstallatonseosnaine nen dune ievaaiudesianeres 13 33 2 PONWArE LICENSING aeni a a a 14 A NV OTA Wt EE S n a a a vee 16 4 1 healing a NOW SCSS1OMassceticenroieiiaaathane cals ese tasetiat tint aceluarsinetaieuaes 16 4 2 AVL Aig SS Ol E E crac dh tines iene amin Pads O TAR etna asses 18 4 3 Saving an Existing Session to a Different Directory 0 0 0 0 ceeececcceeeeeeeeeeeeees 18 4 4 Opemno a SESON a eiaes eaters eae ee cetelaseraeiend ead maar alee ce 19 4 5 Reopening a Recent Experiment Session cccccccccccccceesseeeeeceeeeeeeaaeeeseeeeeees 20 AO jPackdeMie an Ex penmet siete sleteasnreicbo aa acaee estan bieeiate ieenice irene see tar iuencte ees 21 4 7 Unpacking an EX pertinent ensi N 21 4 8 Buildin an Bx peri e Mb esan ei nanan seeseedeveen A ener 21 4 9 Cleans ani Experienci restinste tian sretisuestiatalanieeeeiaiatacees 22 4 10 Test running an Experiment from EB Applicaton eeessseesseeeereressessssssss ZZ AE Deployine an Experiment peciaussisaa eden saustasebtecusintsuwsdseunte a 22 4 12 Running an Experiment for Data Collection eessssssssoenss
391. r The created zip file contains only the files necessary to rebuild and run the experiment graph ebd Preferences properties and library directory The packed project can be unpacked by Experiment Builder Tip The experiment can also be packaged up by clicking the Package button G on the application tool bar or pressing F5 Experiment packaging is very useful if you want to send another Experiment Builder user an experiment you have created so they can modify the experiment in the Experiment Builder 4 7 Unpacking an Experiment The packed experiment project can be unpacked by clicking File Unpack from the application File menu In the following dialog the user should select the packed project source and specify a directory to which the project should be unpacked Note that the packed project may be opened by common zipping unzipping utilities such as Winzip version 8 0 or later and WinRAR However the project may not be opened properly by these zipping utilities if the project name contains non ASCII characters Tip A packed project can also be unpacked by pressing F3 4 8 Building an Experiment After creating the experiment the user needs to compile the experiment to make sure that there is no error in the experiment graph To do that from the application menu bar choose see Figure 4 7 Experiment Build Tip Building an experiment can also be performed by clicking on the Build button La on the applica
392. r Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 149 continuous output you ll need to fill in the positions yourself for the period of time when the mouse is not moving If you are recording the mouse position in an EDF file an V TARGET _POS TARGI message can be used so that the target position traces can be obtained in the sample report and displayed in the temporal graph view the positions of the mouse are interpolated across samples You may check the HTML version of this document for an example project ar EyeLink Data iewer Ioj x File Edit Analysis Window Help a Inspector Men i E gt Data at Preferences B33 1666 2499 S335 HEG 4999 5833 BEGG 7499 233a 94166 l l l l l 205 407 508 610 7412 81 Anz 6 CI 2 fe ED Trial 3 H Interest Area Templat Field Walle TE ndex 2 R Recording B2688 ms Recording 102773 ms Recording 10085 ms 7 iew Trial Data in 2D Temporal Graph Mode F905 00 1004 00 Figure 7 57 Viewing mouse traces in the Data Viewer temporal graph view 7 10 8 TTL Trigger The TTL trigger ED is used to check for TTL input to the parallel port or other data port of the Display PC It fires when a pre specified TTL data is received Version 1 6 121 or later of this software automatically installs the I O port driver for both 32 bit and 64 bit versions of Windows except for Wind
393. r green color Click on the Close button E at the top right corner of the dialog to finish Properties lt Property Value 2 Hold down the CTRL key and select input keys Confidence Interval k lear Input Queue eys se Keyboard Triggered Data 1 Click here Figure 15 15 Setting Response Keys 6 Add another Timer trigger Rename it as TIME OUT and set the duration as 8000 msec 7 Add another DISPLAY SCREEN action Click on the action and modify its label as DISPLAY_BLANK This will be the blank screen to clear the Stroop word 8 Make a connection from the START node to FIXATION SCREEN from FIXATION_SCREEN to TIMER from TIMER to DISPLAY_SCREEN from DISPLAY_SCREEN to KEYBOARD_INPUT and TIME _OUT from the last two triggers to DISPLAY_BLANK 9 Click at any blank area in the work space then click the right mouse button and select Arrange Layout in the popup menu to re arrange the nodes in an orderly fashion SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 303 15 8 1 Creating the Fixation Screen This section illustrates the creation of the fixation screen Images must be loaded into the image resource library before they can be used Follow the steps below to add images to the resource library see Figure 15 16 assuming that you have already created the image Fixation bmp 1 From t
394. race after to ensure that the flip is done properly Video Frame Cache Size cacheFrameThreshold Video frame buffer size Min should be 5 max should be 60 Use Video Decoding Thread useVideoDecodingThread Video decoding thread drives the video decoder Decoding thread continually fills this buffer while video playing thread consumes them Current Time currentTime Reads the millisecond clock running on the Display PC the clock starts with O when the EyeLink library is initialized Software To Hardware Blit time softwareToHardwareBlitTime Time required to perform a software based copying of resource from system memory to the display surface Hardware To Hardware Blit time hardwareToHardwareBlitTime Time required to blit resource from the video card memory to the display surface Video Memory Size hardwareMemorySize The total amount of memory found in a video card Video Memory Available hardwareMemory Available The amount of memory in a video card available for graphics operation e g stores images as before they are sent to the display monitor Retrace Interval retraceInterval The duration of one refresh cycle of the monitor calculated as 1000 refresh rate SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 326 17 1 3 Audio oo Preferences El A Preferences 4 Experiment F udio Driver EI Devices oicekey Queue Size ABE EYELINK Ar
395. read only color property Wore the setter missing aell propertyg4 1 0 read and write property of double type also will selft propertyS sreb EBPoint lO0 200 read write point property Note th self propertye6 sreb EBColor 200 100 100 read write color property Noti selt property 1 abc self property6 read write eblist property Self propertys hello read write string property self myInternalattribute My Internal Attribute string property howevi Property propertyl 4 read and write integer type property def sethropertyl fae Le c ys selft propertyl c def getFropertyliself return self propertyl Property property 4 read only property The type will be treated as a point EBPoint def getProperty4 self return self propertye deft getPropertys selfi return self propertys Callable method using Execute action Note the default arquments and the doc string to let eb Enow what is the expected Y t Adaf mirMarhard i sal Ff marmi narm2 F 1oOn 1 1 11 maram i Toa 100 en maram A CMW FO nara Figure 12 5 Custom Class Code Editor Custom Class Editor Toolbar Short Cut Save Code CTRL S Save the custom class code SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 267 class editor eR actor RO class editor place it into the clipboard Copy si Copy si CTRL C C Puts a copy Puts a copy of a selection to the clipboard a selection to the Puts a cop
396. redData m If the keyboard trigger fires the triggered data can be further accessed see the following table The supported named keys in attribute editor are Any Backspace Tab Clear Enter Pause Escape Space Exclaim Quotedbl Hash Dollar Ampersand Quote Leftparen Rightparen Asterisk Plus Comma Minus Period Slash 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Colon Semicolon Less Equals SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 131 Greater Question At Leftbracket Backslash Rightbracket Caret Underscore Backquote a b c d e f g h 1 J K l m n O p q T S t u V W X y Z Delete NumPad 0 NumPad 1 NumPad 2 NumPad 3 NumPad 4 NumPad 5 NumPad 6 NumPad 7 NumPad 8 NumPad 9 NumPad Period NumPad Divide NumPad Multiply NumPad Minux NumPad Plus NumPad Enter NumPad Equals Up Down Right Left Insert Home End Pageup Pagedown F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 Numlock Capslock Scrollock Rshift Lshift Rctrl Lctrl Ralt Lalt Rmeta Lmeta Lsuper Rsuper Mode Compose Help Print Sysreq Break Menu Power Euro Undo When a keyboard trigger fires the user can further access the triggered data The sub attributes of the TriggeredData for a keyboard trigger are listed in the following table Keyboard keyboard String Keyboard on which the triggering key is pressed If Enable Multiple Input option is enabled this
397. reference settings are fine for the experiment to be created i SE Research aperiri Bidhher v LALA RE Simple Fis Edt Vew Experiment Hap raneperancy Coin n many To Mrt Petree Aden Fame Cache Sie i i Evelink DV Variables ioe Widen Decoding Thread j Tame u D ry 7 Bil pimen Ares Pelerence a Bes j m e c SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 271 Figure 14 2 Configuring Preference Settings 1 Select Edit Preferences from the application menu bar or press shortcut key F4 2 Click on Preferences Experiment Devices gt Display to check display settings Make sure that the settings Width Height Bits per Pixel and Refresh Rate used in the current example are supported by your video card and monitor 3 Click on Preferences Screen to check Screen Builder settings Set the Location Type as Center Position 4 To make the text looks better the user may enable the anti aliasing function see Section 8 1 3 2 Anti aliasing and Transparency If this is the case please click on Preferences Screen to enable Antialising Drawing In addition click on Preferences Experiment gt Devices gt Display to set the transparency color value to something similar but not identical to the background used in the display screen In the current example the user may set the RGB value of the transparency color to 251 250
398. regardless whether the last frame 1s dropped or not Right now only the XVID codec is supported in the animation playback view of the EyeLink Data Viewer software Make sure the converted video clips have the xvd file extension SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 202 8 1 2 7 Playing Video Clips with Audio For those video clips with sound the Split Avi program splits the video stream from the audio stream in the original video file and saves each stream in a separate file Now the user has two files one for sound and one for video To put the sound back into the video so that the video will have sound during the experiment the user needs to use a DISPLAY SCREEN action to show the video stream and a PLAY SOUND action to play back the audio stream To synchronize the playing of the video and audio streams we recommend the user to use the ASIO driver click the Devices Tab of the structure panel and select the Audio Device to play the audio file To use the ASIO driver please follow the instructions on installing and configuring the ASIO card and driver available Once the ASIO driver has been selected double click on the Display Screen action which is used to show the video and enable the Synchronize Audio Option This will let you select a wav file from the library manager to play with the video and set the Sound Offset to 0 for well synchronized audio and video playback If exact audio
399. returns Tracker PC KEYBOARD_1 KEYBOARD_2 otherwise this returns Display PC or Tracker PC The key pressed that fired the trigger Key Code The numeric code for the key pressed Unicode Key ERE Integer Returns the Unicode key for the key s pressed A MISSING_DATA will be returned 1f the system cannot translate the key sequence to a character aa Integer A bit field enumeration for one or multiple modifier keys Shift CTRL and ALT pressed Is nell Pressed ee Boolea Whether one of the SHIFT keys is pressed n Is CTRL Pressed isCtrlPressed Whether one of the CTRL keys is pressed n Is ALT Pressed AsAltPressed Boolea Whether one of the ALT keys 1s pressed n EDF Time EDF Time EDF time of the triggering key press Time time Integer Display PC time when the triggering key is pressed It is pretty easy to use a keyboard trigger For example if the user wants to press the ENTER or SPACEBAR of the display PC to end a trial the properties of the keyboard trigger can be set as shown in the following figure SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 132 Structure CES EEH keyboardTest fF START a PREPARE SEQUENCE an ay SEQUENCE START DISPLAY _SCREEM E DISPLAY END Experiment Components Dewices Label EYBOARD keyboard Hode Path SEQUENCE KEYBO Message KEYBOARD Time Ype ny Last Checked Time konfid
400. rogramming your own experiment When creating your experiment you may also refer to the check list in Chapter 16 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 269 14 Creating EyeLink Experiments The First Example To create an Experiment with SR Research Experiment Builder the user needs to take the following three steps e Create an Experiment e Build and test run the Experiment e Deploy the Experiment Following these a set of files are generated so that the experiment can be run for data collection without relying on the Experiment Builder application To illustrate the use of Experiment Builder we are going to create a very simple eye tracking experiment which runs three blocks of four trials In each trial a single word is displayed in the center of the screen see the SIMPLE template of the EyeLink C programming API 14 1 Creating the Experiment The current section provides a step by step tutorial to walk you through the basics of creating an experiment with SR Research Experiment Builder 14 1 1 Creating a New Experiment Session Click on the Experiment Builder to start a new session When the application starts z a i a sa ee ya F5 TLO jsi iSA T Fe ika ehi Biak MERE Fis nm A X e TE Fia Edt ew Experiment Help af j 2 i 3 3 Open bled 3 Remmen 1 Click File gt New to start al Ura Fa Exit 2 Enter the session name Eng
401. rom all of the keyboards and mice are treated the same as if the response is made to a single keyboard or mouse In some applications the user may want to differentiate the responses from different keyboards or mice This can be done by enabling the mulitple keyboard support l a First plug in all of the intended keyboards and mice to the display computer and reboot the computer Install the keyboard and mouse driver that supports multiple keyboard mouse inputs From your computer desktop click Start gt All Programs gt SR Research gt Experiment Builder gt Install Experiment Builder Drivers In the following Install Uninstall Experiment Builder Driver dialog box a list of keyboards and mice detected will be listed Select the intended devices or click on the Select All boxes to install the driver It may takes some time for the drivers to be installed BW Install Uninstall ExperimentBuilder Drivers x keyboards M Select All Mice Select All X HID compliant mouse HID Vid O45ePid OOfF6Rey 0121 Instal Upgrade Drivers Close Rollback Drivers Figure 7 47 Installing SREB keyboard driver Click on Continue Anyway button if you see the warning dialog The software you are installing for this hardware SREB Keyboard Filter has not passed Windows Logo testing to verify its compatibuility with Windows XP A green check mark will be drawn if the driver is successfully installed You may be
402. round for the spatial overlay view of the trial within a viewing session MSG 12808461 9 V DRAW_LIST runtime dataviewer graphics 1116546752 vcl Important Please make sure that the Prebuild to Image box of each screen resource 1s checked This will build the screen resource into an image and save it in an image file in the runtime images directory when the experiment is built This ensures a better runtime performance as well having images available for Data Viewer analysis SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 255 Important Please note that your data analysis does not have to be limited on the original PC where the data collection was done You may copy the whole Experiment Name folder to your data analysis computer To make the data transfer easier give so many files involved you may first zip up the Experiment Name folder keeping the directory structure and then unzip the file on your data analysis computer If the user adds a blank screen at the end of the trial to clear display screen please make sure that the Send EyeLink DV Messages checkbox of that action 1s unchecked For some experiments the user should also create interest areas so that future analyses can be done with ease If a display screen contains interest areas an interest area message will be written to the EDF data file to inform the viewer to re create those interest areas during analysis MSG 63036 13 V IAREA FI
403. rt o Reboot the computer to go into the BIOS settings Select the settings for Parallel Port Mode and set the mode to either PS 2 EPP or Bidirectional Mode if it is not currently set so o Next you will need to enable the bidirectional mode for the parallel port If you use Experiment Builder this can be done by use a SET_TTL action at the very beginning of the experiment set the Register to CONTROL and set SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 153 the value to 0x20 basically this toggles on pin 5 the bidirectional pin on the control register o Now you are using the bidirecitonal mode so the incoming TTL signal shall be checked with the data register Set the Register of the TTL trigger to DATA If you want to detect the arrival of signal you may simple choose the Pin mode and set all of the pin values to EITHER Remember to fill out the Message property of TTL trigger to mark the event time e If you are using a crossed parallel cable that reads the data through the status register of the parallel port o The parallel port can be set to any modes o The bidirectional mode must be turned off so that you can do the normal data sending through the data register and data receving through the status register You can disable the birectional mode by toggling off the pin 5 of the control register This can be done by sending a value of 0 to the control register with a SET_TTL action
404. rty def setProperty8 self c self property8 c def getProperty8 self Line 088 return self property8 Line 089 Line 090 12 3 2 Class Definition A Python class starts with the reserved word class followed by the class name Each word in a class name is usually capitalized but this is only a convention not a requirement Python functions have no explicit begin or end and no curly braces to mark where the function code starts and stops The only delimiter is a colon and the indentation of the code itself Everything in a class is indented class ClassName BaseClasses statement s The class name of the above example is CustomClassTemplate Line 003 In Python the ancestor of a class is simply listed in parentheses immediately after the class name All custom classes in Experiment Builder must inherit sreb EBObject class Line 003 and import sreb module Line 001 If a class starts with _ then it is considered internal and will not be treated as a custom class 12 3 3 Class Initialization The body of the class is where you normally specify the attributes and methods of the class An Experiment Builder custom class always starts with a __ init__ self method Line 004 This method is used to initialize the CustomClassTemplate class The first argument of every class method including __init__ is always a reference to the current instance of the class By convention this argument is always named self The custom cla
405. s C EyeLinkButton the current node belongs to The absolute path of the node in the experiment graph Message mMessage String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink nn len experiment when the EyeLink button trigger fires Time time Float Display PC Time when the trigger fires Note To check the time when the button was pressed released you should use triggeredData time instead Last Check lastCheckTime Float This property can be used to retrieve the Time Display PC Time when the trigger was checked for the last time Confidence confidenceInterv Float Time difference between the trigger time and Interval al last check time of the trigger This indicates a window of uncertainty as the true trigger time could be between the last check time lastCheckTime and the reported the trigger time time Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea EyeLink button trigger maintains an event Queue n queueso that multiple button events can be accessed over time The current option checks whether the button event s cached in the event SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 120 queue should be cleared when the trigger fires NO no event clearing Event removes the current triggering event from the button event queue LIST all button events from event queue will be removed maem I all following table Buttons buttons List of List of buttons that may be pressed rele
406. s References have this syntax object_name attribute_name That is a reference starts and ends with a sign A reference can be manually entered in the property value field or more preferably from an attribute editor To bring up the attribute value editor place the mouse cursor at the very far right end of the property value field that should be edited see Figure 10 1 If the field supports attribute referencing a button with three dots on it will be displayed on the right hand side of the attributes value cell Double clicking on that button will bring up an Edit Attribute dialog with editable area on the top and a node selection tree on the bottom left In the editable area the user may enter in a value a reference or an equation SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 247 e EyeLink Experiment Builder 0 01 Demoline X l 18 x Fie Edit Experiment Help ABBB siexRaw lara Experiment Trial Recording DISPLAY _SCREEN alalN ololalY oloy leal alela e alal rz os Edit Attribute TEXT_RESOURCE gt text Attribute parent parent parent Trial_DataSource Text Attribute Editor Reference Selection Demoline START EL_CAMERA_SETUP D f Trial START DRIFT_CORRECT a Recording JF start FHA DISPLAY _SCREEN Interest_Areas Movement_Patterns Node Selection EHT Demoline START
407. s To know the exact text dimension 1n one trial the user can refer to the Width and Height property of the text resource SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 40 Value XT RESOURCE Property m abel sible ost Outline Color ocation dth Position is Gare Continge Position is Mouse Continge Screen Location Type Prebuild To Image eight ovement Pattern ont Color ont Size OA nderline Do tis Tet fre SP Use Runtime Word Segmen Tors A value XT RESOURCE Property m abel isible ost Outline Color ocation eight ovement Pattern one m Position i Gare conting Position is Mouse Contin Screen Location Type Prebuild To Image ont Color fort Size AO aparent parent parent TRIAL Use Ri parent parent parent TRIGL DataSource Word B Figure 6 5 Using a Reference to Update Text to Be Displayed SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 41 7 Experiment Graph and Components The Component toolbox in the Graph Editor Window contains the basic building blocks for creating experiments To create an experiment the user needs to add necessary components into different sequences of the experiment and make connections between those components Following this the properties of the individual components should be reviewed and modified as necessary The current chapter reviews the usage and pr
408. s Message field allows the user to send a text message to be displayed at the bottom of the tracker screen so that the experimenter can be informed of the progress of experiment testing Recording Pause Time controls the delay in the execution of sequence following the start of the tracker recording Some nodes can only be used in a recording sequence For example all eye based triggers such as invisible boundary trigger fixation trigger saccade trigger and sample SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 52 velocity trigger should be only used in a recording sequence However some other node types such as drift correction and camera setup actions cannot be used in a recording sequence To maximize real time performance in data collection the user should have the Is Real Time box checked and include a prepare sequence action before executing the sequence The following figure illustrates the use of sequences in one experiment In this example a RECORDING sequence that performs the actual eye tracker recording is nested within a TRIAL sequence which is contained within a BLOCK sequence The Record field is checked in the RECORDING sequence but not in the BLOCK or TRIAL sequences The RECORDING sequence also allows the user to send a message EyeLink Record Status Message to the tracker screen so that the experimenter can be informed of the progress of the experiment Sequence START T
409. s _ H x Experiment Components Devices Properties A x Properties Al X Property Property Value Label ARIABLE STRING abel ARIABLE INTEGER YHE variable Ype variable Experiment Components Dewices abel Ype arable Mode Path VARIABLE FLOAT lata Type Jouble Mode Path ARIABLE STRING Jode Path ARLABLE_ INTEGER Data Type string lata Type Integer Male 1 0 A B Figure 7 70 Dynamic Data Type Casting In addition the user should set the initial value of a variable to a plausible value to avoid build time error For example e Ifthe user wants to use a variable to store the temporary value of the image file name the initial value of the variable should be set to the name of one image resource in the image library instead to an arbitrary string like abc e Default value needs to be a valid value for equation use For example if a variable is used as the divisor in a division operation make sure that the initial value of the divisor is non zero To clear a non string value eg 3 set in the value attribute of a variable the user may first set the value to some string e g hello and then clear it 7 11 2 Result File In addition to the EyeLink EDF file the user can also create her his own output file This is especially the case for non EyeLink experiments Result file HEL working together with the ADD_RESULT action is used to record experiment data It provides a columnar output of se
410. s built instead of having it created during the actual execution of the trial This field 1s always true when the screen is contained in a recording sequence IMPORTANT If this attribute is False the run time drawing may not look exactly as it does in the screen editor useSoftwareSurf Boolea If false unchecked memory on the video card n is used to hold the resource blitting from the video card memory to the display surface is fast If true checked the system memory is used to hold the resource blitting is slow as it is done by copying from RAM to display surface Font Color fontColor Color Color in which the text is drawn The default color is Black 0 0 0 Font Name f fontName String String that specifies the typeface name of the font Font Name can be selected from a dropdown list The default font is Times New Roman When transferring project from one computer to another please ensure the target computer has this font available normal italic or bold face SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 204 Use Software Surface T Sets the desired font size 20 by default Underline T underline Specifies an underlined font if set to True n Text to appear in screen Use Runtime useRuntimelAS Boolea If enabled an Interest Area set file will be Word Segment n created during runtime to contain segment Interest Area t information for individual wor
411. s color to blue and text size to 50 6 Click on the Close button at the top right corner of the dialog to finish SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 294 Please note that instead of using multi line text resource the user can also create the instruction screen by using an image resource see Section 8 1 1 D Malti ane Dest esource Editor i X Tiner Sies Fe T 20 F r u E Sirga gt og Gal A 4 Set the appearance of the text 1 Click on the margins button to edit text margins id Etim Miang ie hoo In the following displays you will see a single word show Say a i Ln Mapi 100 Please make a speeded response to the COLOR of the woi a if the word 1s in red color b if it 1s m blue color and g color For example if you see x cca 2 Enter instruction text 3 Press CTRL A to select all text Green Select the word and adjust its appearance You should respond by pressing b tor the blue color Vi If you have finished reading this instruction press any key to continue Figure 15 7 Create Instruction Screen 15 6 Editing Trial Sequence Data Source Next we will work on the sequence which will contain all of the necessary triggers and actions in each trial We will also need to create a data source to be used for setting parameters in individual trials see Figure 15 8 1 Click on the last S
412. s to create several nested sequences add a list of actions and triggers to each sequence and make necessary connections between components to form experiment flow In this example the top most level of the experiment Experiment Sequence contains a greeting message or instruction screen followed by a sub sequence representing blocks of trials Block Sequence and then a goodbye or debriefing message at the end of the experiment Within each repetition of the Block Sequence the user first performs a camera adjustment calibration and validation and then runs several trials Trial Sequence Every iteration of the Trial Sequence starts with pre recording preparations e g preloading image audio video resources clearing trigger data sending some simple drawing graphics to the tracker screen flushing log file and drift correction followed by the trial recording Recording Sequence and finally displaying feedback information if necessary The Recording Sequence is responsible for collecting the eye data and is where visual and auditory stimuli are presented Response collection from the participant is also performed in the Recording Sequence SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 32 Experiment Block Greetings Trial Calibration Or Break Trial Preparation or Instruction a Blocks if y Drift Recordin Trials pi 9 Good bye k l or Debriefing Correction Recording Display Sti
413. saccade starts EDF End Time EDFEndTime EDF time when the triggering saccade ends Eyes Available eyesAvailable Integer This attribute is depreciated it will always return the same value as the Triggered Eye property To find out the eye s used in the recording please check the Eye Used property eyeUsed of the EyeLink Device Triggered Eye triggeredEye Integer Eye 0 for left eye 1 for right eye whose data makes the current saccade trigger fire Duration of the triggering saccade Start Gaze X StartGazexX Float X gaze position when the triggering saccade started started ended ended screen pixels per visual degree PPD screen pixels per visual degree PPD screen pixels per visual degree PPD screen pixels per visual degree PPD Velocity current saccade Peak Velocity peakVelocity Float Peak value of gaze velocity in degrees second of the current saccade of visual angle the trigger fires For example if the user wants to end a sequence after the participant makes a saccade towards the target region 212 334 312 434 The user may use a saccade trigger set the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 163 Region Location as 212 334 Region Width as 100 and Region Height as 100 The user may further configure the minimum saccade amplitude and the triggering eye saccade Test START PREPARE_SEQUENCE START iva RECORDING
414. saccade trigger should fire when the saccade ends within a rectangle resource RECTANGLE_RESOURCE The top panel of the figure below illustrates creating the Region Location reference when the RECTANGLE_RESOURCE is top left based DISPLAY_ SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE location The bottom panel of the figure illustrates creating a location equation when the location type is center based EBPoint DISPLA Y_SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE location x DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE_RESOURCE width 2 DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE_RESOURCE location y DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE_RESOURCE height 2 e RECTANGLE RES Screen Index Position is Gaze Contingent Position is Mouse Conting E a I Region Direction Region Type RECTANGLE Region Location Top Left TOISPLAY SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE location Region Width SIDTSPLAY SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE width Confidence Interval lear Input Queue ocation Region Height TOISPLAY SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE height Mwidth z Movement Pattern Prebuild To Image m Use Software Surface racking Eye Minimum Amplitude I RE m 7 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 165 Properties Al x Property fe E _ Property Label BACCADE Label RECTANGLE _RES vpe Eaccade Type PETEERE E Mode Path LOCK TRIAL RECORDING SACCADE isible a essage SACCADE Pcreen Index Position is Gaze Contingent C Position
415. screen been transferred to the Host PC as feedback graphics FAQ How can we see the text on the Host PC FAQ Warning 2015 No display screen is selected for PrepareSequence TRIAL gt PREPARE_ SEQUENCE FAQ Tracker screen flashes many times very quickly prior to each trial on the Host PC Has a Recording Status Message been written to the tracker screen to report progress of experiment testing Has a PREPARE_SEQUENCE action been added before a trial recording SEQUENCE Is this action called before the trial run time for EVERY iteration of the trial recording SEQUENCE Have you prepared interest areas for each of the trials SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 313 FAQ How can I create individual interest areas for every single image in the EB 10 Has an optimal screen refresh rate been used Has a proper video card monitor driver been installed FAQ The stimuli screen was really flickering during the experiment FAQ Could not initialize display 11 Is the trial recording sequence running under real time mode You should have the Is Real Time box of that sequence checked if it does not contain a keyboard mouse or Cedrus input trigger Discussion Forum Post Real time mode EL_ Button box FAQ Warning 2003 The IO node KEYBOARD is used in realtime Sequence 12 Does the background color property of the calibration and drift correction screens match that of the displa
416. se device Mouse Two Button Down Event Count Mouse Three Button Down Event Count mouse woDownEventCount mouseThreeDownEventCount Total number of press events cached in the press event queue for the second third mouse device Mouse Two Button Up Event Count Mouse Three Button Up Event Count mouseTwoUpEventCount mouseThreeUpEventCount Total number of release events cached in the release event queue for the seond third mouse device SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 332 17 1 8 EyeLink Button Box Device E wi Preferences E Experiment Type g O Devices Debounce Time EY EYELINK ae E IspLay e AUDIO m F MOUSE f KEYBOARD Tr TTL Se CEDRUS 08 UT TONE GY E 7 Modes p Screen Build Deploy GLI hal Restore Factory Default Save Properties as Default Import From File Save Into File Type type This identifies the type of button box plugged to the host computer This can be the Microsoft SideWinder Plug and Play gamepad plugged to a USB port SR Research Gamepad plugged to a parallel port and ResponsePixx Button Box plugged to a parallel port Button presses on the response box will be processed by the EyeLink button trigger Debounce Time debounceTime Sets the button debounce time in milliseconds Typically button responds immediately to first change any chang
417. se include the EyeLink tracker settings display setup screen coordinate type default values for the experiment components triggers actions and screen resources graph layout etc All of the changes can be saved by pressing the Save Properties as Default button allowing them to be used in the future experiment sessions If the changes are valid only for the current experiment creation session simply press the close J button on the dialog box lt change Read Only SR Research Experiment Builder 1 6 112 q la xi File Edit view Experiment Help Unde Ctrl Z a i cee S982 G PAalshOo eoa gt A l gt QQQHAE fut Ctrl x EA Hm cony celc PALXI Experiment Paste Cery O m amp Paste Multiple Ctrl M i 8 Eza poy gt l X Y 1D d Ww Delete Delete E Refresh Custom Glass CtrHH Waa 4 Preferences w Preferences ih Library Manager Ctrl L EEE references ij Reference Manager Ctrl R Eh Experiment Devices Node Groups Ctrl G cim EES EYELINK Select All Ctrl 4 E DIsPLay AUDIO B MOUSE B MOUSE 4 fi KEYBOARD faq KEYBOARD Ty TTL Ty TTL CEDRUS CEDRUS F e90 BUTTONBOX sna DI ITTAROAY Nodes EHE9 Action E DISPLAY_SCREEN C DRIFT_CORRECT EL_CAMERA_SETUP ADD_TO_LOG Ei SEND_EL_MSG A EL_COMMAND 4udio Driver Output Interval 4510 Audio Driver Minimu
418. se the desired data type 9 4 Using Data Source File The Prompt for Dataset file box of the sequence to which the data source is attached 1s unchecked by default When running the experiment from either the testrun mode or the deployed version a file chooser dialog box will be displayed prompting for a datasource file for the session Click on the datasets folder and choose the default dat file prepared by the program If the Prompt for Dataset file option is unchecked the file chooser will not be displayed during experiment runtime and the default datasource file will be chosen Choose a Dataset file for TRIAL i 2 x Look in gt Simple a e 6 e e m Size 126 bytes Files TRIAL DataSource Simple _BLOCKTRIAL dat My Recent Documents Desktop My Documents a My Computer i File name veers Files of type Experiment Builder DataSet Files dat Lancel Places Open as read only A Figure 9 7 Append or Overwrite Confirmation SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 240 It s possible to prepare your own version of the datasource file When preparing such files please make sure make all of the variable labels appearing on the first row of the file in lower case regardless of the case used in the datasource editor add a before the label of a string column e g word a sign shouldn t be used for the labels of all other data typ
419. seDownEventCount Total number of press events cached in the press event queue for the mouse device or the first mouse device if multiple inputs are supported Mouse Up Event Count mouseUpEventCount Total number of release events cached in the release event queue for the mouse device or the first mouse device if multiple inputs are supported Mouse Two Label Mouse Three Label mouseTwoLabel mouseThreeLabel This supplies a label for the second third mouse device detected by the experiment This option is only available if Enable Multiple Input option is enabled Mouse Two X Position Mouse Three X Position mouseTwoXPosition mouseThreeX Position Default X position of the second third mouse device Mouse Two Y Position Mouse Three Y Position mouseTwoY Position mouseThreeY Position Default Y position of the second third mouse device Mouse Two Button Down Input Queue size Mouse Three Button Down Input Queue size mouseTwoDownInputQueueSize mouseThreeDownInputQueueSize Sets the maximum number of press events that can be cached in the press event queue for the second third mouse device Mouse Two Button Up Input Queue Size Mouse Three Button Up Input Queue Size mouseTwoUpInputQueueSize mouseThreeUpInputQueueSize Sets the maximum number of release events that can be cached in the release event queue for the second third mou
420. search Ltd 121 x ButtonTest Jif START 1 PREPARE_SEQUENCE Fh RECORDING START A DISPLAY _INITIAL AEL BUTTON 6 TIMER DISPLAY _BLANK Experiment Components Devices Properties A x Property Value Label L BUTTON TIMER ype Eeto i rode Path FECORDING EL BUTTON essage EL_BUTTONM irre beet Checked Tine i DISPLAY BLANK Contidengce Interval lear Input Queue riggered Data Press Everts m Release Events Figure 7 35 Using EyeLink button trigger The following discusses some of the common applications of the EyeLink button trigger 7 10 4 1 Calculating response time of a button press EyeLink button responses can be retrieved by using the UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE action Typically you may use a couple of variables to record the button pressed the time RT of the button press and the accuracy of the button press Specifically the button press should be retrieved as EL_BUTTON triggeredData button the time of button press should be retrieved as EL_BUTTON triggeredData time see the following figure With that you can calculate the response time BUTTON_PRESS_TIME value DISPLAY_ON_TIME value In case the trial can end without having the subject to press a button an UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE action shall be used to reset the default values for the variables at the beginning of the trial so that the response data from the previous trial will not be
421. section 8 1 8 Triangle Resource 17 2 10 Freeform Resource See section 8 1 9 Freeform Resource 17 2 11 Sine Pattern See section 8 2 1 Sinusoidal Movement Pattern SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 337 17 2 12 Grid Segmentation co Preferences wf Preferences Eb Experiment E 0 Devices o H Nodes H Screen 5 Resources HS Movement Patterns EME Built In Interest Grea Preference GRID SEGMENT ii Ap ALITO_SEGMENT A WORD SEGMENT Build Deploy e GUI H GRAPH_LAYOUT e CUSTOMCLASS EDITOR Restore Factory Default Save Properties as Default Import From File Save Into File Grid segmentation will divide the whole screen into evenly spaced Rows x Columns interest areas Rows Number of rows used to create grid segment Columns Number of columns used to create grid segment 17 2 13 Auto Segmentation oof Preferences Elf Preferences Experiment Ee in Devices HE Nodes j Screen A 5 k Bottom eSources C Built In Interest Area Preference r sw Type Rectangle tS FR GRID_SEGMENT aE OTO SEGMENT Ae WORD SEGMENT in Build Deploy GUI L GRAPH_LAYOLIT io CUSTOMCLASS EDITOR Restore Factory Default Save Properties as Default Import From File Save Into File Auto segmentation will create a rectangular or elliptic interest area to contain each of the individu
422. siadveceestasewsaas 192 8 1 1 2 Gaze Contingent Window Manipulations eseessseoeenesssssssseeesssss 193 81 2 Video RESOU eoria E a aioe 194 Sll Reads Frane TMe sso ts ee e E 199 Sl 22 Video Frame TIMIN S ussa aie tcastalea chen mdsndotuaieatana eis 199 8 1 2 3 Video Frame Rate and Display Retrace Rate ee ceeeeeeeeeees 200 S24 Drop pine Frane S wesc ahcaeae sehen A eh 201 Sl 25 Prame Cac Pio ican eco eee ied aba ene aus 201 8 20 Video C OCC C crore iere E E EEE TRE i 202 8 1 2 7 Playing Video Clips with Audio seeessesssseoennsssssssseeersssssssssereessssss 203 Slo Ter IRE SOIC a ace Madea sean Re takand ain naiaed meena esac se 203 Salou NOMA S CIT Cana EiS cee a ne esiiurenctcno mesial costed 205 8 1 3 2 Anti aliasing and Transparency ccccsecesseccceeceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeees 205 Sole M l line Text RESOU CE entreen aa E EEE 207 Salad Eme ROU ea saat hast csonent statin gemehraeh tat aaeen ta adt cue naaee den aees 209 S0 IREctane le ReSourCe cise anceseinstsiondaccdusswanedistiadidanduacdebasued E 211 Slk TEPID PS ORCS OME CC rca eke ite aes tts ret estas ots acne oot Gd anette ecco aise 21 odlo Tane ERSO anae E cuentas 214 olo Pree On RE OU O a a E haere adie 216 o2 Movement PantetiS seren a A E N 217 S21 Sinusoidal Movement Patteri seeren R siemens 218 S22 Custom Movement Pane iceren a a elt 220 8 3 METAT a T A A cd ean itech 224 8 3 1 Manually Creating an Interest Area enssessssee
423. silence and 1 0 being the maximum audio level The following discusses some of the common applications of the voice key trigger You may check out the HTML version of this document for the complete example project 7 10 12 1 How to calculate the voice key RT online Voicekey responses can be calculated online by using the UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE action You ll typically need to use a couple of variables to store the time of the voicekey trigger and time of the display event Specifically the time of voicekey response should be retrieved as VOICE_KEY triggeredData time see the following figure With that you can calculate the response time voicekey_time value display_onset_time value In case the trial can end without having the subject to make a response or the voice key fails to trigger you may use the UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE to reset the default values for the variables at the beginning of the trial so that the response data from the previous trial will not be carried over to the current trial Don t forget to add the variables to the EyeLink DV Variable list or to the RESULT_FILE SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 175 cument Eye Tracker Time l curent Display P C Time RECORD_SOUND Ei Fudio Recording Start Time DISPLAY IMAGE display _onset_ Time i L ee voicekey_time H y x T t woicekey_RT A Pa GET VOICEKEYLRESPONSE TIMER _
424. sing A different audio clip may be used if that clip has already been loaded into the library manager Edit gt Library Manager select the Sound tab Event Queue Size Experiment Builder maintains separate event queues for the eye based triggers The following sets the size of the event queue and reports the current event count in each queue Fixation Queue Size fixationQueueSize Sets the maximum number of fixation events FIXUPDATE STARTFIX or ENDFIX that can be cached in the fixation event queue Saccade Queue Size saccadeQueueSize Sets the maximum number of saccade events that can be cached in the saccade event queue Button Queue Size buttonQueueSiz Sets the maximum number of button events that can be cached in the button event queue Sample Queue Size sampleQueueSize Sets the maximum number of samples that can be cached in the link sample queue Fixation Event Count fixationEventCount The number of fixation events FIXUPDATE STARTFIX or ENDFIX cached in the fixation event queue Saccade Event Count saccadeEventCount The number of saccade events cached in the saccade event queue Button Event Count buttonEventCount The number of button press released events cached in the button event queue Use Keyboard useKeyboard In a project with multiple input support this specifies the display keyboard s that can be used to control the camera setup calibration and drift correction pro
425. sired display time is equal to desired frame time video start_time frameNumber 1000 0 frameRate The video frame s actual display time assuming the Display PC hardware is capable of presenting the video without dropping frames can be conceptualized as actual_frame_time nearestRetraceTo desired frame_time where nearestRetraceTo calculates the display retrace start time that is closest to the desired_frame_time provided to the function Take the following figure for an example If a video resource file has a nominal frame rate of 30 fps one frame every 33 33 ms blue bars but the hardware video refresh rate is 85 hz one refresh every 11 765 ms green bars then the two different update intervals are not multiples of each other Assuming a video start time of 0 the second frame would have a desired display time of 33 33 ms but the nearest retrace to the desired time is at time 35 29 msec retrace rate 3 which would be the actual time that the frame is displayed Refresh 85 hz M E PAn nnn Video 30 fps Refresh 60 hz This implies that the best case is one in which the vertical refresh rate is an integer multiple of the frame rate For practical purposes that would mean a refresh rate of either 60 hz see the red bars 90hz 120 hz or 150 hz for a video clip playing at 30 frames per second Moreover it implies that refresh rates intermediate between integer multiples of the frame rate 75hz for example will caus
426. splay screen actions is repeated The start time of this trigger is set to the start of the subgraph START time instead Fs art Time lapsed Tire 7 10 2 Invisible Boundary Trigger The EyeLink tracker provides two streams of eye position samples up to 2000 times per second for an EyeLink 1000 eye tracker and events eye movement events such as saccades and fixations blinks The invisible boundary trigger fires when one or multiple eye samples stay inside or outside of a pre specified invisible boundary This trigger type can be used to implement all or part of display change based on the locus of gaze For example a line of text may be changed when the reader proceeds past a critical word in the sentence This trigger is only available in an EyeLink experiment Please note that the tracker heuristic filter setting influences how quickly the trigger will fire Field Attribute Type Content Reference Label label String Label of the Invisible boundary trigger The default value is INVISIBLE BOUNDARY SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 110 Last Check lastCheckTime Region Type regionType Region regionDirection List of Direction String Time confidenceInterv al Confidence Interval Region Location Top Left regionLocation SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual The type of Experiment Builder objects Boundary the current node belongs to
427. ss __init__ method will only use the default constructor 1 e a constructor with only self parameter or any other parameter with default arguments If any default arguments passed in only the default arguments will be used SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 260 def init__ self sreb EBObject __ init__ self list of attributes self identifier value 12 3 4 Class Attributes Within the __init__ method the constructor must call sreb EBObject s constructor Line 005 Following this all of the possible attributes and methods used in the class should be listed Attributes of the class are specified by binding a value 1 for Line 006 to an identifier self property1 for Line 006 All of the attributes used in the class must start with self The attribute identifier must be an alphanumeric string and start with a lowercase letter if the property starts with an _ underscore or an upper case letter then the property is treated as internal For example self thislsAnExmaple and self example2 are valid custom class attributes whereas self 2Example and self badString are not valid The data type of the class attribute is determined by the initial value assigned to the attribute Known supported data types are int float str EBPoint EBColor tuple and list For example Line 006 self property1 attribute has an initial value of 1 As a result this class attribute is an integer The f
428. ssssssseeersssssssseeeees 23 5 Experiment Builder Graphical User Interface 00 0 0 eccccccccccecceeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 25 5 1 Project Explorer Wy INOW gin caicscerive sc eraies eiacarcllein Cea a slacceley ead eaueaiies 29 5 2 Graph Editor Wind OW enaa ictal san talondaivalatsihedansateiedutdoniaialedaheuawet 28 53 Application Menu Bar and Too bar ce eecccscccccccceceeeeeeeceeeeeeeaaeenseeeeeees 29 Sul Pile Menu and Lool Buttons arsen aceite hin ae 29 52572 Edt Menu and Tool Buttons nssiccvctasdicactanarececeraeenaleswaseadieetdeniucasereataey 30 DID Vow Me Miage ee a e T a 30 5 3 4 Experiment Menu and Tool Buttons oenina 31 IS E 101 Mememese rect et meets sae one erin E mens Uncen et anetnen mene Dee rn 31 6 Designing an Experiment in Experiment Builder cccccecccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 32 6 1 Hierarchical Organization of Experiment cccccccccssseeeseeeeeeeeeeaaeesseeeeeees 32 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd i 6 2 Experiment Graph Plow DidetaMieccnan a edetiawewen cinder 33 6 2 1 Adding Components to an Experiment ccccccesseeseeececceeeeaeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaas 34 0 2 2 Linking Experiment Components rreran cael ve deerme 35 oaa EAR CS e T RE T 35 6 3 AOO aa E O to saauiten saat tenteneece teat teo 36 64 PS CES case beta ven nttarneeediaadancdaance a ace a a aa 37 6 5 Other NOUS Type Suee catnccht easgenus ellen ts tos aveun ie cathc
429. ssssssss 75 Figure 7 16 Using Add to Experiment Log Action sseesesssssssssssssseeeerrereesssssssssssseseeees 78 Figure 7 17 Usme Update Attribute AC CHON sereen e a OE 80 Figure 7 18 Using Prepare Sequence Action ssesssseseersssssssscerressssssseererssssssseeeeresssss 85 Figure 7 19 Adding Sound Clips to the Library ccccccseseeeceeeececeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 86 Figure 7 20 Choose Audio PIVEN seerne T a 87 Picure 7 2 1 Settine ASIO Buller Cathe yenen a hea 89 Fig re 7 22 Using Play Sound AC OM csiteaca sersiiciaieodiactnsieaiecd a a i 92 Figure 7 23 Using Play Sound Control Action cceecsseccccccceeeesesseecceeeeeeaaeseeeeeeees 94 Pisure 7 24 Using Record SOUNG ACUONY ssisans actual E ldo 97 Figure 7 25 Using Terminate_Experiment Action ccccccccceccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 100 Figure 7 20 Usine Recycle Dataline ACHO erreen OA 102 Figure 7 27 Using a NUL AC BION NOdE nairean E E 105 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd viii Figure 7 28 Figure 7 29 Figure 7 30 Figure 7 31 Figure 7 32 Figure 7 33 Figure 7 34 Figure 7 35 Figure 7 36 Figure 7 37 Figure 7 38 Figure 7 39 Figure 7 40 Figure 7 41 Figure 7 42 Figure 7 43 Figure 7 44 Figure 7 45 Figure 7 46 Figure 7 47 Figure 7 48 Figure 7 49 Figure 7 50 Figure 7 51 Figure 7 52 Figure 7 53 Figure 7 54 Figure 7 55 Figure 7 56 Figure 7 57 Figure 7 58
430. t data type which matches the data type expected by the Location attribute of a screen resource eof Edit Attribute RECORDING gt eyeLinkRecordStatusMessage Node Selection Simple m START fa BLOCK G TIMER at EL_BUTTON KEYBOARD Attribute Attributes T PREPARE_SEQUENCE Figure 10 2 Creating Equations in Attribute Editor e Example 1 During recording a text message can be displayed at the bottom of the tracker screen e g like Trial 1 12 One so that the experimenter knows the progress of experiment To do that the user should click on the Recording sequence node in the structure list to start Double click on the right end of the value field of the EyeLink Record Status Message property of the sequence to bring up the attribute editor Enter a reference equation as Trial str QTRIAL_ DataSource Trial 12 TRIAL DataSource Word e Example 2 To draw a text resource to the center of the display screen the location of the text resource can be referred as parent width 2 parent height 2 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 250 e Example 3 If to write the position of the text resource TEXT_RESOURCE in the data file using an SEND_EL MSG action which is in the same sequence as the display screen DISPLAY_SCREEN that contains the text resource the message property of the Send Message action can be referred
431. t events at the control register cached in the event queue SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 328 17 1 5 Cedrus xi El aff Preferences po Property ee Eh Experiment Cedrus Input Queue Size BO ne Devices BE EVELINK Bi DISPLAY fb AUDIO B MOLISE on KEYBOARD a Tr TTL 2 3 BUTTONBOX Hy Nodes a Screen S Build Deploy 5 GUI hal Restore Factory Default Save Properties as Default Import From File Save Into File Debounce Time Sets the Cedrus button debounce time in milliseconds Button responds immediately to the first change Any change in button status following this is ignored for the amount of time set in this field 17 1 6 Keyboard oot Preferences Saf Preferences Property E Experiment Key Key Down Input Queue Size Key Down Input Queue Size Queue Size EI os Devices Key Up Input Queue Size 2 I EYELINK Enable key Repeat E DISPLAY 4 AUDIC grape BOARDO Ti TTL M CEDRUS ical ece BUTTONBOX ES Nodes gi Screen ae Build Deploy GUI Restore Factory Default Save Properties as Default Import From File Save Into File Number of Keyboard numberOfKeyboards This sets how many distinct keyboards used in the experiment This option is only available if Enable Multiple Input option is enabled SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research
432. t are non English SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 340 e g a Or even special curved quotes and obviously any non European language characters Disable warning to default If unchecked this will raise a warning whenever a default value is used and if particular property calls for warning If checked such warnings are not brought up For example in the Timer trigger the duration calls for a warning whenever a default value is used The raised warning can be disabled by having this box checked Disable Equation Check A warning message will be given if the value and attribute of an equation are of different data type Checking this option will hide the type mismatch warning External Libraries Put directory paths here if you will need to use other Python packages in custom code Test Run Command Line Arguments If the deployed experiment runs from the command prompt additional parameters can be passed to the program The parameter can be retrieved as cmdargs of the topmost experiment node Use this preference to set parameters for test run purpose Include Packed Project in Deploy Directory If checked a copy of the packed experiment project will be included in the source folder of the deployed directory otherwise only the graph ebd and preferences properties files will be included for reconstructing the original project if necessary Verbose If checked a detailed pri
433. t corner of the triggering region is FIXATION regionLocation x FIXATION regionLocation y and the bottom right corner of the triggering region is FIXATION regionLocation x FIXATION regionWidth FIXATION regionLocation y FIXATION regionHeight String Concatenation str FIXATION regionLocation x str FIXATION regionLocation y str FIXATION regionLocation x FIXATION regionWidth str FIXATION regionLocation y FIXATION regionHeight 3 String Formatting d d d Yd 3 FIXATION regionLocation x FIXATION regionLocation y FIXATION regionLocation x FIXATION regionWidth FIXATION regionLocation y FIXATION regionHeight SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 160 All of the drawing commands are documented in the COMMANDS INI file under CA EYELINK2 EXE or C ELCL EXE directory of the host partition See the change template for an example 7 10 10 Saccade Trigger The saccade trigger available only in an EyeLink experiment fires following the detection of a saccade into a pre specified region on the display This trigger waits for a STARTSACC online parser signal from the tracker following the start of a saccade Typically this data is available about 20 milliseconds after the actual start of the saccade If the timing of saccade detection is critical the user may use the sample velocity trigger instead Since t
434. t node belongs to Node Path absPath String The absolute path of the node in the experiment graph Message message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the timer trigger fires Display PC Time when the trigger fires Last Check lastCheckedTim Float Experiment Builder checks for the status of the Time timer trigger about every msec This property can be used to retrieve the Display PC Time when the trigger was checked for the last time Confidence confidenceInterv Time difference between the trigger time and Interval a last check time of the trigger This indicates a window of uncertainty l Duration duration Integer The maximum duration 4000 msec by default of delay set in the trigger Duration Type durationType Unit of timer duration either msecs or frames Start Time startTime Integer Display PC time when the trigger starts The default value is O the timer starts from the previous action or trigger to which the timer is linked and resets if that action or trigger re enters If a different start time should be used for the trigger the user should use the attribute reference functionality to set the start time Amount of elapsed time in milliseconds since the timer starts By default the start time of the timer trigger is set to 0
435. target are usually done through key presses on the display or Host PC keyboard However keyboard may not be easily accessible in some experiments Enabling this option allows to use an external control device to assist the pupil CR thresholding and calibration process External externalControl String This specifies a file used to define button Control Device DeviceConfig functions to accept the drift correction Config target If this field is left blank the default configuration is used This property is only available if the Enable External Control option is checked External externalControl String The type of external device that is used to Control Device Device accept drift correction target This can be CEDRUS Lumina fMRI Response Pad or RB Series response pad from Cedrus KEYBOARD computer keyboard or keypad or CUSTOM a user control device interfaced through a callback function defined in the custom class code This property is only available if the Enable External Control option is checked Button State NR For an experiment project with custom class Callback enabled a method defined in the custom Function class can be run to check the button status of an external control device and thus to control the camera image thresholding and calibration drift correction through the External Control Device Config setting This property is only available if the External Control Device
436. ted following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Usually set as DATA Mode mode String Either Word mode the decimal or hexadecimal value of the TTL signal output or Pin mode status of each individual pins Data data Integer The byte value of the current TTL signal output It could be a decimal or hexadecimal value This field is only available if the Mode property is set to Word String The desired status for the corresponding pins The pin value can be either ON high or OFF low These fields are only available 1f the Mode property SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 76 For most parallel ports you will need to use the DATA register in the Register property of the SET_TTL action to send out a signal TTL communication works by the detection of a change in the pin status in the receiving end So you will typically send a clearing signal e g OxO after sending your intended TTL signal You can send out the clearing signal a second SET_TTL action either at the end of the trial or some time gt 20 ms gap is recommended after the initial TTL signal You will not see any change in the receiving end if you keep sending the same TTL signal value This is rare but it does occur You might want t
437. teger 0 1f successful 27 if Esc key was pressed to enter Setup menu or abort None if this attribute is accessed before this action is done Please note that the Drift Correction action is only available in EyeLink experiments and must be placed outside of a recording sequence see linking rules In addition this action cannot be connected to another drift correct action camera setup action or any trigger If a prepare sequence action 1s used it should be placed before the drift correction action In typical experiments the user may have Allow Setup field checked so that when the ESC key is pressed the camera setup screen is displayed so that the experimenter can adjust the camera settings and redo a calibration and validation The Draw Drift Correction Target box should be checked if the built in or custom drift correction target should be displayed when entering the drift correction mode In some e g pursuit or saccade experiments the user may want to have the drift correction target to be the same as the pursuit target or other display items If this is the case the user may uncheck this box and insert a display screen action to pre draw the drift correction target Please take a look at the PURSUIT experiment for an example Alternatively the user may have both Draw Drift Correction Target and Use Custom Target fields checked and supply an image for the custom target property The following figure ill
438. teiaunatiene catia ceteentaiaiaes 317 A RR 20 2 E 0 eee rere tre E eee artnet nee are Nenana T E T E vets AE A E T 317 A ee MUI ea a teeceuonnenscentu a tenete E 319 E2 Dp a atest tae cea ec cece es 325 ES AUO e E E EE E ERTS 321 e ETE a a A ree rans emerge 328 lS CedUS eene aa e E A ie au aaen eee 329 IALO TSC Y DOI onna nan Beene ae ecete naan 329 KEET WAOUS Cratos teetanienGeterses nonin cares E sanan case wiatatupasaaeees ies eananees 331 ILLS Eyelank Button BOX DeV1CC serenecon a 333 S AMIN Reiss asa dacse as cad ace cia detested E E de ss satemsecaveneeutest 333 ALIO Inys blie Bounda coea E pens siacen tenes 333 EE Cond Ona a E T E E OS 334 A2 EyekmkO B l Onsen a aa E N 334 RLS Cedms Taput eeerasna E AN 334 PARC e E E E E A S A E E 334 Mell Mo Gamea a N 334 kto FILIIS Ger eoe a a a a 334 VATT HiOs a 334 PGES Sa eee E E eee ee 334 ARI Sane N CIOCI ea wera em nner rem wert Meta tee nnreT err ramet ret errr ty 334 vf P26 eames VOCE We Baten Peete ee re eee Ce ae eee ee me 334 t121 Display Screech wr acccncicuen aches wees eatin ie wa eee 334 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd vi tT DE Bo ne a E me aT een cen wo mTuec stn moment tt 334 ie Cama SeU 0 eee me ne Ree en NTE Saeco mn NDR Te went NP Re eenE Set eR nC ae ee 334 17 124 Send Pye ink MCSSAGC viniccscesteates N 334 MMe SOONG COUN e A EE AAEE 334 EEO Sor tad Ue bron O 335 L727 Add to Experiment Log serisidir e A A 335 L28
439. the action X Location xLocation Integer X coordinate of the drift correction target in screen pixels Typically this is center of the screen Y Integer Y coordinate of the drift correction target in screen pixels Allow Setup oe Ll r If this is checked the EyeLink II Camera Setup screen the Setup menu in EyeLink I can be called up to allow calibration problems to be corrected by pressing the Esc key during drift correction The default setting is true Draw Drift drawDefaultTarg Boolea By default the box is checked the drift Correction n correction procedure clears screen draws the Target T fixation target and clears screen when done However sometimes it is better for the user to draw the target herself himself for example if the drift correction is part of the initial fixation in a saccadic task and the user wants the target to stay on the screen after drift correction To do this the user can pre draw the drift correction target using a DISPLAY_SCREEN SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 60 po action and check off this field Clear Target At clearTargetAtExi Boolea If checked the screen will be cleared to the Exit T t n background color after the drift correction finishes otherwise the drift correction target remains on the screen This option is valid only if the Draw Drift Correction Target option is enabled and has
440. the boundary region in screen pixels Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE Height 0 by default of the boundary region in screen pixels Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 168 Interest Area Screen Interest Area Regions Within Ao E _ Trigger Above Threshold t triggerAboveThr eshold Integer Velocity velocityThreshol Integer Threshold d Use useAcceleration Boolea Acceleration n accelerationThre shold Acceleration Threshold Integer The display screen on which target interest area regions are located Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to INTEREST AREA Target interest areas used to define the triggering region Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to INTEREST AREA oe If checked the trigger fired when the samples are in the target Eeplon Tracking Eye acl ol Decides which eye s data is used for online parsing The default value is EITHER It can also be LEFT or RIGHT Decide whether the trigger should fire if the current velocity and acceleration values exceed the threshold values Sets velocity threshold of saccade detector usually 30 sec f
441. the layer that they are currently at The designer can switch to work on a different level by a simple click on the target sequence In addition all of the experiment sequences and display screens created in the experiment as well as the project output screen are listed as individual Editor Selection Tabs above the Component Toolbox for direct access SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 28 Editor Selection Tabs Graph Editor Window Experiment BLOCK TRIAL RECORDING Work Space E TIMER w EL_BUTTON fo __Navigation Nodes Simple BLOCK TRIAL RECORDING Figure 5 5 Components of the Graph Editor Window 5 3 Application Menu Bar and Toolbar The Experiment Builder application menu bar and toolbar contain a list of common operations If you are a menu oriented person you may access all of the operations from the menu bar Most of the operations can also be performed by keyboard shortcuts or by using buttons on the application toolbar 5 3 1 File Menu and Tool Buttons Commands that affect creating opening saving packaging or closing the Experiment Builder sessions are located here see Chapter 4 for details Function CTRL Creates a new experiment project N CTRL Opens an existing experiment project O a A Reopens a recent Experiment Builder project CTRL S Saves the current experiment project Saves the experiment project to a
442. the trigger 6 When you run your experiment with multiple keyboards you will now be asked to press the ENTER key on the intended keyboards in sequence so that Experiment Builder can can map the keyboards labelled in the Keyboard Device to the physical keyboard devices The experiment shall start after the keyboards and mice are identified 7 10 6 4 Disabling Re enabling the Windows Logo Keys It has been reported in the past that the Experiment Builder failed to lock the drawing surface because the participants accidentally pressed the Windows logo key when using the keyboard trigger To prevent this from happening users may disable the Windows logo keys http support microsoft com kb 181348 Download the windowskey zip file and unzip the files from the HTML version of this document e To disable the Windows logo keys select the disable_both_windows_keys reg file click on the right mouse button and select the Merge option Reboot the computer SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 137 e To re enable the Windows logo keys select the enable_back_windows_key reg file click on the right mouse button and select the Merge option Reboot the computer 7 10 7 Mouse Trigger A mouse trigger fires by pressing or releasing a pre specified mouse button As in the invisible boundary trigger the user may specify a particular region for mouse trigger to fire The mouse trigger can also be used to d
443. the user has a data source with the variable list being Trial Word and the first line being 1 One the record status message can be Trial str TRIAL SEQ DataSource Trial 4 TRIAL SEQ DataSource Word This will display a text like Trial 1 4 One on the tracker screen for the first trial lt a Edit Attribute equation EquationRECORDING gt eyeLinkRecordStatusMessage Attribute Simple f START Eats BLOCK i START gH DISPLAY _SCREEN TIMER EL_BUTTON KEYBOARD EL_CAMERA_SETUP Jr Attribute Attributes Ebel TRIAL fi START W PREPARE_SEQUENCE C DRIFT_CORRECT SOR IRECORDING YF START aH DISPLAY _SCREEN START HH DISPLA Y_SCREEN TIMER EL_BUTTON KEYBOARD EL_CAMERA_SETUP EHT TRIAL DataSource START PREPARE_SEQUENCE DRIFT_CORRECT 9 eee ecording Pause Time yeLink Record Status Message g reezeDisplayUrtilFirstDisplayScreen RECORDING Record v Recording Pause Time 20 yeLink Record Status Me Trial str Figure 11 3 Creating Recording Status Message 11 3lmage and Interest Areas If the Send EyeLink DV Messages checkbox of a DISPLAY_SCREEN action 1s checked a V DRAW_LIST message will be recorded in the EDF file specifying the images and simple drawings to be used as the backg
444. tion Type calibrationType String This sets the calibration type One of these calibration type can be selected from the dropdown list H3 horizontal 3 point calibration HV3 3 point calibration poor linearization HV5 5 point calibration poor at corners HV9 9 point grid calibration HV13 13 point calibration EyeLink II version 2 0 or later The default calibration type is HV9 Horizontal This sets the Y position of the Target Y horizontalTarg Integer automatically generated targets for the H3 Position etLocation calibration type This option is only 1 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 65 pf ma available when the calibration type is set to Pacing _pacingInterval Integer the time delay in milliseconds for Interval calibration and validation if calibration triggering 1s done automatically Randomize randomizeOrde N If checked randomizes the presentation Order F r sequence of calibration and validation fixation dots If checked redisplays the first calibration or Point t validation fixation dot Force Manual forceManualAc Book If checked the user has to manually accept Accept cept each calibration and validation fixation point Lock Eye After lockEyeAfterC If checked locks the recording eye on the Calibration alibration Display PC keyboard if performing a monocular recording Select Eye selectEyeAfter After Validation Validatio
445. tion equation when the location type is center based EB Point DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE_RESOURCE location x DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE_RESOURCE width 2 DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE_RESOURCE location y DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE_ RESOURCE height 2 e x ees Property Property abel SAMPLE VELOCITY abel RECTANGLE RES Type Sampleyelocity Type lecbangleResource ode Path BLOCK TRIAL RECORDING SAMPLE VELOCITY Misible essage SAMPLE VELOCITY creen Index ime Position is Gaze Contingent ast Checked Time Position is Mouse Conting Confidence Interval ty Region Direction 0 45 45 90 90 135 135 180 180 135 13 rigger Above Threshold m ovement Pattern se Software Surface SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 172 Properties A x Property SAMPLE VELOCITY Samplevelocity LOCKE TRIAL RECORDING SS amp MPLE_ VELOCITY SAMPLE VELOCITY FBPointi DISPLAY SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE location x OISPLAY SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE widtha n 2 ast Checked SDISPLAY SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE location y Confidence In DISPLAY_ eae nerd RECTANGLE RESOURCE IRCE height 2 a 45 45 90 90 1s e 180 180 135 Region Direction Region Type Region Location Top Left EEPOR DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURC Region Width MODTSPLAY SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE width Region Height DISPLAY SCREEN RECTANGLE RE
446. tion tool bar or pressing F9 ees EyeLink Experiment Builder 1 1 0 100 File Edit View Experiment Help se Clean F7 D Emo Bi Build Fa Test Run Fil e Deploy Fiz SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 21 Figure 4 7 Experiment Menu 4 9 Cleaning an Experiment Sometimes the user may want to clean up the experiment projects This is especially important when the user has changed the images or other screen resources used for the experiment To do that from the application menu bar choose Experiment Clean Tip Cleaning an experiment can also be performed by clicking on the Clean button on the application tool bar or by pressing shortcut key F7 4 10 Test running an Experiment from EB Application To check whether the experiment works the user may test run the experiment from the Experiment Builder application To do that from the application menu bar choose Experiment gt Test Run This will create a Results directory containing data collected from the test run session Note that test run is not intended for real data collection and should be only used when you are testing your experiment Tip Running an experiment can also be performed by clicking on the Test Run button P on the application tool bar or pressing the shortcut key F11 Note If the experiment is tested under dummy mode a warning dialog box You are running in dummy mo
447. tion validation drift correction through an external control device e g a Cedrus Lumina fMRI Response Pad These can be done through the Camera Setup action and Drift Correction action e Several improvements have been introduced to the calibration procedure thorough the Camera Setup action o For horizontal only H3 calibration type now the user can specify the intended vertical position using the Horizontal Target Y Position option o Now support using a customized calibration background image o Users can now specify customized calibration validation point list o Some calibration related EyeLink device settings are now moved to the Camera Setup screen o Bug fix for using non English keyboards while in the calibration mode e Bug fix for the duration calculation of the fixation trigger and saccade trigger e The packed project now includes files contained in the myfiles folder of the project Version 1 5 58 e Bug fix for the default directory of the ExperimentBuilder Examples Version 1 5 1 e This release runs on 32 bit versions of Windows 2000 XP and Vista Known issues with Windows Vista o Touch screens are not supported o Driver for the Cedrus button box needs to be installed twice before the device is fully functional e Bug fix for the Prepare Next Display Screen Action of the Display Screen action SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 345 Version 1 4 624 e Bug
448. to a datasource column or using a Static image file name Use Software useSoftwareSurf Boolea If false unchecked memory on the video card Surface T ace is used to hold the resource blitting from the video card memory to the display surface is SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 191 fast If true checked the system memory is used to hold the resource blitting 1s slow as it is done by copying from RAM to display surface Clipping clippingLocation Point The coordinate of the top left corner of the Location clipping region Clipping Width clippingWidth Intended width in pixels of the clipping region of the resource Only part of the image within clipping region will be shown Clipping Height clippingHeight Float Intended height in pixels of the clipping region of the resource Clipping Area is clippingAreaAtG Boolea Whether the clipping region should be Position azeContingent contingent on the mouse or gaze position The Contingent T default setting is False Source File sourceFileName The name of the image file Make sure that the Name f file name does not contain space or non ASCII characters Note that the images must be first loaded into the resource library Use Original useOriginalSize Boolea If set to true this will display the image in Size T n original size otherwise the image may be stretched to the dimension set by Width and Height
449. to reflect this change SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 231 ia SEQUENCE F START DISPLAY _SCREEN Interest Areas Movement_Patterns RECTANGLE RESOURCE AY TEXT _RESOURCE G TIMER Experiment Components Devices a ee olor Filed i Color a Stroke Width Ce DRIFT_CORRECT im SEQUENCE F START DISPLAY _SCREEN Interest_Areas Movement_Patterns Betneciieinesel nes G TIMER Experiment Components Dewices OMPOSITE_RESOURCE lS Figure 8 22 Creating a Composite Resource 8 4 5 Resource Order If several resources are created close to each other spatially it is possible that some resources created earlier may be partially or entirely occluded by some resources created later see Figure 8 23 panel A Therefore the surface layout of individual resources may be rearranged Figure 8 23 Two Resources with Different Resource Order SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 232 ee Cut Copy Paste m Delete fie Snap To Grid amp Lock selection Unlock selection Grouping I Order d iP Bring bo Front Vertical Alignment Ta Send to Back Horizontal Ali t I orizontal Alignmen OA Create Interest Area Set d A Send Backward Save Screen As Image Figure 8 24 Changing the Order of Resources The order of resources can be changed by clicking the right mouse button and choose
450. to the display surface is fast If true checked the system memory is used to hold the resource blitting is slow as it is done by copying from RAM to display surface Color color Color Color in which the outline of the resource is por p drawn The default color is medium gray 128 128 128 n filled The default setting is True Color in which the interior of the resource is filled The default color is medium gray 128 128 128 Specifies the width 1 by default of the pen in pixels 8 1 7 Ellipse Resource Similar to the preceding rectangle resource clicking on the Draw Ellipse Resource tool button creates a filled or framed ellipse bound by a rectangle defined by the Location Width and Height properties of the resource Follow the same steps as in the previous section to create an ellipse resource and to modify its appearance Field Attribute Type Content Reference Label of the resource The default value is SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 212 a E ELLIPSE_RESOURCE Type The type of screen resource C EllipseResource the current item belongs to oo Whether the resource should be visible The default setting is True Index of the resource in screen resource list O n Position is Gaze positionAtGazeC Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Contingent T ontingent n contingent on the gaze position The d
451. to the result file see Figure 15 23 i Research ieperinient Melder v Laden reap alfj x ASeBBe SKXRGBART BEB VAN Bitar el r QDeabsa a ervi 61 Experiment Lock oisPLav aomen miar Tiai Datatource tran event FoceTiON screen naeta sereen OANA RESULTS_FILE a tite EE Soop A START E BLOCK UF Start H belay SCREEN a e Gy KEV BCMAD atts TRL i start j E TRAL NOEK i KEWPRESS J Select Variabbes for Chutqut A x RESPONSE i m ie UPDATE ATTRIBUTE 2 PREPARE SEQUENCE iia TRIAL_EVENT 1 Click here to start 2 Select the result file 4 Select variables ae and click Add _ Mb button q fener T PECTED Cup A ELA r eT TIAL _ADEH EVORESS Sene RESPONSE E RESPOMEE TME Laba RESULTS FLE fi Prsa se Mociu COLOR WORD EXPECTED COMP AT ELE TRIAL N Lise Paoi Fa Ma l P 3 Click on this cell 5 Click OK to finish j Precision a aj aj Figure 15 23 Adding Variables to Results File 1 From the Structure Window click on the first START node Just underneath the topmost Stroop node 2 In the work space select the RESULTS_FILE node 3 Click on the value field of the Columns property of the node SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 311 4 Select the desired variables click Add button to add th
452. tring The absolute path of the node in the experiment graph Message message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the action is executed Display PC Time when the action is done Display PC Time when the action starts Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues S n when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action The following illustrates one common use of the NULL_ACTION node Suppose that the subject s response should be recorded without ending the trial e g pressing a key or button whenever the subject detects a specific event in the video clip This can be done by adding a NULL_ACTION node after the DISPLAY_SCREEN and having the input trigger branch looping back to the NULL_ACTION use an UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE action following the input trigger to collect response data All other triggers initially attached to the DISPLAY SCREEN action should be conn
453. tton n release event occurs This is set to True by default buttons List of List of buttons that may be pressed released to integer fire the trigger Default value is 1 2 3 4 5 6 Buttons S 7 8 To set the button s used for response click on the value field of the Buttons property and select the desired buttons Multiple buttons can be selected or unselected by holding down the CTRL key The buttons can also be set via attribute reference by double clicking on the right end of the Buttons value field SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 126 When the Cedrus input trigger fires the triggered data can be further accessed The attributes of the TriggeredData attribute are listed in the following table Bisplay PC time when the button is pressed _ PC time when the button is pressed EDF Time EDFTime Integer ger EDF time when the EDF time when the button is pressed 1S pressed trigger released 0 For example if the user wants to end the trial by pressing Cedrus button and 4 the properties of the button trigger can be set as Al x ButtonTest LFF START 1 PREPARE SEQUENCE START Fo RECORDING DISPLAY INITIAL TIMER DISPLAY BLANK DISPLAY INITIAL EDRUS_IMPUT Jedrusinput CEDRUS INPUT DISPLAY BLANK riggered Data Press Events Release Events Buttona Figure 7 39 Using Cedrus Button trigger Th
454. ttributes of the mouse triggered data When a mouse trigger fires the user may further access the triggered Data The sub attributes of the TriggeredData attribute are listed in the following table Time time Integer Display PC time when the mouse button pressed released DEF Time EDF Time EDF time of the mouse button press release released 0 firing axis when the trigger fired 7 axis when the trigger fired left corner of the triggering region The angle of the mouse movements when the trigger fires For a project with multiple input support this reports the mouse device from which the response is collected The following discusses some of the common applications of the Mouse trigger 7 10 7 1 Mouse press mouse release and mouse over The mouse trigger can be used to collect the participant s response to end a trial For example if the user wants to press any button to end the sequence the properties of the mouse trigger can be set as shown in the figure below Please note that the Position Triggered check box should be unchecked so that clicking one of the mouse buttons anywhere on the screen fires the mouse trigger If the Position Triggered check box is enabled the user needs to set the width and height of the triggering region to the width and height of the display area respectively while keeping the default top left location of the trigger region to 0 0 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2
455. uations Equations are a combination of values and or references Equations can be used to calculate data at runtime based on static or dynamic values or both All equations start with a sign followed by references and or values that are concatenated with operators While all of these operators support numerical operations the only operator that supports string concatenation is the sign Functions like str int and float can be used to do data type conversion Note Actually any valid Python equation is a valid equation in the Experiment Builder For details on Python the run time programming environment used by the Experiment Builder visit http www python org Although equations will be evaluated during build time to check for obvious problems the user should always check for the completeness and validity of the equations herself himself In particular the user should make sure that the type of the equation SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 249 created matches the data type required in the attribute field In the following Example 1 see Figure 10 2 the EyeLink Record Status Message field of a recording sequence expects a string value Therefore the equation created in the Example 1 1s also a string type please note that the str function is used in the equation to do data type casting In Example 2 the equation created is Poin
456. ucewtaeiexlnieedeieue utente 81 EIA RETNO er E nee ner E er ne teen ne ner teen ee 85 PI NAVAS OLN ations e E oencanaasedeten Semin enainaiashs 85 ete Pay sound C OO sa tcta crete inne ice Uae a eaeeiv a eeatias 92 TOMS RECO SOUN daer aleaceutaniaaduc ie toni rare ose aenuteniiakuhe dean vac 94 13910 Record Sound CONTO brni E 97 LII Temuna nean Experiment acesi a 98 PONS Recycle Data LCase nuceni a 100 POO Execute ACHO Meser E 102 PI NULA CHON seee E E 103 T921 Response Prs LED Contool asnay penta shearne aed noeiale 105 ps 8 am a 028 2 ee eRe gee nor E ere reece Pe ae ce eo ere 107 PAO Amer Ti Sen ics nennoc ont wii nea tinct aenesantee 107 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 1i A402 Anvisible Boundary ToC Chon secter et n aie niet 110 7 10 2 1 The location type of the invisble boundary trigger cceeee 115 7 10 2 2 How to show the triggering region on the host PC 00 116 TAOS COMOUIOMAL TIT OOD aid tected RR 117 TAO Eyelimk Buton Tri Cer sssrin tiatiadaiariehcesnceeereehe 120 7 10 4 1 Calculating response time of a button press ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeees 122 7 10 4 2 Collecting inputs from the EyeLink button box without ending the trial 123 7 10 4 3 Knowing the ID of a specific button on the EyeLink button box 124 10S Cedros Buton Ti CCU areena a cutout aalielele Contes te ate 125 7 10 5 1 Calculating response time of a button press cceeccc
457. ular Stabilized Head Binoc Monoc Stabilized Head or Monocular Remote If Arm Mount is used the user can choose Monocular Stabilized Head or Monocular Remote option Dummy Mode dummyMode If checked the experiment can be run without attempting to connect to the EyeLink tracker This can be used to simulate EyeLink link connection for early development work or when the EyeLink tracker is not available Data Processing Link Filter Level linkFilterLevel Each increase in filter level reduces noise by a factor of 2 to 3 but introduces a sample delay to the link sample feed This setting is only available for EyeLink II and EyeLink 1000 eye trackers File Filter Level fileFilterLevel Selects the file sample filter for data in the EDF file Each increase in filter level reduces noise by a factor of 2 to 3 Note By changing the file sample filter from high to another value this will affect EyeLink Data Viewer and other analysis tool calculations SR Research Ltd recommends leaving this value set to High This setting is only available for EyeLink II and EyeLink 1000 eye trackers Heuristic Filter heuristicFilter Used to set level of filtering on the link and analog output and on file data This setting is only available for EyeLink I tracker Eye Event Data eyeEventData Sets how velocity information for saccade detection 1s to be computed This setting is almost always left to GAZE Saccade Se
458. upports multiple keyboard mouse inputs From your computer desktop click Start gt All Programs gt SR Research gt Experiment Builder gt Install Experiment Builder Drivers In the following Tnstall Uninstall Experiment Builder Driver dialog box a list of keyboards and mice detected will be listed Select the intended devices or click on the Select All boxes and click on the Install Update Driver s button to install the driver It may takes some time for the drivers to be installed SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 147 BW Install Uninstall ExperimentBuilder Drivers E E x Keyboards Select All HID keyboard Device HIDWid_1267Pid O103Rey O101MT On Mice M Select All Rollback Drivers Instal Upgrade Driver s Close Figure 7 55 Installing SREB mouse driver 3 Click on Continue Anyway button if you see the warning dialog The software you are installing for this hardware SREB Mouse Filter has not passed Windows Logo testing to verify its compatibuility with Windows XP A green check mark will be drawn if the driver is successfully installed You may be prompted to reboot the computer if the driver for a PS 2 keyboard mouse is updated Hardware Installation A The software you are installing for this hardware SREB Mouse Filter has not passed Windows Logo testing to verify its compatibility With Windows F Lell me why this testing is important
459. ure F START dja RECORDING H DISPLAY _SCREEM a Interest_Areas CJ Movement_Patterns _ CUSTOM_PATTERN 7 ELLIPSE_RESOURCE amp TIMER aa EL_BUTTON H DISPLAY _BLANK Experiment Components Property Figure 8 14 Creating a File based Custom Movement Pattern The following is a list of properties for a custom movement pattern Reference nee i Label of the custom movement pattern The default label is CUSTOM_PATTERN ne The type of Experiment Builder objects CustomPattern the current item belongs to Screen Location NR Whether the locations specified refer to the Type top left corner or center of the resource This setting can be changed at Screen so Time a ime a Start Time of the movement Typically set to 0 so that the movement pattern is aligned to the display screen action Whether the movement pattern point list is SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 223 From File omFile n specified in a text file If enabled a text file must be added into the Movement Pattern tab of the library manager and selected either from dropdown list or from the attribute editor If this box is unchecked the user must added a list of resource positions to the movement pattern see the following table File Name fileName String Name of a text file that is used to specify the custom movement pattern Each of the individual resource position in the custo
460. uring run time Custom Class Used to create a new instance of a custom class Instance SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 38 6 6 Sequence Sub graph As the experiment looping controller a sequence 1 e sub graph is used to chain together different actions and triggers and execute them in a loop Therefore the Sequence experiment component can itself be considered a complex action To implement the hierarchical organization of events in an experiment the Experiment Builders allows one graph containing the triggers and actions to be nested under another graph to represent a sub sequence in the event chain In a typical experiment the user needs to add a couple of nested sequences so that the implementation of blocking trial and recording can be done efficiently see the following figure for an example Given the repetitive nature of the sequence component a data source can be attached to a sequence object to supply different parameters for each sequence iteration Like Microsoft Excel software each column of a data source contains a variable label and each row contains a value for the variables For a typical experiment created by Experiment Builder the user needs to create prototypical trials and to supply the actual parameters for individual trials from a data source attached to the trial sequence During experiment runtime individual lines can be read from the data source supplying the
461. urrent screen will be transferred to the Host PC as a bitmap or primitive drawings for online gaze feedback This field needs to work together with the Draw to EyeLink Host field of the PREPARE SEQUENCE action This attribute is only available in an EyeLink experiment SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 57 Interest Area Set interestAreaSetN String If the user has already had interest area files for Name the current display she he can first add the interest area files into the library manager and set this field to a desired interest area set file Returns MISSING_DATA if no value is set in this field This attribute is only available in an EyeLink experiment Synchronize syncAudio Boolea If checked this will bring up a list of additional Audio T n variables so that the parameters of sound playing can be specified see PLAY_SOUND action for details Note that this field is only available when the ASIO driver is used to play sound clips see Audio Driver setting in the Audio Devices of the structure Panel The following figure illustrates a simple experiment trial by displaying a screen and then waiting for a button response from the participant or the sequence ends after a pre specified amount of time set in the TIMER trigger For the ease of data analysis reaction time calculation for example the user should record an EyeLink message to the EDF file whe
462. users may write out a V TARGET_POS message to the DISPLAY_SCREEN action which is used to present the moving screen resource see EyeLink Data Viewer User Manual section Protocol for EyeLink Data to Viewer Integration gt Target Position Commands or the Pursuit example Target position can be derived from the TARGET_X and TARGET_Y variables of a Sample Report 8 2 1 Sinusoidal Movement Pattern Smooth sinusoidal movement pattern is a widely used diagnostic test due to its wide range of velocities and lack of abrupt changes in speed and direction To review its properties click on the movement pattern node in the structure panel of the project explorer window The defining parameters of a sinusoidal movement are the frequency cycles per second amplitude of the movement start phase and the center X and Y coordinates see the following table for details of each property The target will move in a full cycle from Xcenter Xamplitude Ycenter Yamplitude to Xcenter Xamplitude Ycenter Yamplitude and the movement will be centered at Xcenter Ycenter Reference Label of the sinusoidal movement pattern SINE PATTERN by default re The type of Experiment Builder object SinePattern the current item belongs to Screen Whether the locations specified refer to the top aaa Type left corner or center of the resource This setting can be changed at Screen Preferences Start Time startTime Float Start Time of th
463. ushed Queues S when the action 1s started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Boolea Whether the LED for button one should be n turned on or not n turned on or not n turned on or not n turned on or not Boolea Whether the LED for button five should be n turned on or not The following figure illustrates the use of the ResponsePixx_LED_Control action All of the LEDs are turned off at the beginning of the trial The participant presses either button 2 or 4 Once the button is pressed the LED for that button is turned on The experiment project can be downloaded from the HTML version of this document SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 106 Property ESPONSEPiz LED onkral BLOCK TRIGL RECORDING TUR Stark Time lear Input Queues fw Button One C Button Two Button Three Button Four Button Five bee oao Message Time Etart Time lear Input Queues fw Bontoa MS Button Five TURM_OFF_LIGHTS DISPLAY_SCREEW 3 Properties O Property ri gt yee OR FSPONMSEPixxLEDContral ee Node Pat
464. ustrates the use of drift correction action in a typical trial SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 63 Co i START Drift correct fF START W PREPARE_SEQUENCE DRIFT_CORRECT ha RECORDING Experiment Components eeey OO ve Label ORIFT_CORRECT Ype DriftCorrection Message irre art Tirne Clear Input Queues m K Location 512 iy Location 384 Allow Setup m EL BUTTON l A Drave Drit Correction T BOO O G3 Foreground Color Background Color RECORDING se Custom Target arget Outer size arget Inner Size Use Custom Background arget Beep DEF AULT Error Beep DEF SULT ood Beep DEF AULT A B Figure 7 12 Using Drift Correction Action 7 9 3 Performing Camera Setup and Calibration The Camera Setup action Sh will bring up a camera setup screen for the experimenter to perform camera setup calibration and validation on EyeLink eye trackers Scheduling this at the start of each block gives the experimenter a chance to fix any setup problems Simply pressing the ESC key immediately can skip calibration This also allows the participant an opportunity for a break the entire setup can be repeated when the participant is reseated The user can set up the calibration type and other calibration configurations through this action SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 64 Typical operations for the camera setup and
465. ute Mparent ikerationg ompar ator QUALS INSTRUCTION_1 alue i a INSTRUCTION REST anid Cr Select _ attribute 2 omparator 2 K_START_ BUTTON omparator 2 alue i Fi alue 2 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 119 Figure 7 34 Displaying different instruction screens at the beginning of each block Important If a conditional trigger does not have a connection from its TRUE or FALSE port then the port that does not have a connection is NOT evaluated For example if a Conditional trigger has a connection from its TRUE port and no connection from its FALSE port then the trigger will only fire if the conditional evaluates to TRUE and nothing will be done if the conditional evaluates to FALSE So the user needs to use other types of trigger in parallel to the conditional trigger in the experiment graph if there is a chance that the conditional evaluation will not be true 7 10 4 EyeLink Button Trigger The EyeLink button trigger 2 button trigger available only in an EyeLink experiment fires when one of buttons on the pre specified EyeLink button box is pressed or released Note that the EyeLink button box should be attached to the host PC not to the Display PC The button box will not work if you are running your project from the dummy mode Reference Label of the EyeLink button trigger The default value is EL_ BUTTON The type of Experiment Builder object
466. value as the Triggered Eye property To find out the eye s used in the recording check the Eye Used property eyeUsed of the EyeLink Device Triggered Eye triggeredEye Eye 0 for left eye for right eye whose data SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 156 makes the current fixation trigger fire Duration duration Integer Duration of the triggering fixation or fixation update event Average Gaze Y averageGazeY fixation or fixation update event Size i fixation update event X Y gaze position when the triggering fixation Start Gaze Y startGaze Y or fixation update event started Start Pupil Size startPupilSize Pupil size when the triggering fixation or fixation update event started Gaze Y endGaze Y or fixation update event ended fixation update event ended Start PPD X startPPDX Angular x y resolution when triggering fixation Start PPD Y startPPDY or fixation update event starts in screen pixels per visual degree PPD End PPD X End endPPDX Angular x y resolution when triggering fixation PPD Y endPPDY or fixation update event ends in screen pixels per visual degree PPD Note 32768 if the eye event is set to STARTFIXATION The fixation trigger can be used to monitor the subject s fixation behavior online For example the user wants to end a display after the participant looks at the target region for a couple hundred of milliseconds the
467. variable comma separated list of parameters to the functions Zero or more mandatory parameters may be followed zero or more optional parameters whereas each optional parameter has the following syntax identifier expression The code segment below illustrates a function named doMyCalculations which takes three parameters x y and items The last parameter items is optional as it has a default value def doMyCalculations self x y items 2 RETURN 1 ABIRE if items return x else return y By default the return type of a method is string unless a doc string with the following constraint is available e The doc string is a multi line string flanked by a triple quotes Everything between the start and end quotes is part of a single string which documents what the function does A doc string if it exists must be the first thing defined in a function that is the first thing after the colon You don t technically need to give your function a doc string but you always should SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 262 e The doc string should start with a RETURN text case sensitive e Following the RETURN text provide a default value of the type or the repr__ value of the class e g str for string 12 3 6 setX and getX Methods Method name starting with set and get are assumed to operate on the class attributes and are handled differently from regular custo
468. ve Eye tracking Mode property File Filter fileFilter Returns the actual file filter level OFF NORMAL or HIGH used in the experiment This may differ from the value set at the above File Filter Level property SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 321 Link Filter linkFilter Returns the actual link filter level OFF NORMAL or HIGH used in the experiment This may differ from the value set at the above Link Filter Level property Eye Used eyeUsed Returns the actual eye s used LEFT RIGHT or BOTH in the experiment This may differ from the value set at the above Eyes To Track property Pupil Detection Model pupilDetectionModel Returns the actual algorithm used to detect the pupil center position centroid algorithm vs ellipse fitting algorithm This option is only applicable to EyeLink 1000 trackers Last Sample Possible data that can be retrieved from the last eye sample see the table below for details Data File Contents Important SR Research Ltd does not recommend changing the following default settings as this may have negative impacts on the data file integrity and your data analysis Samples If checked samples will be recorded in the EDF file Fixations If checked fixations will be recorded in the EDF file Saccades If checked saccades will be recorded in the EDF file Blinks If checked blinks will be recorded in the ED
469. video synchronization is not critical to your experiment or you do not have an ASIO sound card on your Display PC you can also always use a separate Play_Sound action right before the Display_Screen action that displays the video and have the PlaySound action play the associated wav file for the video clip This method will work with any audio card when the Audio device is in DirectX driver mode but will not give you exact synchronization between the audio and video 8 1 3 Text Resource To add a text resource onto a display screen click on the Insert Text Resource button A on the Screen Builder toolbar and click at the desired position in the workspace where the text resource will be placed To edit the text double click on the resource A text editing caret will appear and the user can type in text from there Text editing can also be done from the value field of the Text property in the property panel Users can either enter the text in the text editor or click the button on the right end of the value field to bring up an attribute editor dialog box Various aspects of text appearance can be modified including color font name style and size Reference Label of the resource TEXT_RESOURCE by default Type gt The type of screen resource TextResource the current item belongs to Visible T visible Whether the resource should be visible True by default Screen Index Index of the resour
470. w a white filled box on the top left quadrant of the tracker screen using the EyeLink Command action In the Command field type in draw_filled_box without quotes and in the Text field enter O 0 512 384 15 without quotes Please refer to the 1ni files in the Host PC for the syntax of EyeLink commands SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 74 START Command START W PREPARE_SEQUENCE a RECORDING DISPLAY _SCREEN EL_COMMAND Properties gt x L_ COMMAND EL_BUTTON yveLinkCommand Time tart Time Clear Input Queues F ormmand drave filled box Text 10512 384 15 Priority Wait For Result I Stona T Fest Result Message A B Figure 7 15 Using Sending EyeLink Command Action 7 9 6 Sending TTL Signal This action Ch sends a TTL signal through the parallel portof the display computer Version 1 6 121 or later of this software automatically installs the I O port driver for both 32 bit and 64 bit versions of Windows except for Windows 2000 For the latter operating system you will need to run the PORT9S5NT exe installer in the SR Research 3rdParty folder Using the SET_TTL action requires proper identification of the base address of the parallel port This can be done through the Device Manager in Windows on Windows XP click Start gt Control Panel gt System In the System Properties dialog select the Hardware t
471. which means that the timer starts from the end time of the previous action Therefore if the timer is attached to a display screen it doesn t start until the display screen s retrace starts Similarly if it is attached to a EyeLink Message action the timer will start only after the message is sent If the timer is connected from a trigger the start time of the timer trigger will be the end of the previous action as well not the time when the previous trigger fires The user need to explicitly set the start time value of the TIMER trigger when the desired start time is the triggered time of the previous trigger or when the action from which the timer trigger 1s connected may be repeated see FAQ Using an EyeLink button trigger without ending the trial sequence in the html version of this document SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 108 The TIMER trigger uses a pre release mechanism when it is connected to a DISPLAY SCREEN action or a PLAY SOUND action when set to ASIO driver to ensure that the upcoming audio visual event will be presented on the predicted time To make this preleasing mechanism work please do not insert any intervening trigger actions between the TIMER trigger and the intended DISPLAY SCREEN or PLAY SOUND action Therefore a sequence like DISPLAY A gt TIMER gt DISPLAY B gt UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE is recommended for accurate timing while DISPLAY A gt TIMER gt UPDATE_A
472. xperiment Builder the user should first convert the original avi files into XVID or VFW files with the Split Avi application that comes with the Experiment Builder software Following this the converted X VID or VFW files can be added into the library manager and the target clips can be added into a display screen Please do not attempt to load the original unconverted avi files into the video library as this may not work To add video clips into the resource library click on Edit gt Library Manager from the application menu bar This will bring up a Library Manager dialog box Select the Video tab and click on the Add button to load in the desired video clips To add a video resource onto a display screen click on the Insert Video Resource button on the Screen Builder toolbar and then click anywhere in the screen workspace When a Select Video dialog shows up choose the desired video file The first frame of the video will now be displayed on the screen SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 195 eo Library Manager x Sadd Delete Rename Properties AC Preview e SAA es of file Avo Size 0 1 ME facet 20 pixels Height 480 pixels Bit Depth 24 ee Frame Rate 29 97063 fps Figure 8 5 Loading Video Clips into Video Library Reference Label label Label of the video resource The default label is e LT The type of screen resource VideoResource the curr
473. y of a selection to the clipboard Paste E V Inserts the previously copied item from the clipboard to the current position guene Increase E Increase Indent Inserts a Inserts a tab space before the current code Inserts a tab space before the current code before the current code Brema ima sia mee e code ed Comment Creates comment This will add a comment symbol in front of the current line of code 44a Go to a specified line Piet 0 Oe to a speeified line 8 8 8 6 Cl h Find Replace Search or replace a specified text string in the custom class code SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2010 SR Research Ltd 268 13 Creating Experiments Overview The easiest way to start developing EyeLink experiments is to study the supplied templates included with the Experiment Builder kit installed at C Users User Name Documents ExperimentBuilder Examples for Windows Vista or C Documents and Settings User Name My Documents ExperimentBuilder Examples directory for Windows 2000 or XP with user read write permission Each of these experiment templates illustrates a typical experimental paradigm The following table provides a brief description of the experiments A detailed analysis of each template s operations is documented in the following sections More examples can be found in the Experiment Builder usage discussion forum https www sr support com forums forumdisplay php f 7
474. y screens used in the experiment Try to match the background color of the screen during calibration and validation to that of the test displays because changes in pupil size caused by large brightness differences can degrade the system accuracy 13 Are you running the deployed version of the experiment FAQ Results file had disappeared when we cleaned the experiment project FAQ File disappears from the folder where it was stored when we got ready to run it 14 Do you randomize the datasource file for each subject Typically the datasource is attached to a TRIAL sequence not to a recording sequence FAQ How to modify the data source file to create different trial ordering FAQ What do I do with the randomized data source files 15 Have you taken measures to maximize real time performance of the Display PC when running the experiment 16 Are you viewing your EDF files at the original file locations e Results Session Name directories If this is a non EyeLink Experiment 1 Please consider the above issues 2 5 8 9 10 12 11 13 and the following two extra issues 2 Are you using a result file If so have variables and datasource columns been added to the Columns field of the result file node Have you used an ADD_TO_RESULT_FILE action to record data to the result file 3 Are you planning to write out debugging messages for the experiment If so check the Save Messages attribut
475. ying to Modified a Locked Resource cccceeeeseeeeeees 231 Proure 6 21 Resource GROUPING scare soviectaucence timid eed su a eitnndna chee volMeun ete aniaeens 231 Figure 8 22 Creating a Composite Resource eesssssseseeressssssseeesssssssseerrsssssssseeersssss 232 Figure 8 23 Two Resources with Different Resource Order sssssesseeeeeerrereeessssssss 232 Figure 8 24 Changing the Order of ReSOUPCES siinne inean 233 Figure 8 25 Choosing Fit to Screen OPUON sanani 234 Fioro 20r SAVE a5 Cl CCAS IMa ieee ciralseale a E et ae naeueks 235 Figure 9 1 Using Data Source in Experiment Builder cccceennteeteeeeeeeeeeees 236 Proure 9 2 C hanse the Py pe OL V alla ESen a n 237 Figure 9 3 Data Types Used in Experiment Builder ercsiicnnionpnneunn in 238 Figure 9 4 Editing Operations for Data Source Columns and ROWG 0000008 238 Fisure 9 3 Editns Datasource C eleicien r atepemesienttelsiswiiecua 239 Figure 9 6 Append or Overwrite Confirmation eeceessssseeeeeeeeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 240 Fieure 10 1 Usime Attribute Referentes ashi tosh etre e E 248 Figure 10 2 Creating Equations in Attribute Editor 2 0 0 0 ccceccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 250 Figure 10 3 Using the Reference Manager sc ieri vei ciscandacvaidstrvncesteiedunmiemareisiaiieees 292 Figure 11 1 Sending the Recording Status Message to the Tracket 0008 253 PreuredI 2 Edine Taal ID Messid Eeen a

SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents